situate above the Perinaum It hath connexion with the fundament the necke of the wombe and bladder by both their peculiar orifices It hath a middle temper betweene hot and cold moist and drie It hath the same use as a mans Praeputium or fore-skinne that is that together with the Numpha it may hinder the entrance of the aire by which the wombe may be in danger to take cold The lips of the privities called by the Greekes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by the Latines Ala containe all that region which is invested with haires and because we have falne into mention of these Nympha you must know that they are as it were productions of the musculous skinne which descend on both sides from the upper part of the share-bone downewards even to the orifice of the necke of the bladder oft times growing to so great a bignesse that they will stand out like a mans yard Wherefore in some they must be cut off in their young yeares yet with a great deale of caution left if they be cut too rashly so great an effusion of bloud may follow that it may cause either death to the woman or barrennesse of the wombe by reason of the refrigeration by the too great effusion of bloud The latter Anatomists as Columbus and Fallopius besides these parts have made mention of another particle which stands forth in the upper part of the privities and also of the urinary passage which joynes together those wings wee formerly mentioned Columbus cals it Tentigo Fallopius Cleitoris whence proceeds that infamous word Cleitorizein which signifies impudently to handle that part But because it is an obscene part let those which desire to know more of it reade the Authors which I cited The thirteenth Figure shewing the parts of women different from these in men A. B. C. D. The Peritonaeum reflected or turned backward above and below E. F. the gibbous part of the liver 〈◊〉 the cave or hollow part E. G. The trunke of the gate veine H. the hollow veine I. the great artery K. the rootes of the Coelicall artery which accompanieth the gate veine L. M. the fatty veine going to the coate of the kidneies N. O. the fore-part of both the kidneies T. V. the emulgent veines and arteries aa the right ureter at the lowest a cut from a part which neere to b sticketh yet to the bladder because the bottome of the bladder is drawne to the left-side c. the left ureter inserted into the bladder neere to r. dd the spermaticke veine which goeth to the left testicle marked with i. ee the spermaticke veine which goeth to the left testicle with i also f. the trunke of the great arterie from whence the spermaticall arteries doe proceed g. h. the spermaticall arteries ii the two testicles ll a branch which from the spermaticke vessels reacheth unto the bottome of the wombe mm. the leading vessell of the seede which Falopius calleth the tuba or trumpet because it is crooked and reflected n. a branch of the spermaticke vessel compassing the leading vessell oo a vessell like a worme which passeth to the wombe some call it Cremaster p. the bottome of the wombe called fundus vteri q. a part of the right gut r. s the bottome of the bladder whereto is inserted the left ureter and a veine led from the necke of the wombe neere unto r. t. the necke of the bladder u. the same inserted into the privitie or lap x. a part of the necke of the wombe above the privity yy certaine skinnie Caruncles of the privities in the midst of which is the slit and on both sides appeare little hillocks The Figures belonging to the Dugges and Breasts αα The veines of the Dugs which come from those which descending from the top of the shoulder are offered to the skinne β. the veines of the dugges derived from those which through the arme-hole are led into the hand γ. the body of the Dugge or Breast δδ the kernels and fat betweene them εε the vessels of the Dugges descending from the lower part of the necke called iugulum under the breast bone CHAP. XXXV Of the Coats containing the Infant in the wombe and of the Navell THe membranes or coates containing the infant in the wombe of the mother are of a spermaticke and nervous substance having their matter from the seede of the mother But they are nervous that so they may be the more easily extended as it shall be necessary for the child They are of good length and bredth especially neare the time of deliverance they are round in figure like the wombe Their composition is of veines arteries and their proper substance The veines and arteries are distributed to them whether obscurely or manifestly more or fewer from the wombe by the Cotyledones which have the same office as long as the child is contained in the wombe as the nipples or pappes of the nurses after it is borne For thus the wombe brings the Cotyledones or veines degenerating into them through the coates like certaine paps to the infant shut up in them These coates are three in number according to Galen one called the Chorion Secundine or afterbirth the other Allantoides the third Amnios I find this number of coates in beasts but not in women unlesse peradventure any will reckon up in the number of the coats the Cotyledones swollen up and grown into a fleshie masse which many skilfull in Anatomy doe write which opinion notwithstanding we cannot receive as true I could never in any place finde the Allantoides in women with child neither in the infant borne in the sixth seventh eight or in the full time being the ninth moneth although I have sought it with all possible diligence the Midwives being set apart which might have violated some of the coates But thus I went about this businesse I devided the dead body of the mother cross-wise upon the region of the wombe and taking away all impediments which might either hinder or obscure our diligence with as much dexteritie as was possible wee did not onely draw away that receptacle or den of the infant from the inward surface of the wombe to which it stucke by the Cotyledones but we also tooke away the first membrane which we called Chorion from that which lies next under it called Amnios without any rending or tearing for thus we powred forth no moisture whereby it might be said that any coate made for the containing of that humor was rent or torne And then we diligently looked having many witnesses and spectators present if in any place there did appeare any distinction of these two membranes the Allantoides and Amnios for the separating the contained humors and for other uses which they mention But when we could perceive no such thing we tooke the Amnios filled with moisture on the upper side and having opened it two servants so holding the apertion that no moisture might flow out of it into the
is the cause of great paine and most bitter and cruell torment to the woman leaving behinde it weaknesse of body farre greater than if the childe were borne at the due time The causes of abortion or untimely birth whereof the the child is called an abortive are many as a great scouring a strangury joyned with heate and inflammation sharpe fretting of the guts a great and continuall cough exceeding vomiting vehement labour in running leaping and dauncing and by a great fall from on high carrying of a great burthen riding on a trotting horse or in a Coach by vehement often and ardent copulation with men or by a great blow or stroke on the belly For all these such like vehement and inordinate motions dissolve the ligaments of the wombe and so cause abortion or untimely birth Also whatsoever presseth or girdeth in the mothers belly and therewith also the wombe that is within it as are those Ivory or Whale-bone buskes which women weare on their bodies thereby to keepe downe their bellies by these and such like things the childe is letted or hindred from growing to his full strength so that by expression or as it were by compulsion hee is often forced to come forth before the legitimate and lawfull time Thundering the noyse of the shooting of great Ordnance the sound and vehement noyse of the ringing of Bells constraine women to fall in travell before their time especially women that are young whose bodies are soft slacke and tenderer than those that bee of riper yeares Long and great fasting a great fluxe of bloud especially when the infant is growne some what great but if it bee but two moneths old the danger is not so great because then hee needeth not so great quantity of nourishment also a long disease of the mother which consumeth the bloud causeth the childe to come forth being destitute of store of nourishment before the fit time Moreover fulnesse by reason of the eating great store of meates often maketh or causeth untimely birth because it depraveth the strength and presseth down the child as likewise the use of meats that are of an evill juice which they lust or long for But bathes because they relaxe the ligaments of the wombe and hot houses for that the fervent and choaking ayre is received into the body provoke the infant to strive to goe forth to take the cold ayre and so cause abortion What women soever being indifferently well in their bodies travell in the second or third moneth without any manifest cause those have the Cotylidones of their womb full of filth and matter and cannot hold up the infant by reason of the weight thereof but are broken Moreover sudden or continuall perturbations of the minde whether they bee through anger or feare may cause women to travell before their time and are accounted as the causes of abortions for that they cause great and vehement trouble in the body Those women that are like to travell before their time their dugs will wax little therefore when a woman is great with childe if her dugs suddenly wax small or slender it is a signe that shee will travell before her time the cause of such shrinking of the dugs is that the matter of the milke is drawne back into the wombe by reason that the infant wanteth nourishment to nourish and succour it withall Which scarcity the infant not long abiding striveth to goe forth to seek that abroad which he cannot have within for among the causes which do make the infant to come out of the womb those are most usually named with Hippocrates the necessity of a more large nutriment and aire Therfore if a woman that is with child have one of her dugs small if she have two children she is like to travell of one of them before the full and perfect time so that if the right dug be small it is a man child but if it be the left dug it is a female Women are in farre more paine when they bring forth their children before the time than if it were at the full and due time because that whatsoever is contrary to nature is troublesome painefull and also oftentimes dangerous If there be any errour committed at the first time of childe-birth it is commonly seene that it happeneth alwayes after at each time of child-birth Therefore to find out the causes of that errour you must take the counsell of some Physician and after his counsell endeavour to amend the same Truly this plaster following being applyed to the reines doth confirme the wombe and stay the infant therein â„ž ladaniÊ’ii galang â„¥ i. nucis moschat nucis cupressi boli armeni terrae sigill sanguin dracon balaust an Ê’ss acatiae psidiorum hypocistid an â„¥ i. mastich myrrhae an Ê’ii gummi arabic Ê’i terebinth venet Ê’ii picis naval â„¥ i. ss ceraequantum sufficit fiat emplast secundem artem spread it for your use upon leather if the part begin to itch let the plaster be taken away in stead thereof use unguent rosat or refrig Galen or this that followeth â„ž olei myrtini mastich cydonior an â„¥ i. hypocist boli armen sang dracon acatiae an Ê’i sant citrini â„¥ ss cerae quant suf make thereof an oyntment according unto art There are women that beare the child in their wombe ten or eleven whole moneths and such children have their conformation of much and large quantity of seede wherefore they will bee more bigge great and strong and therefore they require more time to come to their perfection and maturity for those fruits that are great will not bee so soone ripe as those that are small But children that are small and little of body do often come to their perfection and maturity in seven or nine months if all other things are correspondent in greatnesse and bignesse of body it happeneth for the most part that the woman with child is not delivered before the ninth moneth bee done or at the least wise in the same moneth But a male child will bee commonly borne at the beginning or a little before the beginning of the same moneth by reason of his engrafted heat which causeth maturity and ripenesse Furthermore the infant is sooner come to maturity and perfection in a hot woman than in a cold for it is the property of heat to ripen CHAP. XXXI How to preserve the infant being in the wombe when the mother is dead IF all the signes of death appeare in the woman that lieth in travell and cannot be delivered there must then be a Chirurgian ready and at hand which may open her body so soone as shee is dead whereby the infant may be preserved in safety neither can it bee supposed sufficient if the mothers mouth and privie parts bee held open for the infant being enclosed in his mothers wombe and compassed with the membranes cannot take his breath but by the contractions and
flesh and cicatrized which doth not seldome happen in opening of Arteries unskilfully performed and negligently cured therefore Aneurismaes are absolutely made by the Anastomasis springing breaking Erosion and wounding of the Arteries These happen in all parts of the body but more frequently in the throat especially in women after a painfull travaile For when as they more strongly strive to hold their breath for the more powerfull expulsion of the birth it happens that the Artery is di ated and broken whence followes an effusion of bloud and spirits under the skin The signes are a swelling one while great another small with a pulsation and a colour not varying from the native constitution of the skinne It is a soft tumor and so yeelding to the impression of the fingers that if it peradventure be small it wholy vanisheth the Arterious bloud and spirits flying backe into the body of the Artery but presently assoone as you take your fingers away they returne againe with like celerity Some Aneurismaes doe not onely when they are pressed but also of themselves make a sensible hissing if you lay your eare neare to them by reason of the motion of the vitall spirit rushing with great violence through the straitnes of the passage Wherefore in Aneurismaes in which there is a great rupture of the Artery such a noyse is not heard because the spirit is carryed through a larger passage Great Aneâ—rismaes under the Arme pits in the Groines and in other parts wherein there are large vessells admit no cure because so great an eruption of blood and spirit often followes uppon such an incision that death prevents both art and Cure Which I observed a few yeares agoe in a certaine preist of Saint Andrewes of the Arches M. Iohn Maillet dwelling with the chiefe President Christopher de Thou Who having an Aneurisma at the setting on of the shoulder about the bignes of a Wall-nut I charged him hee should not let it be opened for if it did it would bring him into manifest danger of his life and that it would be more safe for him to breake the violence thereof with double clothes steeped in the juyce of Night-shade and Houselike with new and whayey cheese mixt therewith Or with Vnguentum de Bolo or Emplastrum contra rupturam and such other refrigerating and astringent medicines if hee would lay upon it a thin plate of Lead and would use shorter breeches that his doublet might serve to hold it too to which hee might fasten his breeches instead of a swathe and in the meane time he should eschew all things which attenuate and inflame the blood but especially he should keepe himselfe from all great straining of his voyce Although he had used this Diet for a yeare yet he could not so handle the matter but that the tumor increased which he observing goes to a Barber who supposing the tumor to be of the kinde of vulgar inpostumes applies to it in the Evening a Causticke causing an Eschar so to open it In the Morning such an abundance of blood flowed forth from the tumor being opened that he therewith astonished implores all possible ayde and bidds that I should be called to stay this his great bleeding and he repented that he had not followed my directions Wherefore I am called but when I was scarce over the thre should he gave up his ghost with his blood Wherefore I diligently admonish the young Chirurgion that hee do not rashly open Aneurismas unlesse they be small in anignoble part and not indued with large vessells but rather let him performe the cure after this manner Cut the skinne which lyes over it untill the Artery appeare and then separate it with your knife from the particles about it then thrust a blunt and crooked needle with a thred in it under it binde it then cut it off and so expect the falling off of the thred of it selfe whiles nature covers the orifices of the cut Artery with new flesh then the residue of the cure may be performed after the manner of simple wounds The Aneurismaes which happen in the internall parts are uncurable Such as frequently happen to those who have often had the unction and sweat for the cure of the French disease because the blood being so attenuated and heated therewith that it cannot be contayned in the receptacles of the Artery it distends it to that largenesse as to hold a mans fist Which I have observed in the dead body of a certaine Taylor who by an Aneurisma of the Arâ—erious veine suddenly whilest hee was playing at Tennis fell downe dead the vessell being broken his body being opened I found a great quantity of blood powred forth into the Capacity of the Chest but the body of the Artery was dilated to that largenesse I formerly mentioned and the inner Coate thereof was bony For which cause within a while after I shewed it to the great admiration of the beholders in the Physitions Schole whilest I publiquely dissected a body there the whilst he lived said he felt a beating and a great heate over all his body by the force of the pulsation of all the Arteryes by occasion whereof hee often swounded Doctor Syluius the Kings professor of Physicke at that time forbad him the use of Wine and wished him to vse boyled water for his drinke and Crudds and new Cheeses for his meate and to apply them in forme of Cataplasmes upon the grieved and swolne part At night he used a ptisan of Barley meale and Poppy-seedes and was purged now and then with a Clyster of refrigerating and emollient things or with Cassia alone by which medicines hee said hee found himselfe much better The cause of such a bony constitution of the Arteries by Aneurismaes is for that the hot and fervid blood first dilates the Coates of an Artery then breakes them which when it happens it then borrowes from the neighbouring bodies a fit matter to restore the loosed continuity thereof This matter whilest by litle and litle it is dried and hardened it degenerats into a Gristely or else a bony substance just by the force of the same materiall and efficient causes by which stones are generated in the reines and bladder For the more terrestriall portion of the blood is dried and condensed by the power of the unnaturall heat contayned in the part affected with an Aneurismae whereby it comes to passe that the substance added to the dilated and broken Artery is turned into a body of a bony consistence In which the singular providence of nature the handmaide of God is shewed as that which as it were by making and opposing a new wall or bancke would hinder and breake the violence of the raging blood swelling with the abundance of the vitall spirits unlesse any had rather to refer the cause of that hardnesse to the continuall application of refrigerating and astringent medicines Which have power to condensate and harden as may
with a desire to vomit or goe to stoole or with yawning and when hee shall change his colour and his lips looke pale then you must stop the blood as speedily as you can otherwise there will be danger lest hee poure forth his life together with his blood Then he must bee refreshed with bread steeped in wine and put into his mouth and by rubbing his temples and nosethrilles with strong vinegar and by lying upon his backe But the part shall bee eased and freed from some portion of the impact and conjunct humor by gently scarifying the lippes of the wound or applying of Leaches But it shall bee diverted by opening these veines which are nighest to the wounded part as the Vena Puppis or that in the middest of the forehead or of the temples or these which are under the tongue besides also cupping-glasses shal be applied to the shoulders sometimes with scarification sometimes without neither must strong and long frictions with course clothes of all the whole body the head excepted be omitted during the whole time of the cure for these will be available though but for this that is to draw backe and dissipate by insensible transpiration the vapours which otherwise would ascend into the head which matters certainly in a body that lyes still and wants both the use and benefit of accustomed exercise are much increased But it shall bee made manifest by this following and notable example how powerfull blood-letting is to lessen and mitigate the inflammation of the Braine or the membranes thereof in wounds of the head I was lately called into the suburbs of Saint German there to visite a young man twenty eight yeeres old who lodged there in the house of Iohn Martiall at the signe of Saint Michaell This young man was one of the houshold servants of Master Doucador the steward of the Lady Admirall of Brion He fell downe headlong upon the left Bregma upon a marble pavement whence he received a contused wound without any fracture of the scull and being he was of a sanguine temperature by occasion of this wound a feaver tooke him on the seaventh day with a continuall delirium and inflammation of phlegmonous tumor of the wounded Pericranium This same tumor possessing his whole head and necke by continuation and sympathy of the parts was growne to such a bignesse that his visage was so much altred that his friends knew him not neither could he speake heare or swallow any thing but what was very liquide Which I observing although I knew that the day past which was the eight day of his disease he had foure saucers of blood taken from him by Germaine Agace Barber-surgion of the same suburbs yet considering the integrity and constancie of the strength of the patient I thought good to bleed him againe wherefore I drew from him foureteene saucers at that one time when I came to him the day after and saw that neither the feaver nor any of the fore mentioned symptomes were any whit remitted or aswaged I forthwith tooke from him foure saucers more which in all made two twenty the day following when I had observed that the symptomes were no whit lessened I durst not presume by my owne onely advice to let him the fourth time blood as I desired Wherefore I brought unto him that most famous Physition Doctor Violene who as soone as he felt his pulse knowing by the vehemencie thereof the strength of the Patient and moreover considering the greatnesse of the inflammation and tumor which offered its selfe to his sight hee bid mee presently take out my Lancet and open a veine But I lingred on set purpose and told him that hee had already twenty two saucers of blood taken from him Then sayd he Grant it be so and though more have beene drawne yet must we not therefore desist from our enterprise especially seeing the two chiefe Indications of blood-letting yet remaine that is the greatnesse of the disease and the constant strength of the Patient I being glad of this tooke three saucers more of blood hee standing by and was ready to take more but that he wished mee to differ it untill the after noone wherefore returning after dinner I filled two saucers more so that in all this young man to his great benefit lost twenty seaven saucers of blood at five times within the space of foure dayes Now the ensuing night was very pleasing to him the feaver left him about noone the tumor grew much lesse the heat of the inflammation was aswaged in all parts except in his eyelids and the lappes of his eares which being ulcerated cast forth a great quantitie of Pus or matter I have recited this history purposely to take away the childish feare which many have to draw blood in the constant strength of the patient and that it might appeare how speedy and certaine a remedy it is in inflammations of the head and braine Now to returne from whence we digressed you must note that nothing is so hurtfull in factures and wounds of the head as venery not onely at that time the disease is present but also long after the cure thereof For great plenty of spirits are conteined in a small quantity of seed the greatest part thereof flowes from the braine hence therefore all the faculties but chiefly the Animall are resolved whence I have divers times observed death to ensue in small wounds of the head yea when they have beene agglutinated and united All passions of the minde must in like sort be avoided because they by contraction and dissipation of the spirits cause great trouble in the body and minde Let a place be chosen for the Patient as farre from noise as can be as from the ringing of bells beatings and knocking 's of Smithes Coopers and Carpenters and from high-wayes through which they use to drive Coaches for noyse encreases paine causes a feaver and brings many other symptomes I remember when I was at Hisdin at the time that it was beseiged by the forces of Charles the fifth that when the wall beaten with the Cannon the noise of the Ordinance caused grievous torment to all those which were sicke but especially those that were wounded on their heads so that they would say that they thought at the discharging of every Cannon that they were cruelly strucken with staves on that part which was wounded and verily their wounds were so angred herewith that they bledde much and by their paine and feavers encreased were forced with much sighing to breathe their last Thus much may serve to be spoken of the cure in generall now we will out of the monuments of the ancients treate of the particular CHAP. XV. Of the particular cure of Wounds of the head and of the musculous skinne LEt us beginne with a simple wound for whose cure the Chirurgion must propose one onely scope to wit Vnion for unlesse the wound pierce to the scull it is
for your use and so soone as the patient doth thinke himselfe to be infected let him take foure ounces of that liquor then let him walke and sweate He must leave sweating when he beginneth to waxe faint and weake or when the humour that runs downe his body begins to waxe cold then his body must be wiped with warme clothes and dryed The patient ought not to sweat with a full stomacke for so the heat is called away from performing the office of concoction also he must not sleep when he is in his sweat lest the malignity goe in wardly with the heat and spirits unto the principall parts but if the patient bee much inclined to sleep hee must bee kept from it with hard rubbing and bands tyed about the extreme parts of his body and with much noise of those that are about him and let his friends comfort him with the good hope that they have of his recovery but if all this will not keepe him from sleepe dissolve Castoreum in tart Vinegar and Aqua vitae and let it bee injected into his nostrils and let him bee kept continually waking the first day and on the second and third even unto the fourth that is to say unto the perfect expulsion of the venome and let him not sleep above three or foure houres on a day and night In the meane time let the Physician that shall bee present consider all things by his strength for it is to be feared that great watchings will dissolve the strength and make the patient weake you must not let him eate within three houres after his sweating in the meane season as his strength shall require let him take the rinde of a preserved Citron conserve of Roses bread toasted and steeped in wine the meat of a preserved Myrabolane or some such like thing CHAP. XXIII Of Epithemes to be used for the strengthening of the principall parts THere are also some topick medicines to bee reckoned amongst Antidotes which must be outwardly applyed as speedily as may be as cordiall and hepaticke Epithemes for the safety of the noble parts and strengthening of the faculties as those that drive the venenate aire farre from the bowels they may be made of cordiall things not onely hot but also cold that they may temper the heat and more powerfully repercusse They must be applyed warme with a scarlet or a double linnen cloth or a soft spunge dipped in them if so be that a Carbuncle doe not possesse the regions of the noble parts for it is not fit to use repercussives to a Carbuncle You may make Epithemes after the following formes ℞ aquar ros plantag solan an ℥ iv aquae acetos vini granat aceti an ℥ iii. santal rub coral rub pulveris an ʒiii theriac vet ℥ ss camph. ℈ ii croci ℈ i. carioph ʒss misce fiat epithema Or else R. aqu ros plantag an ℥ x. aceti ros ℥ iv carioph sant rub coral rub pulveris pul diamargarit frigid an ʒiss caphurae moschi an ℈ i. fiat epithemae Or ℞ aquar rosar melissae an ℥ iv aceti ros ℥ iii. sant rub ʒi caryophyl ʒss croci ℈ ii caphurae ℈ i. boli arm terraesigil zedoar an ʒi fiat epithema Or else ℞ aceti rosat aquae rosat an lb. ss caphuraeʒss theriac mithridat an ʒi fiat epithema Or else aqu rosar nenuph. buglos acetosae aceti rosar an lb. ss sant rub ros rub an ʒiii flor nenuph. violar caphur an ʒss mithrid theriac an ʒii terantur misceantur simul omnia When you intend to use them take some portion of them in a vessell by its selfe wherewith let the affected bowell be fomented warme CHAP. XXIIII Whether purging and bloud-letting bee necessary in the beginning of pestilent diseases SO soon as the heart is strengthened corroberated with cordials antidotes we must come to phlebotomy purging As concerning bloud-letting in this case there is a great controversie among Physicians Those that wish it to be used say or affirme that the pestilent Feaver doth infixe it selfe in the bloud and therein also the pestilent malignity taketh its seate and therefore it will soone infect the other humours unlesse that the bloud be evacuated the infection that remaineth in the bloud be thereby taken away Contrariwise those that do not allow phlebotomy in this case alledge that it often commeth to passe that the bloud is voyd of malignity when the other humours are infected with the venemous contagion If any man require my judgement in this doubtfull question I say that the pestilence sometimes doth depend on the default of the aire This default being drawne through the passages of the body doth at length pierce unto the entrals as we may understand by the abscesses which breake out one while behind the eares sometimes in the arme-holes and sometimes in the groines as the braine heart or liver are infected And hereof also come Carbuncles and other collections of matter and eruptions which are seene in all parts of the body by reason that nature using the strength of the expulsive faculty doth drive forth whatsoever is noysome or hurtfull Therefore if the Physician will follow this motion of nature he must neither purge nor let bloud lest that by a contrary motion that is by drawing in from without the motion of nature which proceeds outwardly from within should be troubled So wee often see in those who are purged or let bloud for such Buboes as come through unlawfull copulation that the matter is thereby made contumacious and by drawing it inwardly it speedily causeth the French Pocks Wherefore when Buboes Carbuncles and other pestilent eruptions appeare which come through the default of the Aire we ought to abstain from purging and phlebotomie but it is sufficient to fore-arme the heart inwardly and outwardly with Antidotes that are endued with a proper vertue of resisting the poyson For it is not to bee doubted but that when nature is debilitated with both kindes of evacuation and when the spirits together with the bloud are exhausted the venemous Aire will soone pierce and be received into the empty body where it exerciseth its tyranny to the utter destruction thereof In the yeare of our Lord God 1565. in which yeare there was great mortality throughout all France by reason of the pestilence and pestilent diseases I earnestly diligently enquired of all the Physicians Chirurgians of all the Cities through which King Charles the ninth passed in his progresse unto Bayon what successe their patients had after they were letten bloud and purged whereunto they all answered alike that they had diligently observed that all that were infected with the Pestilence and were letten bleed some good quantity of bloud or had their bodies some-what strongly purged thence forwards waxed weaker and weaker and so at length dyed but others which were not let bloud nor purged but took cordiall
as it were in a bagge and cast them therein into the bath wherein Iron red hot hath beene extinguished and let the woman that hath lately travelled sit downe therein so long as shee pleaseth and when shee commeth out let her bee layd warme in bedde and let her take some preserved Orange pill or bread toasted and dipped in Ipocras or in wine brewed with spices and then let her sweate if the sweate will come forth of its owne accord On the next day let astringent fomentations bee applyed to the genitals on this wise prepared â„ž gallar nucum Cupressi corticum granat an â„¥ i. rosar rub mi. thymi majoran an m. ss aluminis rochae salis com an Ê’ii boyle them all together in redde wine and make thereof a decoction for a fomentation for the forenamed use The distilled liquor following is very excellent and effectuall to confirme and to draw in the dugges or any other loose parts â„ž charyophyl nucis moschat nucum cupressi an â„¥ i ss mastich â„¥ ii alumin. roch â„¥ i ss glandium corticis querni an lb ss rosar rubr m. i. cort granat â„¥ ii terrae sigillat â„¥ i. cornu cervi usti â„¥ ss myrtillor sanguinis dracon an â„¥ i. boli armeni â„¥ ii ireos florent â„¥ i. sumach berber Hyppuris an m. ss conquassentur omnia macerentur spatio duorum dierum in lb i ss aquae rosarum lb ii prunorum syvestr mespilorum pomorum quernorum lb ss aquae fabrorum aceti denique fortiss â„¥ iv afterward distill it over a gentle fire and keep the distilled liquor for your use wherewith let the parts be fomented twice in a day And after the fomentation let wollen clothes or stupes of linnen cloth be dipped in the liquor and then pressed out and laid to the place When all these things are done and past the woman may againe keep company with her husband CHAP. XXIX What the causes of difficult and painefull travell in child-birth are THe fault dependeth sometimes on the mother and sometimes on the infant or childe within the wombe On the mother if shee bee more fat if shee bee given to gurmundize or great eating if she be too leane or yong as Savanarola thinketh her to bee that is great with childe at nine yeares of age or unexpert or more old or weaker than shee should bee eyther by nature or by some accident as by diseases that shee hath had a little before the time of child-birth or with a great fluxe of bloud But those that fall in travell before the full and prefixed time are very difficult to deliver because the fruit is yet unripe and not ready or easie to bee delivered If the necke or orifice of the wombe bee narrow eyther from the first conformation or afterwards by some chance as by an ulcer cicatrized or more hard and callous by reason that it hath beene torne before at the birth of some other childe and so cicatrized againe so that if the cicatrizeed place bee not cut even in the moment of the deliverance both the childe and the mother will bee in danger of death also the rude handling of the mydwife may hinder the free deliverance of the child Oftentimes women are letted in travell by shamefac'tnesse by reason of the presence of some man or hate to some woman there present If the secundine bee pulled away sooner than it is necessary it may cause a great fluxe of bloud to fill the wombe so that then it cannot performe his exclusive faculty no otherwise than the bladder when it is distended by reason of overabundance of water that is therein cannot cast it forth so that there is a stoppage of the urine But the wombe is much rather hindred or the faculty of child-bith is stopped or delayed if together with the stopping of the secundine there be either a mole or some other body contrary to nature in the wombe In the secundines of two women whom I delivered of two children that were dead in their bodies I found a great quantity of sand like unto that that is found about the banks of rivers so that the gravell or sand that was in each secundine was a full pound in weight Also the infant may bee the occasion of difficult child-birth as if too bigge if it come overthwart if it come with its face upwards and its buttocks forwards if it come with its feet and hands both forwards at once if it be dead and swolne by reason of corruption if it bee monstrous if it have two bodies or two heads if it bee manifold or seven-fold as Albucrasis affirmeth hee hath seene if there bee a mole annexed thereto if it be very weake if when the waters are flowed out it doth not move or stirre or offer its selfe to come forth Yet notwithstanding it happeneth sometimes that the fault is neither in the mother nor the childe but in the aire which being cold doth so binde congeale and make stiffe the genitall parts that they cannot bee relaxed or being contrariwise too hot it weakeneth the woman that is in travell by reason that it wasteth the spirits wherein all the strength consisteth or in the ignorant and unexpert mydwife who cannot artificially rule and governe the endeavours of the woman in travell The birth is wont to bee easie if it bee in the due and prefixed naturall time if the childe offer himselfe lustily to come forth with his head forwards presently after the waters are come forth and the mother in like manner lusty and strong those which are wont to bee troubled with very difficult child-birth ought a little before the time of the birth to goe into an halfe tub filled with the decoction of mollifying rootes and seeds to have their genitals wombe and necke thereof to bee anoynted with much oyle and the intestines that are full and loaded must bee unburthened of the excrements and then the expulsive faculty provoked with a sharpe glyster that the tumours and swelling of the birth concurring therewith the more easie exclusion may be made But I like it rather better that the woman in travell should be placed in a chaire that hath the backe thereof leaning backwards than in her bed but the chair must have a hole in the bottome whereby the bones that must be dilated in the birth may have more freedome to close themselves againe CHAP. XXX The causes of Abortion or untimely birth ABortion or untimely birth is one thing and effluxion another They call abortion the sudden exclusion of the childe already formed and alive before the perfect maturity thereof But that is called effluxion which is the falling downe of seeds mixed together and coagulated but for the space of a few dayes onely in the formes of membranes or tunicles congealed bloud and of an unshapen or deformed piece of flesh the mydwives of our countrey call it a false branch or budde This effluxion
that hindered her from bearing of children who desired me to see her and I found a certaine very thin nervous membrane a little beneath the nymphae neere unto the orifice of the neck of the wombe in the midst there was a very little hole whereout the termes might flow I seeing the thickenesse thereof cut it in sunder with my sizzers and told her mother what she should doe afterwards and truely shee married shortly after and bore children Realdus Columbus is of my opinion and saith that this is seene very seldome for these are his words under the nymphae in many but not in all virgins there is another membrane which when it is present which is but seldome it stoppeth so that the yard cannot be put into the orifice of the wombe for it is very thicke above towards the bladder it hath an hole by which the courses flow out And hee also addeth that he observed it in two young virgins and in one elder maide Avicen writeth that in virgins in the necke of the wombe there are tunicles composed of veines and ligaments very little rising from each part of the necke thereof which at the first time of copulation are wont to bee broken and the blood to runne out Almansor writeth that in virgins the passage or necke of the wombe is very wrinkled or narrow and straight and those wrinkles to be woaven or stayed together with many little veines and arteries which are broken at the first time of copulation These are the judgements of Physitians of this membrane Midwives will certainly affirme that they know a virgin from one that is defloured by the breach or soundnesse of that membrane But by their report too credulous Judges are soone brought to commit an errour For that Midwives can speake nothing certainely of this membrane may bee proved by this because that one saith that the situation thereof is in the very entrance of the privie parts others say it is in the midst of the necke of the wombe and others say it is within at the inner orifice thereof and some are of an opinion that they say or suppose that it cannot be seen or perceived before the first birth But truly of a thing so rare and which is contrary to nature there cannot be any thing spoken for certainty Therefore the blood that commeth out at the first time of copulation comes not alwaies by the breaking of that membrane but by the breaking and violating or renting of the little veines which are woaven and bespread all over the superficial inward parts of the womb and neck thereof descending into the wrinkles whichin those that have not yet used the act of generation are closed as if they were glewed together although that those maides that are at their due time of marriage feele no pain nor no flux of blood especially if the mans yard be answerable to the neck of the womb whereby it appeares evidently how greatly the inhabitants of Fez the metropolitane city of Mauritania are deceived for Leo the Affrican writeth that it is the custome among them that so soon as the married man and his spouse are returned home to their house from the church where they have been married they presently shut themselves into a chamber and make fast the dore while the marriage dinner is preparing in the mean while some old or grave matron standeth waiting before the chamber dore to receive a bloody linnen cloth the new married husband is to deliver her there which when she hath received she brings it into the midst of all the company of guests as a fresh spoile and testimony of the married wives virginity and then for joy thereof they all fall to banqueting solemnely But if through evill fortune it happeneth that in this time of copulation the spouse bleedeth not in the privie parts shee is restored againe unto her parents which is a very great reproach unto them and all the guests depart home sad heavie and without dinner Moreover there are some that having learned the most filthy and infamous arts of bawdry prostitute common harlots to make gaine thereof making men that are naughtily given to beleeve that they are pure virgins making them to thinke that the act of generation is very painefull and grievous unto them as if they had never used it before although they are very expert therein indeed for they doe cause the necke of the wombe to be so wrinkled and shrunke together so that the sides thereof shall even almost close or meet together then they put thereinto the bladders of fishes or galles of beasts filled full of blood and so deceive the ignorant and young lecher by the fraud and deceit of their evill arts and in the time of copulation they mixe sighes with groanes and womanlike cryings and the crocodiles teares that they may seeme to be virgins and never to have dealt with man before CHAP. XLIII A memorable history of the membrane called Hymen JOhn Wierus writeth that there was a maid at Camburge who in the middest of the necke of the wombe had a thicke and strong membrane growing overthwart so that when the monethly termes should come out it would not permit them so that thereby the menstruall matter was stopped and flowed back againe which caused a great tumour and distension in the belly with great torment as if she had beene in travell with child the mydwives being called and having seene and considered all that had beene done and did appeare did all with one voyce affirme that shee sustained the paines of childe-birth although that the maide her selfe denyed that shee ever dealt with man Therefore then this foresaid Author was called who when the mydwives were void of help and counsell might helpe this wretched maid having already had her urine stopped now three whole weeks and perplexed with great watchings losse of appetite and loathing and when hee had seene the grieved place and marked the orifice of the neck of the wombe he saw it stopped with a thick membrane he knew also that that sudden breaking out of bloud into the wombe and the vessels thereof and the passage for those matters that was stopped was the cause of her grievous and tormenting paine And therefore hee called a Chirurgian presently and willed him to divide the membrane that was in the midst that did stop the fluxe of the bloud which being done there came forth as much black congealed and putrefied bloud as wayed some eight pounds In three dayes after shee was well and void of all disease and paine I have thought it good to set downe this example here because it is worthy to be noted and profitable to be imitated as the like occasion shall happen CHAP. XLIIII Of the strangulation of the wombe THe strangulation of the wombe or that commeth from the wombe is an interception or stopping of the liberty in breathing or taking wind because that the wombe swolne or puffed up by
to plentifull feeding it endureth almost for the space of seven dayes Some call them purgations because that by this fluxe all a womans body is purged of super fluous humours There bee some also that call those fluxes the flowers because that as in plants the flower buddeth out before the fruits so in women kinde this flux goeth before the issue or the conception thereof For the courses flow not before a woman bee able to conceive for how should the seede being cast into the wombe have his nourishment and encrease and how should the child have his nourishment when it is formed of the seed if this necessary humour were wanting in the wombe yet it may bee some women may conceive without this fluxe of the courses but that is in such as have so much of the humour gathered together as is wont to remaine in those which are purged although it bee not so great a quantity that it may flow out as it is recorded by Aristotle But as it is in some very great and in some very little so it is in some seldome and in some very often There are some that are purged twice and some thrice in a moneth but it is altogether in those who have a great liver large veines and are filled and fed with many and greatly nourishing meats which sit idely at home all day which having slept all night doe notwithstanding lye in bed sleeping a great part of the day also which live in a hot moyst rainie and southerly ayre which use warme bathes of sweet waters and gentle frictions which use and are greatly delighted with carnall copulation in these and such like women the courses flow more frequently and abundantly But contrariwise in those that have small and obscure veines in those that have their bodies more furnished and bigge either with flesh or with fat are more seldome purged and also more sparingly because that the superfluous quantity of bloud useth to goe into the habit of the body Also tender delicate and faire women are lesse purged than those that are browne and endued with a more compact flesh because that by the rarity of their bodies they suffer a greater wasting or dissipation of their substance by transpiration Moreover they are not so greatly purged with this kind of purgation which have some other solemne or accustomed evacuation in any other place of their body as by the nose or hemorrhoids And as concerning their age old women are purged when the Moone is old and young women when the Moone is new as it is thought I thinke the cause thereof is for that the Moone ruleth moyst bodies for by the variable motion thereof the Sea floweth and ebbeth and bones marrow and plants abound with their genitall humour Therefore young people which have much bloud and more fluxible and their bodies more fluxible are soone moved unto a fluxe although it bee even in the first quarter of the Moones risingor increasing but the humours of old women because they wax stiffe as it were with cold are not so abundant and have more dense bodies and straighter vessels are not so apt to a fluxe nor do they so easily flow except it bee in the full of the Moon or else in the decrease that is to say because the bloud that is gathered in the full of the Moon falls from the body even of its own weight for that by reason of the decreasing or wane of the Moone this time of the month is more cold and moyst CHAP. L. The causes of the monethly flux or courses BEcause a woman is more cold and therefore hath the digestive faculty more weake it commeth to passe that shee requireth and desireth more meate or foode than shee can digest or concoct And because that superfluous humour that remaineth is not digested by exercise nor by the efficacy of strong and lively heat therefore by the providence or benefit of nature it floweth out by the veines of the wombe by the power of the expulsive faculty at its owne certaine and prefixed season or time But then especially it beginneth to flow and a certaine crude portion of bloud to bee expelled being hurtfull and maligne otherwise in no quality when nature hath laid her principall foundations of the encrease of the body so that in greatnesse of the body she hath come as it were in a manner to the highest toppe that is to say from the thirteenth to the fiftieth yeare of our age Moreover the childe cannot bee formed in the wombe nor have his nutriment or encrease without this fluxe therefore this is another finall cause of the monethly flux Many are perswaded that women do farre more abound with bloud than men considering how great an abundance of bloud they cast forth of their secret parts every moneth from the thirteenth to the fiftieth yeare of their age how much women great with childe of whom also many are menstruall yeelde unto the nutriment and encrease of the childe in their wombes and how much Physicians take from women that are with childe by opening of a veine which otherwise would bee delivered before their naturall and prefixed time how great a quantity thereof they avoid in the birth of their children and for ten or twelve daies after and how great a quantity of milk they spend for the nourishment of the child when they give sucke which milke is none other thing than blood made white by the power of the kernels that are in the dugges which doth suffice to nourish the childe be he great or little yet notwithstanding many nurses in the meane while are menstruall and as that may be true so certainely this is true that one dramme that I may so speake of a mans blood is of more efficacy to nourish and encrease than two pounds of womans blood because it is farre more perfect more concocted wrought and better replenished with abundance of spirits whereby it commeth to passe that a man endued with a more strong heat doth more easily convert what meat soever he eateth unto the nourishment substance of his body if that any superfluity remains he doth easily digest and scatter it by insensible transpiration But a woman being more cold than a man because shee taketh more than shee can concoct doth gather together more humours which because shee cannot disperse by reason of the unperfectnesse and weakenesse of her heat it is necessary that shee should suffer and have her monethly purgation especially when shee groweth unto some bignesse but there is no such need in a man CHAP. LI. The causes of the suppression of the courses or menstruall fluxe THe courses are suppressed or stopped by many causes as by sharpvehement and long diseases by feare sorrow hunger immoderate labours watchings fluxes of the belly great bleeding hoemorrhoides fluxes of blood at the mouth and evacuations in any other part of the body whatsoever often opening of a
liver but it hath its remote matter from meates of good digestion and quality seasonably eaten after moderate exercise but for that one age is better than another and one time of the yeare more convenient than another For bloud is made more copiously in the Spring because that season of the yeare comes neerest to the temper of the bloud by reason of which the bloud is rather to be thought temperate than hot and moist for that Galen makes the Spring temperate and besides at that time bloud-letting is performed with the best successe youth is an age very fit for the generation of bloud or by Galens opinion rather that part of life that continues from the 25. to the 35. yeare of our age Those in whom this humor hath the dominion are beautified with a fresh and rosie colour gentle and well natured pleasant merry and facetious The generation of Phlegme is not by the imbecillity of heat as some of the ancients thought who were perswaded that choler was caused by a raging bloud by a moderate and phlegme and melancholy by a remisse heate But that opinion is full of manifest errour for if it be true that the Chylus is laboured and made into bloud in the same part and by the same fire that is the liver from whence in the same moment of time should proceed that strong and weake heate seeinge the whole masse of the bloud different in its foure essentiall parts is perfected and made at the same time and by the same equall temper of the same part action and bloud-making facultie therefore from whence have we this varietie of humors From hence for that those meates by which wee are nourished enjoy the like condition that our bodies doe from the foure Elements and the fouré first qualities for it is certaine and wee may often observe in what kind soever they be united or joyned together they retaine a certain hot portion imitating the Fire another cold the water another dry the earth and lastly another moist like to the Aire Neither can you name any kinde of nourishment how cold soever it be not Lettuce it selfe in which there is not some fiery force of heate Therefore it is no marvell if one and the same heate working upon the same matter of Chylus varying with so great dissimilitude of substances doe by its power produce so unlike humors as from the hot Choler from the cold Phlegme and of the others such as their affinity of temper will permit There is no cause that any one should thinke that varietie of humors to be caused in us rather by the diversity of the active heate than waxe and a flint placed at the same time and in the same situation of climate and soile this to melt by the heat of the Sunne and that scarse to waxe warme Therefore that diversitie of effects is not to be attributed to the force of the efficient cause that is of heate which is one and of one kinde in all of us but rather to the materiall cause seeing it is composed of the conflux or meeting together of various substances gives the heate leave to worke as it were out of its store which may make and produce from the hotter part thereof Choler and of the colder and more rebellious Phlegme Yet I will not deny but that more Phlegme or Choler may be bred in one and the same body according to the quicker or slower provocation of the heate yet neverthelesse it is not consequent that the originall of Choler should be from a more acride and of Phlegme from a more dull heat in the same man Every one of us naturally have a simple heate and of one kinde which is the worker of diverse operations not of it selfe seeing it is alwayes the same and like it selfe but by the different fitnesse pliablenesse or resistance of the matter on which it workes Wherefore phlegme is generated in the same moment of time in the fire of the same part by the efficiency of the same heate with the rest of the bloud of the more cold liquide crude and watery portion of the Chylus Wherby it comes to passe that it shewes an expresse figure of a certaine rude or unperfect bloud for which occasion nature hath made it no peculiar receptacle but would have it to run friendly with the bloud in the same passages of the veines that any necessitiehappening by famin or indigency and in defect of better nourishment it may by a perfecter elaboration quickly assume the forme of bloud Cold rude nourishmēt make this humor to abound principally in winter and in those which incline to old age by reason of the similitude which phlegme hath with that season and age It makes a man drowsie dull fat and swollen up and hasteneth gray haires Choler is as it were a certaine heate and fury of humors which generated in the liver together with the bloud is carried by the veines and arteries through the whole body That of it which abounds is sent partly into the guts and partly into the bladder of the gall or is consumed by transpiration or sweates It is somewhat probable that the Arteriall bloud is made more thinne hot quicke and pallid than the bloud of the veines by the commixture of this Alementarie choler This humor is chiefely bred and expeld in youth and acrid and bitter meates give matter to it but great labours of bodie and minde give the occasion It maketh a man nimble quicke ready for all performance leane and quicke to anger and also to concoct meates The Melancholicke humor or Melancholy being the grosser portion of the bloud is partly sent from the Liver to the Spleene to nourish it and partly carried by the vessels into the rest of the body and spent in the nourishment of the parts endued with an earthly drinesse it is made of meates of grosse juyce and by the perturbations of the minde turned to feare and sadnesse It is augmented in Autumne and in the first and crude old age it makes men sad harsh constant froward envious and fearefull All men ought to thinke that such humors are wont to move at set houres of the day as by a certaine peculiar motion or tide Therefore the bloud flowes from the ninth houre of the night to the third houre of the day then Choler to the ninth of the day then Melancholy to the third of the night the rest of the night that remaines is under the dominion of Phlegme Manifest examples hereof appeares in the French-Poxe From the elaborate and absolute masse of the bloud as we said before two kindes of humors as excrements of the second concoction are commonly and naturally separated the one more grosse the other more thinne This is called either absolutely choler or with an adjunct yellow choler That is called Melancholy which drawne by the Spleene in a thinner portion and elaborate by the heate of the Arteries which
exercises who inhabite cold and moist places who leade their life at ease in all idlenesse and lastly who suffer a suppression of the Phlegmaticke humour accustomely evacuated by vomite cough or blowing the nose or any other way either by nature or arte Certainely it is very convenient to know these things that we may discerne if any at the present be Phlegmaticke Melancholicke or of any other temper whether he be such by nature or necâ—ssâ—â—y Having declared those things which concerne the nature of Temperaments and deferred the description of the parts of the body to our Anatomy we will begin to speake of the faculties governing this our life when first we shall have showen by a practicall demonstration of examples the use and certainty of the aforesaid rules of Temperaments CHAP. VII Of the Practice of the aforesaid rules of Temperaments THat we may draw the Theoricke of the Temperaments into practise it hath seemed good for avoyding of confusion which might make this our Introduction seeme obscure if we would prosecute the differences of the Tempers of all men of all Nations to take those Limits which nature hath placed in the world as South North East and West and as it were the Center of those bounds that the described variety of Tempers in colour habit manners studyes actions and forme of life of men that inhabit those Regions scituated so farre distant one from another may be as a sure rule by which we may certainely judge of every mans temperature in particuler as he shall appeare to be nearer or further off from this or that region Those which inhabite the South as the Affricans Aethiopians Arabians and Egyptians are for the most part deformed leane dusky coloured and pale with blacke eyes and great lippes curled haire and a small and shrill voyce Those which inhabite the Northren parts as the Scythians Muscovites Polonians and Germaines have their faces of colour white mixed with a convenient quantity of blood their skin soft and delicate their haire long hanging downe and spreading abroad and of a yellowish or reddish colour of stature they are commonly tall of a well proportioned fat and compact habite of body their eyes gray their voyce strong loud and bigge But those who are scituated betweene these two former as the Italians and French have their faces somewhat swart are well favoured nimble strong hairy slender well in flesh with their eyes resembling the colour of Goates-eyes and often hollow eyed having a cleere shrill and pleasing voyce The Southerne people are exceeded so much by the Northerne in strength and abillity of body as they surpasse them in witt and the faculties of the minde Hence is it you may reade in Histories that the Scythians Gothes and Vandals vexed Affricke and Spaine with infinite incursions and most large and famous Empires have beene founded from the North to the South but few or none from the South to the North. Therefore the Northren people thinking all right and law to consist in Armes did by Duell onely determine all causes and controversies arising amongst the inhabitants as wee may gather by the ancient lawes and customes of the Lumbards English Burgonians Danes and Germaines and we may see in Saxo the Grammarian that such a law was once made by Fronto king of Denmarke The which custome at this day is every where in force amongst the Muskovits But the Southerne people have alwayes much abhorred that fashion and have thought it more agreeable to Beasts than Men. Wherefore we never heard of any such thing used by the Assyrians Egyptians Persians or Iewes But moved by the goodnes of their wit they erected Kingdomes and Empires by the onely helpe of Learning and hidden sciences For seeing by nature they are Melancholicke by reason of the drynesse of their temperature they willingly addict themselves to solitarinesse and contemplation being endued with a singular sharpnesse of wit Wherefore the Aethiopians Egyptians Africans Iewes Phaenicians Persians Assyrians and Indians have invented many curious sciences revealed the Mysteries and secrets of Nature digested the Mathematiques into order observed the motions of the heavens and first brought in the worship and religious sacrifices of the gods Even so farre that the Arabians who live onely by stealth and have onely a Waggon for their house do boast that they have many things diligently and accurately observed in Astrology by their Ancestors which every day made more accurate and copious they as by an hereditary right commend to posterity as it is recorded by Leo the Africane But the Northerne people as the Germaines by reason of the aboundance of humours and blood by which the minde is as it were opprest apply themselves to workes obvious to the senses and which may be done by the hand For their minds opprest with the earthly masse of their bodies are easily drawne from heaven and the contemplation of Celestiall things to these inferior things as to find out Mines by digging to buy and cast mettals to draw and hammer out workes of Iron steele and brasse In which things they have proved so excellent that the glory of the Invention of Guns and Printing belongs to them The people who inhabite the middle regions betweene these are neither naturally fit for the more abstruse sciences as the Southerne people are nor for Mechanicke workes as the Northerne but intermeddle with civil affaires commerce and Merchandizing But are endued with such strength of body as may suffise to avoid and delude the crafts and arts of the Southerne Inhabitants and with such wisdome as may be sufficient to restraine the fury and violence of the Northern How true this is any one may understand by the example of the Carthaginians and Africans who when they had held Italy for some yeares by their subtile counsels crafty sleights and devices yet could not escape but at the length their Arts being deluded and they spoiled of all their fortunes were brought in subjection to the Romans The Gothes Hunnes and other Northerne people have spoiled overrun the Romane Empire by many incursions and inroades but destitute of counsell providence they could not keepe those things which they had gotten by Armes and valour Therefore the opinion of all Historians is agreeing in this that good lawes the forme of governing a Common-wealth all politicke ordinances the Arts of disputing and speaking have had their beginning from the Greeks Romanes and French And from hence in times past and at this day a greater number of Writers Lawyers and Counsellors of State have sprung up than in all the world besides Therefore that we may attribute their gifts to each Region we affirme that The Southerne people are borne and fit for the studies of learning the Northerne for warres and those which be betweene them both for Empire and rule The Italian is naturally wise the Spaniard grave and constant the French quicke and diligent for you would say he
is nothing but to laugh Ioy recreates and quickens all the faculties stirres up the spirits helpes concoction makes the body to bee better likeing and fattens it the heate bloud and spirits flowing thither and the nourishing dew or moisture watering and refreshing all the members from whence it is that of all the Passions of the minde this onely is profitable so that it exceed not measure for immoderate and unaccustomed joy carries so violently the bloud and spirits from the heart into the habit of the body that sodaine and unlookt for death ensues by a speedy decay of the strength the lasting fountaine of the vitall humour being exhausted Which thing principally happens to those who are lesse heartie as women and old-men Anger causeth the same effusion of heate in us but farre speedier than joy therefore the spirits and humors are so inflamed by it that it often causes putrid feavers especially if the body abound with any ill humor Sorrow or griefe dries the body by a way quite contrary to that of anger because by this the heart is so straitened the heate being almost extinct that the accustomed generation of spirits cannot be performed and if any be generated they cannot freely passe into the members with the bloud wherefore the vitall facultie is weakened the lively colour of the face withers and decaies and the body wastes away with a lingering consumption Feare in like sort drawes in and calls backe the spirits and not by little and little as in sorrow but sodainely and violently hereupon the face growes sodainely pale the extreame parts cold all the body trembles or shakes the belly in some is loosed the voice as it were staies in the jawes the heart beate with a violent pulsation because it is almost opprest by the heate strangled by the plentie of bloud and spirits abondantly rushing thither The haire also stands upright because the heate and bloud are retired to the inner parts and the utmost parts are more cold and drie than stone by reason whereof the utmost skinne and the pores in which the rootes of the haires are fastened are drawne together Shame is a certaine affection mixed as it were of Anger and Feare therefore if in that conflict of as it were contending passions Feare prevaile over Anger the face waxeth pale the bloud flying backe to the heart and these or these Symptomes rise according to the vehemency of the contracted and abated heat But if on the contrary Anger get the dominion over Feare the bloud runnes violently to the face the eyes looke red and sometimes they even some at the mouth There is another kinde of shame which the Latines call Verecundia wee Shamefastnesse in which there is a certaine fluxe and refluxe of the heate and bloud first recoiling to the heart then presently rebounding from thence againe But that motion is so gentle that the heart thereby suffers no oppression nor defect of spirits wherefore no accidents worthy to be spoken of arise from hence this affect is familiar to young maid es and boyes who if they blush for a fault committed unawares or through carelesnesse it is thought an argument of a vertuous and good disposition But an agony which is a mixt passion of a strong feare and vehement anger involves the heart in the danger of both motions wherefore by this passion the vitall facultie is brought into very great danger To these sixe Passions of the minde all other may be revoked as Hatred and Discord to Anger Mirth and Boasting to Ioy Terrors Frights and Swoundings to Feare Envy Despaire and Mourning to Sorrow By these it is evident how much the passions of the minde can prevaile to alter and overthow the state of the body and that by no other meanes than that by the compression and dilatation of the heart they diffuse and contract the spirits bloud and heate from whence happens the dissipation or oppressions of these spirits The signes of these Symptomes quickly shew themselves in the face the heart by reason of the thinnesse of the skinne in that part as it were painting forth the notes of its affections And certainely the face is a part so fit to disclose all the affections of the inward parts that by it you may manifestly know an old man from a young a woman from a man a temperate person from an untemperate an Ethiopian from an Indian a Frenchman from a Spaniard a sad man from a merry a sound from a sicke a living from a dead Wherefore many affirme that the manners and those things which we keepe secret and hid in our hearts may be understood by the face and countenance Now wee have declared what commoditie and discommoditie may redound to man from these forementioned passions and have shewed that anger is profitable to none unlesse by chance to some dull by reason of idlenesse or opprest with some cold clammy and phlegmaticke humor and feare convenient for none unlesse peradventure for such as are brought into manifest and extreme danger of their life by some extraordinary sweat immoderate bleeding or the like unbridled evacuation Wherefore it behoves a wise Chirurgion to have a care lest he inconsiderately put any Patient committed to his charge into any of these passions unlesse there bee some necessitie thereof by reason of any of the forementioned occasions CHAP. XIX Of things against Nature and first of the Cause of a Disease HAving intreated of things naturall and not naturall now it remaines wee speake of things which are called against nature because that they are such as are apt to weaken and corrupt the state of our body And they bee three in number The cause of a disease a Disease and a Symptome The cause of a disease is an affect against nature which causes the disease Which is divided into Internall and Externall The Externall originall or primitive comes from some other place and outwardly into the body such be meates of ill nourishment and such weapons and hostilely wound the body The Internall have their essence and seate in the body and are subdivided into antecedent and conjunct That is called an antecedent cause which as yet doth not actually make a disease but goes neare to cause one so humors copiously flowing or ready to flow into any part are the antecedent causes of diseases The conjunct cause is that which actually causes the disease and is so immediately joined in affinitie to the disease that the disease being present it is present and being absent it is absent Againe of all such causes some are borne together with us as the over-great quantitie and maligne qualitie of both the seedes and the menstruous bloud from diseased Parents are causes of many diseases and specially of those which are called Hereditary Other happen to us after wee bee borne by our diet and manner of life a stroke fall or such other like Those which bee bred with
evacuation of the conjunct matter by the artery of the anckle of the same side being opened yet because it was not cut for this purpose but happened onely by chance I judged it was not much dissenting from this argument Pliny writes that there was one named Phalereus which casting up blood at his mouth and at the length medicines nothing availing being weary of his life went unarmed in the front of the battell against the enemy and there receiving a wound in his breast shed a great quantity of blood which gave an end to his spitting of blood the wound being healed and the veine which could not containe the blood being condensate At Paris Anno 1572. in Iuly a certaine Gentleman being of a modest and courteous cariage fell into a continuall Feaver and by that meanes became Franticke moved with the violence of which hee cast himselfe headlong out of a window two storyes high and fell first upon the shoulder of Vaterra the Duke of Alenzons Physition and then upon the pavement with which fall hee cruelly bruized his ribbs and hippe but was restored to his former judgment and reason There were present with the Patient besides Valterra witnesses of this accident these Physitions Alexis Magnus Duretus and Martinus The same hapened in the like disease and by the like chance to a certaine Gascoyne lying at the house of Agrippa in the Pavedostreete 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Doctor of Physicke of Mompelier and the Kings professor told me that a certaine Carpenter at Broquer a village in Switzerland being franticke cast himselfe headlong out of an high window into a river and being taken out of the water was presently restored to his understanding But if we may convert casualties into counsell and Arte I would not cast the Patient headlong out of a window But would rather cast them sodainely and thinking of no such thing into a great cesterne filled with cold water with their heads foremost neither would I take them out untill they had drunke a good quantitie of water that by that sodaine fall and strong feare the matter causing the Frenzy might be carryed from above downewards from the noble parts to the ignonoble the possibility of which is manifest by the forerecited examples as also by the example of such as bit by a mad Dogge fearing the water are often ducked into it to cure them CHAP. XXIIII Of Certaine jugling and deceiptfull wayes of Curing HEre I determine to treat of those Impostors who taking upon them the person of a Chirurgion doe by any meanes either right or wrong put themselves upon the workes of the Arte but they principally boast themselves amongst the jgnorant common sort of setting bones which are out of joynt and broken affirming as falsly as impudently that they have the knowledge of those things from their Ancestors as by a certaine hereditary right which is a most ridiculous fiction for our mindes when we are borne is as a smoth table upon which nothing is painted Otherwise what need wee take such labour and paines to acquire and exercise sciences God hath endued all brute beasts with an inbred knowledge of certaine things necessary for to preserve their life more than man But on the contrary hee hath enriched him with a wit furnished with incredible celerity and judgment by whose diligent and laborious agitation he subjects all things to his knowledge For it is no more likely that any man should have skill in Chirurgery because his father was a Chirurgeon than that one who never endured sweat dust nor Sunne in the field should know how to ride and governe a great horse and know how to carry away the credite in tilting onely because hee was begot by a Gentleman and one famous in the Arte of Warre There is another sort of Impostors farre more pernitious and lesse sufferable boldly and insolently promising to restore to their proper unity and seate bones which are broken and out of joynt by the onely murmuring of some conceited charmes so that they may but have the Patients name and his girdle In which thing I cannot sufficiently admire the idlenesse of our Country-men so easily crediting so great and pernitious an error not observing the inviolable law of the ancient Physitions and principally of Divine Hippocrates by which it is determined that three things are necessary to the setting of bones dislocated and out of joynt to draw the bones asunder to hold the bone receiving firmely immoveable with a strong and steddy hand to put the bone to be received into the cavity of the receiving For which purpose the diligence of the Ancients hath invented so many engines Glossocomies and bands lest that the hand should not be sufficient for that laborious worke What therefore is the madnesse of such Impostures to undertake to doe that by words which can scarse be done by the strong hands of so many Servants and by many artificiall engines Of late yeares another kind of Imposture hath sprung up in Germany they beare into fine powder a stone within there mother tongue they call Bembruch and give it in drinke to any who have a bone broken or dislocated and affirme that it is sufficient to cure them Through the same Germanie there wander other Impostors who bid to bring to them the Weapons with which any is hurt they lay it up in a secret place and free from noise and put and apply medicines to it as if they had the patient to dresse and in the meane time they suffer him to go about his busines impudently affirme that the wound heales by litle and litle by reason of the medicine applyed to the weapon But it is not likely that a thing inanimate which is destitute of all manner of sence should feele the effect of any medicine and lesse probable by much that the wounded party should receive any benefit from thence Neither if any should let mee see the truth of such jugdling by the events themselves and my owne eyes would I therefore beleeve that it were done naturally and by reason but rather by charmes and Magicke In the last assault of the Castle of Hisdin the Lord of Martigues the elder was shot through the breast with a Musket bullet I had him in cure together with the Physitions and Chirurgions of the Emperoure Charles the fist and Emanuel Philibert the Duke of Savoy who because hee entirely loved the wounded prisoner caused an assembly of Physitions and Chirurgions to consult of the best meanes for his cure They all were of one opinion that the wound was deadly and incureable because it passed through the midst of his lungs and besides had cast forth a great quantity of knotted blood into the hollownesse of his brest There was found at that time a certaine Spaniard a notable Knave and one of those Impostors who would pawne his life that hee would make him sound wherefore this Honorable Personage being in this desperate case was committed to his
wonderfull effect which Celandine hath upon the sight was learnt by the practise of Swallowes who have bin observed with it to have besmeared and so strengthened the eyes of their young Serpents rubbe their eyelids with fennell and are thought by that meanes to quicken and restore the decaying sight of their eyes The Tortois doth defend strengthen her selfe against the biting of Vipers by eating of savorie Beares by eating of Pismires expell that poison that they have contracted by their use of Mandrakes And for correction of that drowzinesse and sloth which growes upon them by their long sleepe in their dens they eate the herbe Aron i Cuckopint But the Art they use in the entising and catching of Pismires is very pretty They goe softly to the holes or hilles of the Pismires and there lay themselves all their length upon the ground as if they were dead hanging out their tongue wet with their foame which they draw not againe into their mouth before they feele them full of Pismires which are intised by the sweetnesse of the foame And having taken this as a purging medicine they expell by the guts those ill humors wherewith they were offended Wee see that Dogges give themselves a vomit by eating of a kinde of grasse which is from thence called Dogge-grasse Swine when they finde themselves sicke will hunt after smalt or river lobsters Stockdoves Blackbirds and Partridges purge themselves by bay leaves Pigeons Turtels and all sort of Pullen disburden themselves of grosse humors by taking of Pellitory of the wall The bird Ibis being not much unlike the Storke taught us the use of Clisters For when he finds himselfe oppressed with a burden of hurtfull humors he fills his bill with saltwater and so purgeth himselfe by that part by which the belly is best discharged The invention of the way of removing the Cataract of the eye wee must yeeld unto the Goate who by striking by chance against the thorny bushes pulls off the Cataract which hinders the sight and covers the ball of the eye and so recovers his sight The benefit of Phlebotomie we owe unto the Hippotamus or River-horse being a kinde of Horse and the inhabitant of the river Nilus who being a great devourer when hee finds himselfe surcharged with a great deale of bloud doth by rubbing his thigh against the sharpe sands on the bankeside open a veine whereby the superfluous bloud is discharged which he stoppeth likewise when it is fit by rowling himselfe in the thicke mudde The Tortois having chanced to eate any of the flesh of a Serpent doth make origanum and marjerom her Antidote The ancients found helpe from brute beasts even against the dreadfull and none-sparing force of lightning for they were of opinion that the wings of an Eagle were never strucke with lightning and therefore they put about their heads little wreathes of these feathers They were perswaded the same thing of the Seale or Sea-calfe and therefore were wont to encompasse their bodies with his skinne as a most certaine safegard against lightning It were a thing too long and laborious to speake of all those other muniments of life and health observed here and there by Aristotle and Plinie which we have learnt of brute beasts I will therefore end this Chapter after that I have first added this That we are beholding to beasts not onely for the skill of curing diseases and of preservation of health but for our foode our raiment and the ornament and beautifying the bodies Of the Faculty of brute Beasts in Presaging THe first knowledge and skill of Prognostication and observation of weather by the Aire was first delivered unto us from beasts of the land and water and from fowle For we see in daily observation that it is a signe of change of weather when Lambes and Rammes doe butt at one another with their hornes and playing wantonly doe kicke and keepe up their heeles The same is thought to bee presaged when the Oxe lickes himselfe against the haire and on the sodaine fills the Aire with his lowing and smells to the ground and when he feedes more greedily than he used to doe But if the Pismires in great multitudes fetch their prey so hastily that they runne and tumble one upon another in their narrow pathes it is thought a signe of raine As is also the busie working of Moales and the Cats rubbing and stroaking of her head and necke and above her eares with the bottome of her feete Also when Fishes play and leape a little above the water it is taken for a signe of raine But if the Dolphins doe the same in the sea and in great companies it is thought to presage a sodaine storme and tempest Whereby the Marriners forewarned use all care possible for the safetie of themselves and their shippes and if they can cast Anchor And it is sufficiently knowne what the louder croaking of Frogges than ordinary portends But the facultie of birds in this kinde of presaging is wonderfull If Cranes flie through the aire without noise it is a signe of faire weather and of the contrary if they make a great noise and flie stragglingly As also if Sea-fowle flie farre from the sea and light on the land The crie or scritching of Owles portends a change of the present weather whether foule or faire Plutarch saith that the loude cawing of the Crow betokens windes and showres as also when he flappes his side with his wings Geese and Duckes when they dive much and order and prune and picke their feathers with their beakes and crie to one another foretell raine and in like manner Swallowes when they flie so low about the water that they wet themselves and their winges And the Wren when he is observed to sing more sweetly than usuall and to hop up and downe And the Cocke when he chants or rather crowes presently after the setting of the Sunne And Gnats and Fleas when they bite more than ordinary If the Herne soare aloft into the aire it betokeneth faire weather if on the contrary he flie close by the water raine If Pidgeons come late home to the Dove-house it is a signe of raine If Bats flie in the evening they foreshew wet weather And lastly the Crocodile layes his egges in that place which must be the bounds of the overflowing of the river Nilus And therefore he that first meetes with these egges tels the rest of the countrie people and shewes them how high the floud will rise and what inundation it will make upon their grounds A thing most worthy of admiration that in this monster there should be that strong facultie of presaging Of the Industry of Fishes MAny sea-Fishes when they feele a tempest comming doe gravell or balast themselves to the end they may not be tossed up and downe at the pleasure of the waves Others when the fury of the sea is at the hight hide themselves in the
are extended all together as it were with an unanimous consent the whole member is wrinkled as contracted into it selfe as on the contrary it is extended when they are relaxed Some of these are bestowed upon the animall parts to performe voluntary motions others upon the vitall to performe the agitation of the Heart and Arteries others upon the naturall for attraction retention and expulsion Yet we must observe that the attraction of no simular part is performed by the helpe of the foresaid fibers or threds but rather by the heat implanted in them or by the shunning of Emptinesse or the familiarity of the substance The flesh also is a simple and soft part composed of the purer portion of the blood insinuating it selfe into the spaces betweene the fibers so to invest them for the uses formerly mentioned This is as it were a certaine wall and Bulwarke against the injuries of heat and cold against all falls and bruises as it were a certaine soft pillow or cushion yeelding to any violent impression There be three sorts of flesh one more ruddy as the musculous flesh of perfect creatures and such as have blood for the flesh of all tender and young things having blood as Calves and also of all sorts of fish is whitish by reason of the too much humidity of the blood The second kinde is more pallid even in perfect creatures having blood such is the flesh of the heart stomacke weasond guts bladder wombe The third is belonging to the entrails or the proper substance of each entrail as that which remaines of the Liver the veines arteries and coate being taken away of the bladder of the Gall braine kidneys milt Some adde a fourth sort of flesh which is spongy and that they say is proper to the tongue alone A veine is the vessel pipe or channel of the blood or bloody matter it hath a spermaticke substance consists of one coate composed of 3 sorts of fibers An Artery is also the receptacle of blood but that spirituous and yellowish consisting in like manner of a spermaticke substance But it hath two coats with three sorts of fibers the utmost whereof is most thin consisting of right fibers and some oblique But the inner is five times more thicke and dense than the utmost interwoven with transverse fibers and it doth not onely conteine blood and spirit but also a serous humor which wee may beleeve because there bee two emulgent Arteryes aswell as veines But the inner coat of an Artery is therefore more thick because it may containe blood which is more hot subtle and spirituous for the spirit seeing it is naturally more thin and light and in perpetuall motion would quickly flye away unlesse it were held in a stronger hold There is other reason for a veine as that which containes blood grosse ponderous and slow of motion Wherefore if it had acquired a dense and grosse coate it could scarse bee distributed to the neighbouring parts God the maker of the universe foreseeing this made the coats of the vessels contrary to the consistance of the bodyes contained in them The Anastomosis of the veines and Arteryes that is to say the application of the mouthes of the one to the other is very remarkeable by benefit of which they mutually communicate and draw the matters contained in them and so also transfuse them by insensible passages although that anastomosis is apparent in the veine and artery that meet together at the Ioint and bending of the Arme which I haue sometimes shewed in the Physicke schooles at such time as I there dissected Anatomyes But the action or function of a muscle is either to move or confirme the parte according to our will into which it is implanted which it doth when it drawes it selfe towards its originall that is to say it 's head But wee define the head by the insertion of the nerve which wee understand by the manner of the working of the Muscle CHAP. XI Of the Muscles of the Epigastrium or lower belly NOw seeing that wee haue taught what a muscle is and what the differences thereof are and what simple and compound parts it hath and what the use action and manner of action in each part is it remaines that wee come to the particular explication of each Muscle begining with those of the lower belly as those which we first meet withall in dissection These are 8 in number 4 oblique 2 on each side two right or direct one on the right another on the left side and in like manner 2 transverse All these are alike in force magnitude and action so mutually composed that the oblique descendant of one side is conjoined with the other oblique descendant on the other side and so of the rest We may adde to this number the 2 little Supplying or Assisting muscles which are of a Pyramidal forme and arise from the share-bone above the insertion of the right muscles Of the oblique muscles of each side the one ascends the other descends whereupon it comes to passe that they are called the Oblique descendant and Ascendant Muscles Those oblique which wee first meet with are the descendant whose substance is partly sanguine partly spermaticke for they are fleshy nervous ligamentous veinous arterious and membranous Yet the fle shy portion is predominant in them out of which respect Hippocrates is wont to expresse the muscles by the name of fleshes their greatnes is indifferent betweene the large and the small muscles their figure 3 square They are composed of the fore-mentioned parts they are two in number their site is oblique taking their beginning from the touching of the great saw Muscle and from the sixt and seventh true ribbes or rather from the spaces between the sixe lower ribbes and rather on the forepart of the muscles than of the ribbes themselues from whence shunning the Veriebra's of the loines the fleshy parts of them are terminated in the externall and upper eminency of the Haunch-bone and the Membranous end in the lower eminency of the share-bone and the White-line Yet Columbus dissenting from this common description of the oblique Muscles thinks that they are onely terminated in the White line and not in the share-bone For saith he wherefore should they be inserted into the share-bone which is not moved But because it would bee an infinite labour and trouble to set downe at large the severall opinions of all Authors of Anatomy I haue thought it sufficient for me to touch them lightly by the way Their connexion is with the oblique ascendant lying vnder them and with the direct or right Their temperament is twofold the one hot and moist by reason of the belly and the fleshy portion of them the other cold dry in respect of their ligamentous and tendinous portion Their action is to draw the parts into which they are inserted towards their originall or els to unite them firmely Yet each of these
them alwayes in these places where the great divisions of vessels are made as in the middle ventricule of the braine in the upper part of the Chest in the Mesentery and other lik places Although othersome be seated in such places as nature thinkes needfull to generate and cast forth of them a profitable humor to the creature as the almonds at the roots of the tongue the kernells in the dugs the spermatick vessels in the scrotum and at the sides of the wombe or where nature hath decreed to make emunctoryes for the principall parts as behind the eares under the armeholes and in the groines The connexion of glandules is not only with the vessels of the parts concurring to their composition but also with those whose division they keep and preserve They are of a cold temper wherefore Phisitions say the blood recrudescere i to become raw againe in the dugs when it takes upon it the forme of milke But of these some have action as the almonds which poure our spattle usefull for the whole mouth the dugs milke the Testicles seed others use onely as those which are made to preserve vnderprop and fill vp the divisions of the vessels Besides this we have spoken of glandules in generall we must know that the Pancreas is a glanduleus and flesh-like body as that which hath every where the shape and resemblance of flesh It is situate at the flat end of the liver under the Duodenum with which it hath great connexion and under the gate-veine to serve as a bulwarke both to it and the divisions thereof whilst it fills up the emptie spaces betweene the vessels themselves and so hinders that they be not pluckt asunder nor hurt by any violent motion as a fall or the like CHAP. XVIII Of the Liver HAving gone thus farre order of dissection now requires that we should treate of the distribution of the gate veine but because it cannot well be understood unlesse all the nature of the liver from whence it arises be well knowne therefore putting it off to a more fit place we will now speake of the Liver Wherefore the liver according to Galens opinion lib. de form fatus is the first of all the parts of the body which is finished in conformation it is the shoppe and Author of the bloud and the originall of the veines the substance of it is like the concrete mudde of the bloud the quantitie of it is diverse not onely in bodies of different but also of the same species as in men amongst themselves of whom one will bee gluttonous and fearefull another bold and temperate or sober for hee shall have a greater liver than this because it must receive and concoct a greater quantitie of Chylus yet the liver is great in all men because they have need of a great quantitie of bloud for the repairing of so many spirits the substantificke moisture which are resolved and dissipated in every moment by action and contemplation But there may bee a a twofold reason given why such as are fearefull have a larger liver The first is because in those the vitall facultie in which the heate of courage and anger resides which is in the heart is weake and therefore the defect of it must be supplied by the strength of the naturall facultie For thus nature is accustomed to recompence that which is wanting in one part by the increase and accession of another The other reason is because cold men have a great appetite for by Galens opinion In arte parva coldnesse increases the appetite by which it comes to passe that they have a greater quantitie of Chylus by which plenty the liver is nourished and growes larger Some beasts as Dogges and swine have the liver divided into five or more Lobes but a man hath but one Lobe or two or three at the most and these not so much distinguished as which chearish the upper and hollow region of the ventricle with embracing to helpe forward the worke of concoction Therefore the liver is almost content with one Lobe although it is alwayes rent with a small division that the umbilicall veine pearcing into the roots and substance of it may have a free passage but also oftentimes there is as it were a certaine small lobe of the liver laid under that umbilicall veine as a cushion The figure of the liver is gibbous rising up and smooth towards the Midriffe towards the stomacke is the simous or hollow side of it somewhat unequall and rough by reason of the distance of the Lobes the originall of the hollow veine and the site of the bladder of the Gall. The composition of the liver is of veines nerves arteryes the coate and proper substance thereof which we call the grosse and concreet blood or Parenchyma Veines and arteryes come to it from the navell but nerves immediatly from these which are diffused over the stomack according to Hippocrates yet they penetrate not very deep into its substance for it seemes not to stand in neede of such exact sense but they are distributed upon the coate and surface there of because this part made for distribution over the whole body keepes to it selfe no acrid or maligne humor for the perception of which it should neede a nerve although the coate investing it sends many nervous fibers into its substance as is apparent by the taking away of the coate from a boiled liver we must thinke the same of the other entrals The coate of the liver is from the Peritonaeum waxing small from the umbilicall veine when it divides it selfe for the generation of the gate and hollow veines as is observed by Galen lib. de format Fatus The liver is onely one situate in the greater part on the right side but with the lesser part on the left quite contrary to the stomacke It s chiefe connexion is with the stomacke and guts by the veines and membranes of the Peritonaeum by the howllow veine and artery with the heart by the nerve with the braine and by the same ligatu res with all the parts of the whole body It is of a hot and moist temper and such as have it more hot have large veines and hot bloud but such as have it cold have small veines and a discoloured hew The Action of the Liver is the conversion of the Chylus into bloud the worke of the second concoction For although the Chylus entring into the meseraicke veines receive some resemblance of bloud yet it acquires not the forme and perfection of bloud before it be elaborate and fully concoct in the liver It is bound and tied with three strong ligaments two on the sides in the midst of the bastard ribs to beare up its sides and the third more high and strong descending from the breast-blade to sustaine its proper part which with its weight would presse the lower orifice of the stomacke and
privities because they go in women to their privityes and into men to the Cods where they enter that fleshy coat filled with veines and goe to the skin of the yeard they take there beginning under the Hypogastricae CHAP. XXVI Of the Kidneyes or Reines NOw follow the Kidneyes which that they may bee more easily seene after that you have diligently obserued their scituation you shall dispoile of there fat if they have any about them as also of the membrane they have from the Peritonaeum First you shall shew all their conditions beginning at their substance The substance of the Kidneyes is fleshy dense and solid least they should be hurt by the sharpnes of the urine Their magnitude is large enough as you may see Their figure is somewhat long and round almost resembling a semicircle and they are lightly flatted above and below They are partly hollow and partly gibbous the hollow lyes next the hollow veine and on this side they receive the emulgent veines and Arteryes and send forth the ureters there gibbous part lyes towards the loines They are composed of a coate comming from the Peritonaeum their owne peculiar flesh with the effusion of blood about the proper vessels as happens also in other entrails generates a small nerve which springing from the Costall of the sixt conjugation is diffused to each Kidney on his side into the coat of the kidney it selfe although others thinke it alwayes accompanies the veine and arterye But Fallopius that most diligent Author of Anatomye hath observed that this nerve is not only oftentimes divaricated into the coat of the kidneyes but also pierces into their substance They are two in number that if the one of them should by chance be hurt the other might supply those necessityes of nature for which the Kidneys are made They lye vpon the loynes at the sides of the great vessels on which they depend by their proper veines and arteries and they sticke to them as it were by a certaine second coate lest that they might be shaken by any violent motions Wherfore we may say that the Kidneyes have two coates one proper adhering to their substance the other as it were comming from the Peritonaeum on that part they sticke to it The right Kidney is almost alwayes the higher for those reasons I gave speaking of the originall of the Emulgent vessels Columbus seemes to thinke the contrary but such like controversies may be quickly decided by the Eye They have connexion with the principall vessels by the veines nerves and arteries by the coates with the loines and the other parts of the lower belly but especially with the bladder by the ureters They are of a hot and moist temper as all fleshy parts are Their action is to clense the Masse of the blood from the greater part of the serous and cholericke humor I said the greater part because it is needfull that some portion thereof should go with the alimentary blood to the sollid parts to serve in steed of a vehicle lest otherwise it should be too thicke Besides you must note that in each kidney there is a cavitye bounded by a certaine membrane incompassed by the division of the emulgent veines and arteryes through which the urine is strained partly by the expulsive facultie of the kidneies partly by the attractive of the ureters which run through the substance of the kidneyes on the hollow side no otherwise than the Porus cholagogus through the body of the Liver The ninth and tenth figure of the vessels of seed and urine The first figure sheweth the foreside the second the hinder-side a. a. a. 1. The forepart of the right kidney b. b. b. 2. The backe part of the left kidney c. 1. the outside d. d. 1. 2. The inner side e. e. 1. 2. The two cavities wherinto the emulgent vessels are inserted f. f. 1. 2. The trunke of the hollow veine g. g. 1. 2. The trunke of the great artery h. i. 12. The emulgent veine and artery k. k. 1. 2. The right fatty veine l. 1. The left fatty veine * 1. The Coeliacall artery m. n. 1. 2. The ureters o. p. q. 1. 2. The right spermaticke veine which ariseth neere p. the left neere q. r. i. The place where the Arteryes of seed arise s 1. 2. Small branches distributed from the spermaticall veines to the Peritonaeum t. 1. 2. The spiry varicous body called Varicosum vas pyramidale u. 1. 2. The Parastatae or Epididymis x. 1. The testicle yet covered with its coate y. 1. 2. The place where the leading vessell called vas deferens doth arise α. 1. 2. The descent of the same leading vessell β. 1. 2. The revolution of the same leading vessell γ. 1. 2. The passage of the same vessel reflected like a recurrent nerve δ. 2. The meeting of the same leading vessells γ. 1. 2. The bladder of urine the first figure sheweth it open the second sheweth the backe parts 33. 1. The small bladder of the seed opened η. η. 2. The Glandules called Glandulae Prostatae θ. 2. The sphincter muscle of the bladder 〈◊〉 1. 2. The two bodyes which make the substance of the yard χ. χ. 1. The vessels which goe unto the yard and necke of the bladder λ. 1. The passage which is common to the urine and seed cut open ψ. 2. The implantation of the ureters into the bladder CHAP. XXVII Of the spermaticke Vessells NOw we should have spoken of the ureters because as wee sayd before they are passages derived from the Kidneyes to carry the urine to the bladder But because they cannot be distinguished and shewed unles by the corrupting and vitiating the site of the spermaticke vessels therefore I have thought it better to passe to the explication of all the spermatick parts And first of all you must gently separate them that so the declaration of them may be more easie manyfest and that from the coat which comes from the peritonaeum and the fat which invests them even to the share-bone having diligently considered their site before you separate them Then you shall teach that the substance of these vessels is like to that of the veines and arteryes Their quantity is small in thicknes but of an indifferent length by reason of the distance of their originall from the Testicles They arelonger in men than in weomen because these have their Testicles hanging without their belly but weomen have them lying hid within their belly Their figure and composure is wholy like the figure and composition of the veines and arteries except in this one thing that from that place where they goe forth of the great capacity of the Peritonaeum they are turned into many intricate windings like crooked swolne veines even to the Testicles That the spermaticke matter in that one tracte which yet is no other than blood may be prepared to concoction or rather be turned into seed
these varicous bodyes are called Parastatae Assisters because they superficially assist and are knit to the testicles according to their length or long-wayes Out of the Parastatae proceed the Vasa ejaculatoria or leading vessels being of the same substance as their progenitors that is solid white and as it were nervous Their quantity is indifferent their figure round and hollow that the seed may have a free passage through them yet they seeme not to be perforated by any manifest passage unlesse by chance in such as have had a long Gonnorrbaea They have like temper as the Parastats betweene which and the Prostates they are seated immediatly knit with them both as both in the coat and the other vessels with the parts from whence they take them But we must note that such like vessels comming out of the parastats ascend from the botom of the stones even to the top in which place meeting with the preparing vessels they rise into the belly by the same passages and bind themselves together by nervous fibers even to the inner capacity of the belly from whence turning backe they forsake the preparing that so they may run to the bottome of the share-bone into the midst of two glandulous bodies which they call prostats scituate at the neck of the bladder that there meeting together they may grow into one passage For thus of three passages that is of the 2 leading vessels and 1 passage of the bladder there is one common one in men for the casting forth of seed and urine A Caruncle rising like a crest at the beginning of the neck of the bladder argues this uniting of the passages which receiving this same passage which is sufficiently large is oft times taken by such as are ignorant in anatomy for an unnaturall Caruncle then especially when it is swolne through any occasion These leading vessels are two in number on each side one Their action is to convey the seed made by the testicles to the Prostats and so to the necke of the bladder so to be cast forth at the common passage But if any aske whether that common passage made by the two leading vessels betweene the two glandulous bodyes be obvious to sense or no We answer it is not manifest though reason compell us to confesse that that way is perforated by reason of the speâ—maticle grosse and viscous matter carryed that way But peradventure the reason why that passage cannot be seene is because in a dead carcasse all small passages are closed and hid the heat and spirits being gone and the great appeare much lesse by reason all the perforations fade and fall into themselves Yet certainely these passage must needs be very straite even in a living man seeing that in a dead they will not admit the point of a needle Wherefore we need not feare least in searching whilest we thrust the Catheter into the bladder it penetrate into the common passage of the leading vessels which runnes within the Caruncle unlesse peradventure by some chance as a Gonnorrâ—aea or some great Phlegmon it be much dilated besides nature For I have sometimes seene such passages so open that they would receive the head of a Spatherne which thing should admonish us that in searching we take great care that we doe not rashly hurt this Caruncle for being some what rashly handled with a Catheter it casts forth blood especially if it be inflamed But also the concourse of the spirits flowing with great violence together with the seed much helps forward such ejaculation thereof performed through these straite passages by the power of the imaginative faculty in the Act of generation After the leading vessels follow the Prostatae being glandulous bodyes of the same substance and temper that other Glandules are Their quantity is large enough their figure round and some what long sending forth on each side a soft production of an indifferent length They are composed of veines nerves arterics a coate which they have from the neighbouring parts and lastly their proper flesh which they have from their first conformation They are two in number scituate at the roote of the necke of the bladder some what straitly bound or tyed to the same to the leading vessels and the parts annexed to them But alwaies observe that every part which enjoyes nourishment life and sense either first or last hath connexion with the principall parts of the body by the intercourse of the vessels which they receive from thence The use of the Prostats is to receive in their proper body the seed laboured in the testicles and to containe it there untill it be troublesome either in quantity or quality or both Besides they containe a certaine oily and viscide humor in their glandulous body that continually distilling into the passage of the urine it may preserve it from the acrimony and sharpnesse thereof But wee have observed also on each side other Glandules which Rondeletius calls Appendices glandylosae Glandulous dependances to arise from these Prostats in which also their is seed reserved The 10. figure where in those things shewed in the former figure are more exactly set forth aa A part of the Midriffe and of the Peritonaum with the ribs broken bb cc The Convex or gibbous part of the Liver marked with bb the hollow or concavous part with cc. d e The right and left ligaments of the Liver f The trunke of the gate veire g The trunke of the hollov veine h l The fatty veines both left and right i The ascent of the great â—â—ery above the hollow veine and the division thereof k The Caliacall artery n n The emulgent vessels oo pp The fat tunicles or coates torne from both the kidneys qq The ureters that goe unto the bladder t u. The right spermaticall veine which ariseth neare to u. x y. The double originall of the left spermaticall veine x. from the emulgent y from the hollow veine α The originall of the spermaticall arteries β Certaine branches from the spermaticke arteries which runne unto the Peritonaeum γ The passage of the spermaticall vessels through the productions of the Peritonaeum which must be observed by such as use to cut for the Rupture δ The spirie bodden bodies entrance into the testicle it is called Corpus varicosum pyramidale The Parastatae ζ The stone or testicle covered with his inmost coate 〈◊〉 The descent of the leading vessell called Vas deferens V y. The Bladder * The right gut ξ The glandules called prostatae into which the leading vessels are inserted Ï The muscle of the bladder Ï‚Ï„Ï… Two bodies of the yard 〈◊〉 and Ï„ and ν his vessels φχ. The coat of the Testicle 〈◊〉 The muscle of the Testicle ψ. his vessels ω. CHAP. XXX Of the Vreters NOw it seemes sit to speak of the Vreters bladder and parts belonging to the bladder Therefore the Vreters are of a spermaticke white dense and solid substance or
two dugges If any chance to bring forth more it is besides nature and somewhat monstrous because nature hath made no provision of nourishment for them Nature hath placed the wombe at the bottome of the belly because that place seemes most fit to receive seede to carrie and bring forth the young It is placed betweene the bladder and right gut and is bound to these parts much more straitly by the necke than by the body thereof but also besides it is tied with two most strong ligaments on the sides and upper parts of the sharebone on which it seemes to hang but by its common coate from the Peritonaeum chiefly thicke in that place it is tied to the hollow bone and the bones of the hanch and loines By reason of this strait connexion a woman with child feeling the painefull drawings backe and as it were conuvlsions of those ligaments knowes her selfe with child It is of a cold and moist temper rather by accident than of it selfe The action thereof is to containe both the seedes and to chearish preserve and nourish it so contained untill the time appointed by nature and also besides to receive and euacuate the menstruous bloud The compound parts of the wombe are the proper body and necke thereof That body is extended in women bigge with child even to the navell in some higher in some lower In the inner side the Cotyledones come into our consideration which are nothing else than the orifices and mouthes of the veines ending in that place They scarse appeare in women unlesse presently after child-bearing or their menstruall purgation but they are apparent in sheepe Goates and Kine at all times like wheat cornes unlesse when they are with young for then they are of the bignesse of hasell nuts but then also they swell up in women and are like a rude piece of flesh of a finger and a halfe thicke which begirt all the naturall parts of the infant shut up in the wombe out of which respect this shapelesse flesh according to the opinion of some is reckoned amongst the number of coates investing the infant and called Chorion because as in beasts the Chorion is interwoven with veines and arteries whence the umbilicall vessels proceede so in women this fleshie lumpe is woven with veines and arteries whence such vessels have their originall Which thing how true and agreeable to reason it is let other men judge There is one thing whereof I would admonish thee that as the growth of the Cotelidones in beasts are not called by the name of Chorion but are onely said to be the dependants thereof so in women such swollen Cotelidones merit not the name of Chorion but rather of the dependances thereof This body ends in a certaine straitnesse which is met withall in following it towards the privities in women who have borne no children or have remained barren some certaine time for in such as are lately delivered you can see nothing but a cavitie and no straitnsse at all This straitnesse wee call the proper orifice of the wombe which is most exactly shut after the conception especially untill the membrane or coats incompassing the child be finished and strong enough to containe the seede that it flow not forth nor be corrupted by entrance of the aire for it is opened to send forth the seede and in some the courses and serous humors which are heaped up in the wombe in the time of their being with clild From this orifice the necke of the wombe taking its originall is extended even to the privities It is of a musculous substance composed of soft flesh because it might be extended and contracted wrinkled and stretched forth and unfolded and wrested and shaken at the comming forth of the child and after be restored to its former soundnesse and integritie In processe of age it growes harder both by use of venery and also by reason of age by which the whole body in all parts thereof becomes drie and hard But in growing and young women it is more tractable and flexible for the necessitie of nature The magnitude is sufficiently large in all dimensions though divers by reason of the infinite varietie of bodies The figure is long round and hollow The composition is the same with the wombe but it receives not so many vessels as the wombe for it hath none but those which are sent from the Hypogastricke veines by the branches ascending to the wombe This necke on the inside is wrinckled with many crests like the upper part of a dogges mouth so in copulation to cause greater pleasure by that inequalitie and also to shorten the act It is onely one and that situate betweene the necke of the bladder and the right gut to which it closely sticketh as to the wombe by the proper orifice thereof and to the privities by its owne orifice but by the vessels to all the parts from whence they are sent It is of a cold and drie temper and the way to admit the seede into the wombe to exclude the infant out of the wombe as also the menstruall evacuation But it is worth observation that in all this passage there is no such membrane found as that they called Hymen which they feigned to be broken at the first coition Yet notwithstanding Columbus Fallopius Wierus and many other learned men of our time think otherwise and say that in Virgjns a litle above the passage of the urine may be found and seene such a nervous membrane placed overtwhart as it were in the middle way of this necke and perforated for the passage of the courses But you may finde this false by experience it is likely the Ancients fell into this error through this occasion because that in some a good quantitie of bloud breakes forth of these places at the first copulation But it is more probable that this happens by the violent attrition of certaine vessels lying in the inward superficies of the necke of the wombe not being able to endure without breaking so great extention as that nervous necke undergoes at the first coition For a maide which is marriageable and hath her genitall parts proportionable in quantitie and bignesse to a mans shall finde no such effusion of bloud as we shall shew more at large in our Booke of Generation This necke ends at the privities where its proper orifice is which privy parts we must treate of as being the productions and appendices of this necke This Pudendum or privitie is of a middle substance betweene the flesh and a nerve the magnitude is sufficiently large the figure round hollow long It is composed of veines arteries nerves descending to the necke of the wombe and a double coate proceeding from the true skinne and fleshie pannicle both these coates are there firmely united by the flesh comming betweene them whereupon it is said that this part consists of a musculous coate It is one in number
little men who have a shorter Chest because the Heart is so neere as to touch the Diaphragma this Lobe is not seene yet it is alwayes found in Dogges The Lungs represent the figure or shape of an Oxes foot or hoof for like it they are thicker in their basis but slenderer in their circumference as you may see in blowing them up by the weazon with your mouth or a paire of bellowes They are compounded of a coate comming from the Pleura which on each side receives sufficient number of nerves from the sixth conjugation and also of the Vena arteriosa comming from the right ventricle of the heart and the Arteria venosa from the left as shall be shewed in the Anatomy of the heart besides the Aspera arteria or Weazon coming from the throat and lastly its owne flesh which is nothing else than the concretion of cholerick blood poured out like foame about the divisions of the fore-said vessels as we have said of other parts The body of the Lungs is one in number unlesse you will divide it into two by reason of the variety of its site because the Lobes of the Lungs stretched forth into the right left side doe almost involve all the heart that so they may defend it against the hardnes of the bones which are about it they are tyed to the heart cheifly at its basis but to the roots of the ribs and their vertebra's by the coat it hath from thence but by the vessels to these parts from whence they proceed But oft times presently from the first and naturall conformation they are bound to the circumference of the ribs by certaine thin membranous productions which descend from thence to the Lungs otherwaies they are tyed toe the ribs by the Pleura The nourishment of the Lungs is unlike to the nourishment of other parts of the body for you cannot find a part equally rare light and full of aire which may be nourished with blood equally thin and vaporous In temper they incline more to heat than to cold whether you have regard to their composure of cholerick blood or their use which is to prepare and alter the aire that it hurt not the heart by its coldnes The Lungs is the instrument of voice and breathing by the Weazon or windpipe For the Lobes are the instruments of voice and the ligaments of respiration But the Larinx or Throtle is the chiefe instrument of the voice for the Weazon first prepares the voice for the Throtle in which it being in some measure formed is perfected in the Pallate of the mouth as in the upper part of a lute or such like instrument by the help of the Gargareon or uvula as a certaine quill to play withall But as long as one holds his breath he cannot speak for then the muscles of the Larinx Ribs the Diaphragma and the Epigastrick muscles are pressed downe whence proceeds a suppression of the vocall matter which must be sent forth in making or uttering a voice Nature would have the Lungs light for many reasons the first is that seeing they are of themselves immoveable they might be more obsequious and ready to follow the motion of the chest for when it is straitened the Lungs are straitened and subside with it and when it is dilated they also are dilated and swell so big that they almost fill up all the upper capacity thereof Another cause is that by this their rarity they might more easily admit the entring Aire at such times as they have much or suddaine necessity as in running a race And lastly that in Pleurisies and other purnient abscesses of the Chest the Pus or matter poured forth into the capacity of the Chest may be suckt in by the rare substance of the Lungs and by that meanes the sooner sent forth and expectorated The use of respiration is to coole and temper the rageing heat of the Heart For it is cooled in drawing in the breath by the coole aire and in sending out thereof by avoiding the hot fuliginous vapour Therefore the Chest performes two contrary motions for whilest it is dilated it drawes in the encompassing aire and when it is depressed it expels the fuliginous vapour of the Heart which any one may easily perceive by the example of a paire of Smithes bellowes CHAP. X. Of the Pericardium or purse of the Heart THe Pericardium is as it were the house of the Heart which ariseing at the basis thereof either the ligaments of the vertebra's situate there or els the vessels of the heart yeilding it matter is of a nervous thick and dense substance without any fibers It retaines the figure of the Heart and leaves an empty space for the heart to performe its proper motions Wherefore the bignes of the Pericardium exceeds that of the heart It consists of a double coate one proper of which wee have spoken another common coming from the pleura and also of veines arteries and nerves the vessels partly comming from the mamillary partly from the Diaphragma chiefly there where it touches it the nerves come on each side from the sixt conjugation It is onely one placed about the heart and annexed to it at the Basis thereof by its membranes to the originall of the Lungs and the vertebra's lying under them and by the vessels to the parts from whence it received them It is of a cold and dry temper as every membrane is The use thereof is to cover the heart and preserve it in its native humidity by a certaine naturall moysture contained in it unles you had rather say that the moisture we see contained in the Pericardium is generated in it after death by the condenfation and concretion of the spirits Although this seemes not very likely because it growes and is heaped up in so great quantity in liveing bodyes that it hinders the motion of the heart and causes such palpitation or violent beating thereof that it often suffocates a man For this Palpitation happens also to hearty and stout men whose harts are hot but blood thin and waterish by reason of some infirmity of the stomack or Liver and this humour may be generated of vapours which on every side exhale into the pericardium from the blood boileing in the ventricules of the heart where kept in by the density thereof they turne into yellowish moisture as we see it happens in an Alembeck Nature would have the pericardium of a dense and hard consistence that by the force thereof the heart might bee kept in better state for if the Pericardium had beene bony it would have made the heart like iron by the continuall attrition on the contrary if it had beene soft and fungous it would have made it spongy and soft like the Lungs CHAP. XXX Of the Heart THe Heart the chiefe mansion of the Soule the organe of the vitall faculty the beginning of life the fountaine of the vitall
spirits so consequently the continuall nourisher of the vitall heate the first living and last dying which because it must have a naturall motion of it self was made of a dense solide and more compact substance than any other part of the body The flesh thereof is woven with three sorts of fibers for it hath the right in the inner part descending from the basis into the point that they might dilate it and so draw the blood from the hollow veine into the receptacles thereof and the breath or aire from the lungs by the Arteria venosa it hath the transverse without which passe through the right at right angles to contract the Heart and so drive the vitall spirits into the great Artery Aorta and the cholericke blood to the Lungs by the vena arteriosa for their nourishment It hath the oblique in the midst to containe the Aire and blood drawne thither by the forementioned vessels untill they be sufficiently claborate by the heart All these fibers doe their parts by contracting themselues towards their originall as the right from the point of the heart towards the basis whereby it comes to passe that by this contraction of the fibers the heart dilated becomes shorter but broader no otherwise than it is made more long and narrow by the contraction of the transverse but by the drawing of the oblique it is lessened in that part which lookes towards the vertebra's which chiefly appeares in the point thereof It is of an indifferent bignes but yet in some bigger in some lesse according to the diverse temper of Cold or hot men as wee noted in the liver The figure thereof is Pyramidall that is it is broader in the basis and narrower at his round point It is composed of the most dense flesh of all the body by the affusion of blood at the divisions and foldings of the vessels and there concrete as it happens also to the other Entrailes For the blood being there a litle more dryed than that which is concrete for the making of the Liver turnes into a fleshy substance more dense than the common flesh even as in hollow ulcers when they come to a cicatrize It hath the Coronall veines and arteryes which it receives either on the right side from the hollow veine or on the left from the basis at the entranc of the Artery Aorta You cannot by your Eye discerne that the Heart hath any other Nerves than those which come to it with the Pleura Yet I have plainely enough observed others in certaine beasts which have great Hearts as swine they appeared seated under the fat which covers the vessels and basis of the heart lest the humid substance of these parts should be dissolved and dissipated by the burning heat of the Heart Whereby you may perceive that the heat of the heart is different from the Elementary heat as that which suffers fat to grow about this Entraile where otherwise it doth not concrete unlesse by cold or a remisse heat which thing is chiefly worth admiration The Heart is one alone scituate most commonly upon the fourth Vertebra of the Chest which is in the midst of the Chest Yet some thinke that it inclines some-what to the left side because we there feele the motion or beating thereof but that happens by reason of its left ventricle which being it is filled with many spirits and the beginning of the arteryes it beats far more vehemently than the right It required that seat by the decree of Nature because that Region is the most safe and armed and besides it is here on every side covered as it were with the hands of the Lungs It hath connexion with the fore mentioned Vertebra's but by the parts composeing it with those parts from whence it hath them with the Lungs by the Vena arteriosa and the Arteria venosa and lastly with all the parts of the body by the Arteries which it sends to them all It is of a hot and moist temper as every fleshy part is The action thereof is first to prepare the blood in its right ventricle for the fit nourishment of the Lungs for from hence it is that Galen saith this right ventricle was made for the necessity of the lungs Secondly to generate the vitall spirits in its left ventricle for the use of the whole body But this spirit is nothing els than a certaine middle substance between aire and blood fit to preserve and carry the native heat wherefore it is named the vitall as being the author and preserver of life In the inner parts of the heart there present themselves to our consideration the ventricles and the parts contained in the ventricles and between them such are the Valvulae or valves the vessels and their mouthes their distribution into the lungs the wall or partition and the two productions or Eares of the heart which because they are doubtfull whether they may be reckoned amongst the externall or internall parts of the heart I will here handle in the first place Therefore these Auriculae or Eares are of a soft and nervous substance compact of three sorts of fibers that so by their softnesse they might the more easily follow the motions of the heart and so breake the violence of the matters entring the heart with great force when it is dilated For otherwise by their violent and abundant entrance they might hurt the heart and as it were overwhelme and suffocate it but they have that capacity which we see given by nature that so they might as it were keep in store the blood and aire and then by litle and litle draw it forth for the use or necessity of the heart But if any enquire if such matters may be drawne into the heart by the only force of the Diastole ad fugam vacui for avoiding of emptinesse I will answere that that drawing in or attraction is caused by the heat of the heart which continually drawes these matters to it no otherwise than a fire drawes the adjacent Aire and the flame of a candle the tallow which is about the weake for nourishments sake Whilest the heart is dilated it drawes the aire whilest it is drawne togeather or contracted it expells it This motion of the heart is absolutely naturall as the motion of the Lungs is animall Some adde a third cause of the attraction of the heart to wit the similitude of the whole substance But in my judgment this rather takes place in that attraction which is of blood by the venae coronales for the proper nourishment of the heart than in that which is performed for attraction of matters for the benefit of the whole body These eares differ in quantity for the right is far more capacious than the left because it was made to receive a greater aboundance of matter They are two in number on each side one scituate at the Basis of the heart The greater at
the entrance of the hollow veine into the heart the lesse at the entrance of the veinous and of the great Artery with which parts they both have connexion We have formerly declared what use they have that is to break the violence of the matters and besides to bee stayes or props to the Arteria venosa and great Arterye which could not sustaine so rapid and violent a motion as that of the Heart by reason of their tendernesse of substance Of the ventricles of the Heart THe ventricles are in number two on each side one distinguished with a fleshy partition strong enough having many holes in the superficies yet no where pearcing through The right of these ventricles is the bigger and incompassed with the softer and rarer flesh the left is the lesser but is engirt with a threefold more dense and compact flesh for the right ventricle was made for a place to receive the blood brought by the hollow veine and for distributing of it partly by the vena arteriosa into the Lungs for their nourishment partly into the left ventricle by sweating through the wall or partition to yeild matter for the generation of the vitall spirits Therefore because it was needfull there should be so great a quantity of this blood it was likewise fit that there should be a place proportionable to receive that matter And because the blood which was to bee received in the right ventricle was more thicke it was not so needfull that the flesh to containe it should be so compact but on the contrary the arterious blood and vitall spirit have need of a more dense receptacle for feare of wasting and lest they should vanish into aire and also lesse roome that so the heat being united might become the stronger and more powerfully set upon the elaboration of the blood and spirits Therefore the right ventricle of the heart is made for the preparation of the blood appointed for the nourishment of the Lungs and the generation of the vitall spirits as the lungs are made for the mitification or quallifying of the Aire Which works were necessary if the Physicall Axiome bee true That like is nourished by like as the rare and spongious lungs with more subtle blood the substance of the heart grosse and dense with the veinous blood as it flowes from the Liver that is grosse And it hath its Cororall veines from the Hollow veine that it might thence drawe as much as should be sufficient But the left ventricle is for the perfecting of the vitall spirit and the preservation of the native heat Of the Orifices and Valves of the Heart THere be foure Orifices of the heart two in the right as many in the left ventricle the greater of the two former gives passage to the veine or the blood carried by the hollow veine to the heart the lesser opens a passage to the vena arteriosa or the cholerick blood carryed in it for the nourishment of the lungs The larger of the two other makes a way for the distribution of the Artery Aorta and the vitall spirit through all the body but the lesser gives egresse and regresse to the Arteria venosa or to the aire and fuliginous vapours And because it was convenient that the matters should bee admitted into their proper ventricles by these orifices by the Diastole to wit into the right ventricle by the greater orifice and into the left by the lesser and because on the contrary it was fit that the matters should be expelled by the systole from their ventricles by the fore-mentioned orifices Therefore nature to all these orifices hath put cleaven valves that is to say sixe in the right ventricle that there might bee three to each orifice five in the left that the greater orifice might have three and the lesser two for the reason we will presently give These valves differ many wayes first in action for some of them carry in matter to the heart others hinder that which is gone out that it come not back againe Secondly they differ in site for those which bring in have membranes without looking in those which carry out have them within looking out Thirdly in figures for those which carry in have a pyramidall figure but those which hinder the comming back againe are made in the shape of the Roman letter C. Fourthly in substance for the former for the most part are fleshy or woven with fleshy fibers into certaine fleshy knots ending towards the point of the heart The latter are wholy membranous Fiftly they differ in number for therebe only five which bring in three in the right ventricle at the greater orifice and two in the left at the lesser orifice those which prohibite the comming back are sixe in each ventricle three at each orifice Lastly they differ in motion for the fleshy ones are opened in the Diastole for the bringing in of blood and spirit and contrary wise are shut in the systole that they may containe all or the greater part of that they brought in The membranous on the contrary are opened in the systole to give passage forth to the blood and spirits over all the body but shut in the Diastole that that which is excluded might not flow backe into the Heart But you shall observe that nature hath placed onely two valves at the Orifice of the Arteria Venosa because it was needfull that this Orifice should bee alwayes open either wholy or certainely a third parte thereof that the Aire might continually be drawne into the heart by this orifice in inspiration and sent forth by exspiration in the contraction of the heart Whereby we may gather this that there is but one third part of that Aire we draw into the heart in breathing sent forth againe in the forme of vapour in exspiration because nature would have but one third part of the orifice to ly open for its passage out Therefore the exspiration or breathing out and the systole of the heart and arteryes is shorter than the inspiration so that we may truely say that the inspiration or drawing the breath in is equally so long as the exspiration is together with the rest which is in the middest between the two motions CHAP. XII Of the Distribution of the Vena arteriosa and the Arteria venosa HAving hitherto shewed the originall of each of the vessels of the Heart we must now speake of their distribution The Vena arteriosa or the arterious veine and the arteria venosa or the veinous arterie each proceeding out of his proper ventricle that is the right and left are divided into two large branches one of which goes to the right and the other to the left hand the one lying crosse wayes over the other the veine alwaies riding over the arterye as you may understand better by the sight of your eyes than by reading of bookes These branches at their
ends of the wedgebone in this forehead bone there is often found a great cavity under the upper part of the eye-browes filled with a glutinous grosse viscide and white matter or substance which is thought to helpe to elaborate the aire for the sense of smelling Chirurgions must take speciall notice of this cavity because when the head chances to be broken in that place it may happen that the fracture exceeds not the first table wherefore they being ignorant of this cavity and moved with a false perswasion that they see the braine they may thinke the bone wholy broken and to presse the Meninges whereupon they will dilate the wound apply a Trepan and other instruments to lift up the second table of the bone without any need at all and with the manifest danger of the life of the patient The third and fourth bones of the Skull are the Ossa parietalia or Bregmatis having the third place of density and thicknes although this density and thicknes be different in diverse places of them For on the upper part of the head or crowne where that substance turnes not to a bone in children untill they have all their teeth so that it feeles soft in touching and through it you may feele the beating of the braine these bones are very tender so that oft times they are no thicker than ones naile that so the moist and vapourous excrements of the braine shut up where the greater portion of the braine resides may have a freer passage by the Braines Diastole and Systole These two square bones are bounded above with the Sagittall suture below with the scaly on the forepart with the coronall and on the hinde part with the Lambdoides The fifth and sixth bone of the skull are the two Ossa petrosa stony or scaly bones which are next to the former in strength They are bounded with the false or bastard Suture and with part of the Lambdoides and wedgebone The seaventh is the Os sphenoides basilare or Cuneiforme that is the wedgebone It is called Basilare because it is as it were the Basis of the head To this the rest of the bones of the head are fitly fastened in their places This bone is bounded on each side with the bones of the forehead the stony bones and bones of the Nowle and pallate The figure represents a Batte and its processes her wings There is besides these another bone at the Basis of the forehead bone into which the mamillary processes end the Greekes call it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Latines Cribrosum and Spongiosum the Spongy bone because it hath many holes in it not perforated in a direct passage as in a sive but winding and anfractuous that the aire should not by the force of attraction presently leap or ascend into the braine and affect it with its qualityes before it be elaborated by its lingring in the way There are besides also sixe other little bones lying hid in the stony bones at the hole or Auditory passage on each side three that is to say the Ineus or Anvill the Malleolus or Hammer and the Stapes or stirrop because in their figure they represent these three things the use of these we will declare hereafter But also in some skuls there are found some divisions of bones as it were collected fragments to the bignesse almost of ones thumbe furnished and distinguished by their proper commissures or sutures which thing is very fit to be known to a Chyrurgion in the use of a Trepan Verily he may give a conjecture hereof whilest he separates the Pericranium from the skull for the pericranium is with greater difficulty pluckt away from the sutures because the Crassa meninx hath straiter connexion therewith by his nervous fibers sent forth in such places The Skuls in women are softer and thinner than in men and in children more than in women and in young men more then in men of a middle age Also the Aethiopians or Blackamoores as also all the people inhabiting to the South have their sculles more hard and composed with fewer sutures Therefore as it is written by Hippocrates such as have their Skulls the softer the Symptomes in fractures are more dangerous and to be feared in them But the skull by how much the softer it is by so much it more easily and readily yeilds to the perforating Trepan Moreover in some skuls there bee bunches standing out besides nature made either round or cornered which the Chirurgion must observe for two causes the first is for the better consideration of a blow or fracture For in these bunches or knots the solution of the continuity cannot be if it seeme to be stretched in length but that the wound must penetrate to the inner parts For in a round body there can be no long wound but it must be deepe by the weapon forced the deeper because as a round body touches a plaine but onely inpuncte in a prick or point so what-so-ever falls only lightly or superficially upon it onely touches a point thereof But on the contrary a long wound must be upon a plaine surface which may be but only superficiall Another cause is because such bunches change the figure and site of the Sutures And the Chirurgion must note that the skuls hath two tables in the midst whereof the Diploe is which is a spongy substance into which many veines and arteryes a certaine fleshynesse are inserted that the skull should not be so heavy and that it might have within it selfe provision for the life thereof and lastly that there might be freer passage out for the fuliginous vapours of the braine The upper table is thicker denser stronger and smoother than the lower For this as it is the slenderer so it is the more unequall that it may give place to the internall veines and arteryes which make a manifest impression into the second table on the inside thereof from which branches enter into the skull by the holes which containe the eyes Which thing fastens the Crassa meninx to the skull and is therefore very worthy to be observed For in great contusions when no fracture or fissure appeares in the skull by reason of the great concussion or shaking of the braine these vessels are often broken whence happens a flux of blood between the skull and membranes and lastly death But it is fit the Chirurgion take good heed to the tender and soft substance of the Diploe that when he comes to it having passed the first table he may carefully use his Trepan least by leaning too hard it run in too violently and hurt the membranes lying underneath it whence convulsion and death would follow To which danger I have found a remedy by the happy invention of a Trepan as I will hereafter more at large declare in handeling the wounds of the head CHAP. V. Of the Meninges that is the two membranes called Dura Mater and Pia Mater THe Crassa
one root To these are ioyned two in each Iaw that is on each side of the other one which are called Canini dentes Dogges-teeth because they are sharp and strong like dogges teeth these also have but one roote but that is farre longer than the other have Then follow the Molares or Grinders on each side five that is tenne above and as many below that they may grinde chaw and breake the meat that so it may be the sooner concocted in the stomack for so they vulgarly thinke that meat well chawed is halfe concocted those grinders which are fastened in the upper jaw have most commonly three roots and oft times foure But these which are fastened in the lower have only two roots and sometimes three because this lower jaw is harder than the upper so that it cannot be so easily hollowed or else because these teeth being fixed and firmely seated needed not so many stayes as the upper which as it were hang out of their seats The shearing teeth cut the meat because they are broad and sharp the Dog-teeth break it because they are sharp pointed and firme but the grinders being hard broad and sharp chaw and grind it asunder But if the grinders had beene smooth they could not fitly have performed their duty for all things are chawed and broken asunder more easily by that which is rough and unequall Wherefore they sharpen their Milstones when they are smoother than they should be by picking them with a sharp Iron The teeth are fastened in the jawes by Gomphosis that is as a stake or naile so are they fixed into the holes of their jawes for they adhere so firmely thereto in some that when they are pluckt out part thereof followes together with the tooth which I have often observed to have beene also with great effusion of blood This adhesion of the teeth fastened in their jawes is besides strengthened with a ligament which applyes it selfe to their roots together with the nerve and vessels The teeth differ from other bones because they have action whilest they chaw the meat because being lost they may be regenerated and for that they grow as long as the party lives for otherwise by the continuall use of chawing they would be worne and wasted away by one another You may perceive this by any that have lost one of their teeth for that which is opposite to it becomes longer than the rest because it is not worne by its opposite Besides also they are more hard and solide than the rest of the bones and indued with a quick sense by reason of the nerves of the third conjugation which insert themselves into their roots for if you rub or grind a tooth newly pluckt out you may see the remaines of the nerve they have such quick sense that with the tongue they might judge of tastes But how feele the teeth seeing they may be filed without paine Fallopius answeres that the teeth feele not in their upper or exterior part but only by a membrane which they have within And the teeth have another use especially the fore-teeth which is they serve for distinct and articulate pronuntiation for those that want them faulter in speaking as also such as have them too short or too long or ill rancked Besides children speak not distinctly before they have their foreteeth And you must note that the infant as yet shut up in its mothers womb hath solide and bony teeth which you may perceive by dissecting it presently after it is borne But even as there are two large cavities in the forehead bone at the eye-browes filled with aviscous humor serving for the smelling and in like manner the aire shut up in the mamillary processes is for hearing so in the jawes there be two cavities furnished with a viscide humor for the nourishment of the teeth CHAP. III. Of the Broade Muscle NOw we should prosecute the containing parts of the face to wit the skin the fleshy pannicle and fat but because they have beene spoken of sufficiently before I will onely describe the sleshy pannicle before I come to the dissection of the eye that wee may the more easily understand all the motions performed by it whether in the face or forehead First that you may more easily see it you must curiously separate the skin in some part of the face For unlesse you take good heed you will pluck away the fleshy pannicle together with the skinne as also this broad muscle to which it immediatly adheres and in some places so closly and firmely as in the lips eye-lids and the whole forehead that it cannot be separated from it Nature hath given motion or a moveing force to this broad muscle that whilest it extends or contracts it selfe it might serve to shut and open the eye It will be convenient to separate the muscle thus freed from the skin beginning from the forepart of the clavicles even to the chin ascending in a right line and then turning backe as far as you can for thus you shall shew how it mixes it selfe with the skinne and the muscles of the lips When thou shalt come to the Eyes thou shalt teach how the eye is shut and opened by this one muscle because it is composed of the three sorts of fibers although by the opinion of all who have hitherto written of Anatomy those actions are said to be performed by the power of two muscles appointed for that purpose one of which is at the greater corner on the upper part the other resembling a semicircle at the lesser corner from whence extending it selfe to the midle of the gristle Tarsus it meets with the former ending there but they are in part extended over all the eyelid whereby it commeth to passe that it also in some sort becometh moveable But although in publike dissections these two muscles are commonly wont to be solemnly shewed after the manner I have related yet I thinke that those which shew them know no more of them than I doe I have grounded my opinion from this that there appeares no other musculous flesh in these places to those which separate the fleshy pannicle or broad muscle than that which is of the panicle it selfe whether you draw your incision knife from the forehead downewards or from the cheeke upwards Besides when there is occasion to make incision on the eye-browes we are forbidden to doe it transverse least this broad muscle falling upon the eye make the upper Eye-lid unmoveable but if such a cut be received accidentally we are commanded presently to stitch it up which is a great argument that the motion of the upper eye-lid is not performed by its proper muscles but wholy depends and is performed by the broad muscle Now if these same proper muscles which we have described should be in the upper eye-lid it should be meet because when one of the muscles is in action the other which is its opposite
and condition of the matter which flowes downe and generates the tumor also they are knowne by such accidents as happen to them as colour heat hardnesse softnesse paine tension resistance Wherefore paine heate rednesse and tension indicate a sanguine humor coldnesse softnesse and no great paine phlegme tension hardnesse the livide colour of the part and a pricking paine by fits melancholy and yellowish and pale colour biting paine without hardnesse of the part choler And besides Impostumes have their periods and exacerbations following the nature and motion of the humors of which they are generated Wherefore by the motion and fits it will be no difficult matter to know the kinde of the humor for as in the Spring so in the morning the bloud is in motion as in the Summer so in the middest of the day choler as in Autumne so in the evening melancholy as in Winter so on the night the exacerbations of phlegme are most predominante For Hippocrates and Galen teach that the yeare hath circuits of diseases so that the same proportion of the excesse and motion of humors which is in the foure seasons of the yeare is also in the foure quarters of each day Impostumes which are curable have foure times their beginning increase state and declination and we must alter our medicines according to the varietie of these times We know the beginning by the first swelling of the part The increase when the swelling paine and other accidents do manifestly encrease and enlarge themselves the state when the foresaid symptoms increase no more but each of them because at their height remaine in their state immoveable unlesse the very matter of the tumor degenerate and change it selfe into another kinde of humor The declination when the swelling paine feaver restlesnesse are lessened And from hence the Chirurgion may presage what the end of the tumor may be for tumors are commonly terminated foure manner of wayes if so be that the motion of the humors causing them be not intercepted or they without some manifest cause doe flow backe into the body Therefore first they are terminated by insensible transpiration or resolution secondly by suppuration when the matter is digested and ripened thirdly by induration when it degenerates into a Scyrrhus the thinner part of the humor being dissolved the fourth which is the worst of all by a corruption and Gangrene of the part which is when overcome with the violence or the abundance or quality of the humor or both it comes to that distemper that it looses its proper action It is best to terminate a tumor by resolution and the worst by corruption suppuration and induration are betweene both although that is far better than this The signes by which the Chirurgions may presage that an Impostume may be terminated by resolving are the remission or flacking of the swelling paine pulsation tension heat and all other accidents and the unaccustomed livelinesse and itching of the part and hot Impostumes are commonly thus terminated because the hot humor is easily resolved by reason of its subtilty Signes of suppuration are the intension or encrease of paine heat swelling pulsation and the feaver for according to Hippocrates paine and the feaver are greater when the matter is suppurating then whan it is suppurated The Chirurgion must be very attentive to know and observe when suppuration is made for the purulent matter oft times lies hid as Hippocrates saith by reason of the thicknesse of the part lying above or over it The signes of an Impostume degenerating into a Scyrrhus hardnesse are the diminution of the tumor and hardnesse remaining in the part The causes of the hardnesse not going away with the swelling are the weakenesse of nature the grosnesse and toughnesse of the humor and unskilfulnesse of the Chirurgion who by too long using resolving things hath occasioned that the more subtile part of the humor being dissolved the rest of the grosser nature like earthy dreggs remaines concrete in the part For so potters vessels dried in the Sunne grow hard But the unskilfull Chirurgion may occasion a Scyrrhous hardnesse by another meanes as by condensating the skinne and incrassating the humors by too much use of repercussives But you may perceive an Impostume to degenerate into a Gangrene thus if the accidents of heat rednesse pulsation and tension shall be more intense than they are wont to be in suppuration if the paine presently cease without any manifest cause if the part waxe livide or blacke and lastly if it stinke But we shall treate of this more at large when we come to treate of the Gangrene and Sphacelus A sodaine diminution of the tumor and that without manifest cause is a signe of the matter fallen backe and turned into the body againe which may be occasioned by the immoderate use of refrigerating thinge And sometimes much flatulencie mixed with the matter although there be no fault in those things which were applied Feavers and many other maligne Symptomes as swoundings and convulsion by translation of the matter to the noble parts follow this flowing backe of the humor into the body CHAP. IIII. Of the Prognosticks in Impostumes TVmors arising from a melancholy phlegmaticke grosse tough or viscors humor aske a longer time for their cure than those which are of bloud or choler And they are more difficultly cured which are of humors not naturall than those which are of humors yet contained in the bounds of nature For those humors which are rebellious offend rather in qualitie than in quantitie and undergoe the divers formes of things dissenting from nature which are joyned by no similitude or affinitie with things naturall as suet poultis hony the dregs of oile and wine yea and of solid bodies as stone sand coale strawes and sometimes of living things as Wormes Serpents and the like monsters The tumors which possesse the inner parts and noble entrailes are more dangerous and deadly as also those which are in the joints or neere to them And these tumors which seaze upon great vessels as veines arteries and nerves for feare of great effusion of bloud wasting of the spirits and convulsion So impostumes of a monstrous bignesse are often deadly by reason of the great resolution of the spirits caused by their opening Those which degenerate into a Scyrrhus are of long continuance and hard to cure as also those which are in hydropicke leprous scabby and corrupt bodies for they often turne into maligne and ill conditioned vulcers CHAP. V. Of the generall cure of Tumors against Nature THere be three things to be observed in cure of impostumes The first is the essence thereof the second the quality of the humor causing the impostume the third the temper of the part affected The first indication drawne from the essence that is from the greatnesse or smallnesse of the tumor varies the manner of curing for the medicines must
be increased or diminished according to the greatnesse of the tumor The second taken from the nature of the humor also changes our counsell for a Phlegmon must be otherwise cured than an Erysypelas and an Oëdema than a Scyrrhus and a simple tumor otherwise than a compound And also you must cure after another manner a tumor comming of an humor not naturall than that which is of a naturall humor and otherwise that which is made by congestion than that which is made by defluxion The third Indication is taken from the part in which the tumor resides by the nature of the part wee understand its temperature conformation site faculty and function The temperature indicates that some medicines are convenient for the fleshy parts as those which are more moist others for the nervous as more drie for you must apply some things to the eye and others to the throate one sort of things to these parts which by reason of their raritie are easily subject to defluxion another to those parts which by their density are not obnoxious to it But we must have good regard to the site of the part as if it have any connexion with the great vessels and if it be fit to powre forth the matter and humor when it is suppurated Galen by the name of faculty understands the use and sense of the part This hath a manifold indication in curing for some parts are principall as the Braine Heart and Liuer for their vertue is communicated to the whole body by the nerves arteries and veines Others truly are not principall but yet so necessary that none can live without them as the Stomacke Some are endued with a most quicke sence as the eye the membranes nerves and tendons wherefore they cannor endure acrid and biting medicines Having called to minde these indications the indication will be perfected by these three following intentions as if we consider the humor flowing downe or which is ready to flow the conjunct matter that is the humor impact in the part the correction of accidents yet so that we alwayes have care of that which is most urgent and of the cause Therefore first repercussives must be applied for the antecedent matter strong or weake having regard to the tumor as it is then onely excepting sixe conditions of Tumors the first is if the matter of the Tumor be venenate the second if it be a criticall abscesse the third if the defluxion be neare the noble parts the fourth if the matter be grosse tough and viscide the fifth when the matter lies farre in that is flowes by the veines which lies more deepe the sixth when it lies in the Gandules But if the whole body be plethoricke a convenient diet purging and Phlebotomie must be appointed frictions and bathes must be used Ill humors are amended by diet and purging If the weakenesse of the part receiving draw on a defluxion it must be strengthened If the part be inferiour in its site let the patient be so seated or layed that the part receiving as much as may be may be the higher If paine be the cause of defluxion we must asswage it by things mitigating it If the thinnesse or lightnesse of the humor cause defluxion it must be inspissate by meats and medicines But for the matter conteined in the part because it is against nature it requires to be evacuate by resolving things as Cataplasmes ointments somentations cupping glasses or by evacuation as by scarifying or by suppurating things as by ripening and opening the Impostume Lasty for the conjunct accidents as the Feaver paine and such like they must be mitigated by asswaging mollifying and malaxing medicines as I shall shew more at large hereafter CHAP. VI. Of the foure principall and generall Tumors and of other Impostumes which may be reduced to them THe principall and cheife Tumors which the abundance of humors generate are foure A Phlegmon Erysipelas Oâ—dema and Scyrrhus innumerable others may be reduced to these distinguished by divers names according to the various condition of the efficient cause and parts receiving Wherfore a Phygethlum Phyma Fellon Carbuncle inflammation of the eyes Squincy Bubo lastly all sorts of hot and moist tumors may be reduced to a Phlegmon The Herpes â—iliaris the eating Herpes Ringwormes and Tetters and all impostumes brought forth by choler are contained under an Erysipelas Atheromata Steâ—tomata Meldâ—â—rides the Testudo or Talpa Ganglion Knots Kings-evill Wens watery Ruptures the Ascites and Leucophlegmatia may be reduced to an Oëdema as also all flaruleâ—â— tumors which the abundance of corrupt Phlegme produces In the kindred of the Scyrrhus are reckoned a Cancer Leprosie Warts Cornâ— a Thymus a Varix Morphew black and white and other Impostumes arising from a melancholy humor Now wee will treate of these Tumors in particular beginning with a Phlegmon CHAP. VII Of a Phlegmon APhlegmon is a generall name for all Impostumes which the abundance of inflamed bloud produces That is called a true Phlegmon which is made of laudable bloud offending onely in quantity But a bastard Phlegmon or a Phlegmonous Impostume hath some other and proper name as a Carbuncle Fellon Gangrene Sphacel and the like maligne Pustules So when there is a confluâ—e of diverse humor into one tumor divers kinds of phlegmonous Impostumes called by diverse names according to the more abundant humor arise as if a small portion of phlegme shall be mixed with a greater quantity of bloud it shall be called as Oëdematous Phlegmon but if on the contrary the quantity of phlegme be the greater it shall be named a phlegmonous Oëdema and so of the rest alwayes naming the tumor from that which is most predominant in it Therefore we must observe that all differences of such tumors arise from that either because the bloud causing it offends onely in quantity which if it doe it causes that tumor which is properly called a Phlegmon if in quality it makes a Phlegmonous tumor because the matter thereof is much departed from the goodnesse of bloud But bloud is said to offend in quantity either by admixture of some other matter as Phlegme Choler or melancholy from whence proceedes Oëdematous Erysipelâ—s and Scyrrhous Phlegmons or by corruption of its proper substance from whence Carbuncles and all kindes of Gangrens or by concretion and when nature is disappointed of its attempted and hoped for suppuration either by default of the aire or patient or by the error of the Physition and hence oft times happen Atheroma's Steatoma's and Melicerides Although these things be set downe by the ancients of the simple and simular matter of the true Phlegmon yet you must know that in truth there is no impostume whose matter exquisitely shewes the nature of one and that simple humor without all admixture of any other matter for all humors are mixed together with the bloud yet from the plenty of bloud prodominating they are called
Sanguine as if they were of bloud alone Wherefore if any Tumors resemble the nature of one simple humor truely they are not of any naturall humor but from some humor which is corrupt vitiated and offending in quality for so bloud by adustion degenerates into choler and melancholy Therefore a true Phlegmon is defined by Galen A tumor against nature of laudable bloud flowing into any part in too great a quantity This tumor though most commonly it be in the flesh yet sometimes it happens in the bones as Hippocrates and Galen witnesse A Phlegmon is made and generated thus when bloud flowes into any part in too great a quantity first the greater veines and arteries of the affected part are filled then the middle lastly the smallest and capillary so from those thus distended the bloud sweats out of the pores and smal passages like dew and with this the void spaces which are between the simular parts are first filled then with the same bloud all the adjacent parts are filled but especially the flesh as that which is most fit to receive defluxions by reason of the spongious rarity of its substance but then the nerves tendons membranes and ligaments are likewise stuffed full whereupon a Tumor must necessarily follow by reason of the repletion which exceeds the bounds of nature and from hence also are tension and resistance and paine also happens at the same time both by reason of the tension and preternaturall heate And there is a manifest pulsation in the part specially whilest it suppurates because the veines arteries and nerves are much pained being they are not onely heated within by the influxe of the fervide humor but pressed without by the adjacent parts Therefore seeing the paine comes to all the foresaid parts because they are too immoderately heated and pressed the arteries which are in the perpetuall motion of their Systole diastole whilest they are dilated strike upon the other inflamed parts whereupon proceeds that beating paine Hereunto adde the Arteries then filled with more copious and hot bloud have greater neede to seeke refrigeration by drawing in the encompassing Aire wherefore they must as of necessitie have a conflict with the neighbouring parts which are swollen and pained Therefore from hence is that pulsation in a Phlegmon which is defined by Galen an agitation of the arteries painefull and sensible to the Patient himselfe for otherwise as long as we are in health we doe not perceive the pulsation of the arteries Wherefore these two causes of pulsation or a pulsiâ—icke paine in a phlegmon are worthy to be observed that is the heate and aboundance of bloud contained in the vessels and arteries which more frequently than their wont incite the arteries to motion that is to their Systole and Diastole and the compression and streightning of the said arteries by reason of the repletion and distention of the adjacent parts by whose occasion the parts afflicted and beaten by the trembling and frequent pulsation of arteries are in paine Hence they commonly say that in the part aflected with a Phlegmon they feele as it were the sense or stroke of a Mallet or Hammer smiting upon it But also besides this pulsation of the arteries there is as it were another pulsation with itching from the humors whilst they putrefie and suppurate by the permixtion motion and agitation of vapours thereupon arising The cause of heate in a Phlegmon is bloud which whilest it flowes more plentifully into the part is as it were troden or thrust downe and causes obstruction from whence necessarily followes alprohibition of transpiration and a putrifaction of the bloud by reason of the preternaturall heate But the Phlegmon lookes red by reason of the bloud contained in it because the humor predominant in the part shines through the skinne CHAP. VIII Of the causes and signes of a Phlegmon THe causes of a Plegmon are of three kindes for some are primitive some antecedent and some conjunct Primitive are falls conâ—usions straines immoderate labour frictions application of acrid ointments burnings long staying or labouring in the hot Sun a diet unconsiderate and which breeds much bloud The antecedent causes are the great abundance of bloud too plentifully flowing in the veines The conjunct the collection or gathering together of bloud impact in any part The signes of a Plegmon are swelling tension resistance feaverish heate paine pulsation especially while it suppurates rednesse and others by which the abundance of bloud is signified And a little Phlegmon is often terminated by resolution but a great one by suppuration and sometimes it ends in a Scyrrhus or a Tumor like a Scyrrhus but otherwhiles in a Gangren that is when the facultie and native strength of the part affected is overwhelmed by the greatnesse of the deflxion as it is reported by Galen The Chirurgion ought to consider all these things that he may apply and vary such medicines as are convenient for the nature of the Patient and for the time and condition of the part affected CHAP. IX Of the cure of a true Phlegmon THe Chirurgion in the cure of a true Phlegmon must propose to himselfe foure intentions The first of Diet This because the Plegmon is a hot affect and causes a feaver must be ordained of refrigerative and humecting things with the convenient use of the sixe thingsnot naturall that is aire meat and drinke motion and rest sleepe and waking repletion and inanition and lastly the passions of the minde Therefore let him make choise of that aire which is pure and cleere not too moist for feare of defluxion but somewhat coole let him command meates which are moderately coole and moist shunning such as generate bloud too plentifully such will be brothes not to fat seasoned with a little Borage Lettuce Sorrell and Succory let him be forbidden the use of all spices and also of Garlicke and Onions and all things which heate the bloud as are all fatty and sweet things as those which easily take fire Let the Patient drinke small wine and much alaied with water or if the feaver be vehement the water of the decoction of Licoris Barly and sweet almonds or water and sugar alwayes having regard to the strength age and custome of the Patient For if he be of that age or have so led his life that he cannot want the use of wine let him use it but altogether moderately Rest must be commanded for all bodies waxe hot by motion but let him chiefely have a care that hee doe not exercise the part possessed by the plegmon for feare of a new defluxion Let his sleepe be moderate neither if he have a full body let him sleepe by day specially presently aâ—er meate Let him have his belly soluble if not by nature then by art as by the frequent use of glisters and suppositories Let him avoid all vehement perturbations of minde as hate anger brawling let him wholly abstaine from
putrifaction onely excepted which properly appertaines to putride feavers For a Bubo also which is a Phlegmon of the Glandules causes a Diary as Hippocrates shewes All feavers proceeding from the Tumors of the Glandules are evill the Diary excepted Which Aphorisme must be understood warily and with that distinction which Galen gives in his commentary where he saith It is only to be understood of Tumors risen in the Glandules without occasion that is without any evident and manifest cause for otherwise Feavers that thence take their originall though not Diary yet are not all evill as we learne by Buboes in Children and the venereous Buboes which happen without inflammation or corruption of the liver for such commonly have no maligne Feaver accompanying them which thing is worthy a Chirurgions observation The common signes of a Diary are a moderate and vaporous heate feeling gentle to the hand a pulse swift and frequent sometimes great and strong as when the Diary is caused by anger sometimes litle if the Feaver proceede from sorrow hunger cold crudity for other respects equall and ordinary The most certaine signes are if the Feaver come upon one not by litle and litle but sodainly and that from some externall and evident cause no loathing of meat no causelesse wearinesse no deepe sleepe yawning great paine restlesnesse shaking nor cold going before and lastly no other troublesome symptome preceeding Wee here make no mention of the urine because most frequently they resemble the vrines of sound bodyes for in so short a time as Diaryes endure there cannot so great a perturbation be raised in the blood that there may be signes thereof found in the vrine A Diary is ended in one fit which by the proper nature of this Feaver lasts but one day although sometimes otherwise it is extended to three or foure dayes space and then it easily degenerates into a Putride especially any error of the Patient Phiâ—ition or those which attend him concurring therewith or if the externall things bee not rightly fitted This Feaver is terminated either by insensible transpiration or by the moisture of the skin or by a sweate naturall gentle and not ill smelling to this Diary wee may referre the unputride Synochus generated of blood not putrid but onely heated beyond measure For usually there arises a great heate over all the body by meanes of the blood immoderatly heated whence the veines become more tumide the face appeares fiery the Eyes red and burning the breath hot and to conclude the whole habite of the body more full by reason of that Ebullition of the blood and the diffusion of the vapours thence arising over all the body Whence it is that this kinde of Synochus may be called a vapourous Feaver To this Children are incident as also all sanguine bodyes which have no ill humors The cure of this and the Ephemera or Diary is the same because it may scarse seeme different from the Ephemera in any other thing than that it may be prolonged for three or foure dayes Wherefore whatsoever we shall say for the cure of the Ephemera may be all applyed to the Synochus bloodletting excepted which in an unputrid Synochus is very necessary Now the Cure of a Diary Feaver consists in the decent use of things not naturall contrary to the cause of the disease wherefore bathes of warme and naturall water are very profitable so that the Patient be not Plethoricke nor stufft with excrements nor obnoxious to catarrhes and defluxions because a catarrhe is easily caused and augmented by the humors diffused and dissolved by the heate of a bath therefore in this case we must eschew frictions and annointing with warme oile which things notwithstanding are thought very usefull in these kind of Feavers especially when they have their originall from extreme labour by astriction of the skin or a Bubo Let this be a generall rule that to every cause whence this Feaver proceeded you oppose the contrary for a remedy as to labour rest to watching sleep to anger and sorrow the gratefull society of friends and all things replenished with pleasant good will and to a Bubo the proper cure thereof Wine moderately tempered with water according to the custome of the sicke patient is good and profitable in all causes of this Feaver except he be pained in his head or that the Feaver drew its originall from anger or a Bubo for in this last case especially the patient must abstaine wholy from wine untill the inflammation come to the state and begins to decline This kinde of Feaver often troubles infants and then you must prescribe such medicines to their Nurses as if they were sicke that so by this meanes their milke may become medicinable Also it will be good to put the Infant himselfe into a bath of naturall and warme water and presently after the bath to anoint the ridge of the backe and brest with oile of Violets But if a Phlegmon possesse any inward part or otherwise by its nature be great or seated neare any principall Bowell so that it may continually send from it either a putrid matter or exhalation to the heart and not onely affect it by a quality or preternaturall heate by the continuity of the parts thence will arise the Putride Synochus if the blood by contagion putrifying in the greater vessells consists of on equall mixture of the foure humors This Feaver is cheifly thus knowne it hath no exacerbations or remissions but much lesse intermissions it is extended beyond the space of twenty foure houres neither doth it then end in vomite sweat moisture or by litle and litle by insensible transpiration after the manner of intermitting Feavers or Agues but remaines constant untill it leaves the Patient for altogether it commonly happens not unlesse to these of a good temper and complexion which abound with much blood and that tempered by an equall mixture of the foure humors It commonly endures not long because the blood by power of some peculiar putrifaction degenerating into choler or Melancholy will presently bring forth another kinde of feaver to wit a Tertian or continued Quartaine The cure of this Feaver as I have heard of most learned Physitions cheifly consists in Bloodletting For by letting of blood the fullnesse is diminished therfore the obstruction is taken away and lastly the putrefaction And seeing that in this kinde of Feaver there is not onely a fault of the matter by the putrefaction of the blood but also of the Temper by excesse of heat certainely Phlebotomy helps not only as we said the putrefaction but also the hote distemper For the blood in which all the heate of the creature is conteined whilest it is taken way the acrid and fuliginous excrements exhale and vanish away with it which kept in encreased the Feverish heate Moreover the veines to shun emptinesse which nature abhors are filled with much cold aire instead of the hot blood which was drawne away
which followes a cooling of the habite of the whole body yea and many by meanes of Phlebotomy have their bellye 's loosed and sweate both which are much to be desired in this kinde of Feaver This moved the ancient Physitions to write that we must draw blood in this disease even to the fainting of the Patient Yet because thus not a few have poured out their lives together with their blood it will be better and safer to divide the evacuations and draw so much blood at severall times as the greatnesse of the disease shall require and the strength of the Patient may beare When you have drawne blood forthwith inject an emollient and refrigerative clyster lest that the veines emptied by Phlebotomy may draw into them the impurity of the Guts but these clysters which coole too much rather bindethe belly than loose it The following day the Morbiâ—icke matter must be partly evacuated by a gentle purge as a bole of Cassia or Catholicon then must you appoint Syrupes which have not onely a refrigerative quality but also to resist putrefaction such as the Syrupe of Lemmons Berberries of the Iujce of Citrons of Pomgranats Sorrell and Vineger let his diet be absolutely cooling and humecting and also slender for the native heate much debilitated by drawing of a great quantity of blood cannot equall a full diet Therefore it shall suffice to feed the Patient with chicken and veale brothes made with cooling herbes as Sorrell Lettuce and Purslaine Let his drinke be Baâ—ly water Syrup of Violets mixed with some pretty quantity of boiled water Iulepum Alexandrinum especially if he be troubled with scouring oâ— laske But the Physition must cheifly have regard to the fourth day for if then there appeare any signes of concoction in the excrements the Crisis must be expected on the seventh day and that either by a loosenesse of the belly or an aboundance of urine by vomits sweats or bleeding Therefore we must then doe nothing but commit the whole businesse to nature But for drinking cold water which is so much commended by Galen in this kinde of Feaver it is not to be suffered beforethere appeare signes of concoction moreover in the declining of the disease the use of wine will not be unprofitable to helpe forwards sweats CHAP. XII Of an Erysipelas or Inflammation HAving declared the cure of a Phlegmon caused by laudable blood wee must now treate of these tumors which acknowledge Choler the materiall cause of their generation by reason of that affinity which interceeds betweene Choler and Blood Therefore the tumors caussed by naturall Choler are called Erysipelata or Inflammations these conteine a great heate in them which cheifly possesses the skin as also oftentimes some portion of the flesh lying under it For they are made by most thin and subtle blood which upon any occasion of inflammation easily becomes cholericke or by blood and choler hotter than is requisit and sometimes of choler mixed with an acride serous humor That which is made by sincere and pure choler is called by Galen a true and perfect Erysipelas But there arise three differences of Erysipelaes by the admixture of choler with the three other kinds of humors For if it being predominant be mixed with blood it shall be termed Erysipelas Phlegmonodes if with phlegme Erysipelas oedematodes if with Melancholy Erysipelas Sâ—irrhodes So that the former and substantive word shewes the humor bearing dominion but the latter or adjective that which is inferiour in mixture But if they concurre in equall quantity there will be thereupon made Erysipelas Phlegmone Erysipelas oedema Erysipelas scirrhus Galen acknowledges two kinds of Erysipelaes one simple and without an ulcer the other ulcerated For Choler drawne and severed from the warmnesse of the blood running by its subtlety and acrimony vnto the skin ulcerates it but restrained by the gentle heat of the blood as a bridle it is hindred from peircing to the top of the skin and makes a tumor without an ulcer But of unnaturall choler are caused many other kinds of cholericke tumors as the Herpes exedens and Miliaris and lastly all sorts of tumors which come betweene the Herpes and Cancer You may know Erysipelaes cheifly by three signes as by their colour which is a yellowish red by their quicke sliding backe into the body at the least compression of the skin the cause of which is the subtlety of the humor and the outward site of it under the skin whereupon by some an Erysipelas is called a Disease of the skin Lastly by the number of the Symptoms as heat pulsation paine The heat of an Erysipelas is far greater than that of a Phlegmon but the pulsation is much lesse for as the heat of the blood is not so great as that of choler so it farre exceeds choler in quantity and thicknesse which may cause compression and obstruction of the adjacent muscle For Choler easily dissipable by reason of its subtlety quickly vanishes neither doth it suffer it selfe to be long conteined in the empty spaces betweene the muscles neither doth an Erysipelas agree with a Phlegmon in the propriety of the paine For that of an Erysipelas is pricking and biting without tension or heavinesse yet the primitive antecedent and conjunct causes are alike of both the tumors Although an Erysipelas may be incident to all parts yet principally it assailes the face by reason of the rarity of the skin of that place and the lightnesse of the cholericke humor flying upwards It is ill when an Erysipelas comes upon a wound or ulcer and although it may come to suppuration yet it is not good for it shewes that there is obstruction by the admixture of a grosse humor whence there is some danger of erosion in the parts next under the skin It is good when an Erysipelas comes from within outwards but ill when from without it retires inward But if an Erysipelas possesse the wombe it is deadly and in like manner if it spread too far over the face by reason of the sympathy of the membranes of the braine CHAP. XIII Of the cure of an Erysipelas FOr the cure of an Erysipelas we must procure two things to wit evacuation and Refrigeration But because there is more need of cooling than in a Phlegmon the cheefe scope must be for refrigeration Which being done the conteined matter must be taken away and evacuated with moderatly resolving medicines We must doe foure things to attaine unto these forementioned ends First of all we must appoint a convenient manner of Diet in the use of the sixe things not naturall that is we must incrassate refrigerate and moisten as much as the nature of the disease and patient will suffer much more than in a Phlegmon then we will evacuate the Antecedent matter by opening a veine and by medicines purging choler And that by cutting the Cephalicke veine if there be a portion of the blood
addendo terebinth â„¥ iij oleor aneth rut an â„¥ ij make an emplaister for the foresaid use The emplaister of Vigo with Mercury and without is very good for the same purpose But you must note that such medicines must be applied to the part actually hot and the same heat must be conteined and renewed by putting about it linnen clothes bricks bottles and such like hot things The Humor and flatulency which were kept shut up in the part being resolved the part must be strengthened lest now and then it receive or generate the like matter That may be done by the following fomentation and cataplasme â„ž Nucum cupressi corticum granat sumach berberis balaust an Ê’j caudae equin arnogloss tupsi barb absinth salviae rorism lavendul an m. ss flor chamaem melil rosar anthos an p. j. alum salis com an â„¥ j bulliant omniâ— in aequis partibus aquae fabrorum vini austeri make bagges for a fomentation or use the decoction for the same purpose with a spunge â„ž Farinae fab hordei lupin an â„¥ ij terebinth com â„¥ iiij pulver râ—dicis ireos mastic an â„¥ ss mellis com â„¥ ijss of the foresaid decoction as much as shall suffice so to make a cataplasme to the forme of a poultice liquid enough let it be applyed hot to the affected part having used the fomentation before The signes of a waterish tumor are the same as of a flatulent but over and besides it shines and at the pressing with your fingers there is hard a noyse or murmure as of a bladder halfe filled with water Therefore the waterish tumor if it shall not yeeld to the forementioned resolving medicines the way must be opened with an incision knife after the same manner as we mentioned in a Phlegmon For often times this kind of remedy must be necessarily used not onely by reason of the contumacie of the humor which gives no place to the resolving medicines but also because it is shut up in its proper cyst or bagge the thicknesse of which frustrates the force of the resolving medicines neither suffers it to penetrate into the humor As I some yeares agoe found by experience in a maid of 7. yeares old which troubled with a Hydrocele or waterish rupture to whom when I had rashly applyed to dissolve it resolving medicines of all sorts at length I was forct to open it with my knife not onely to evacuate the contained matter but also that I might plucke out the bagge which unlesse it were cut up by the roote would be a meane to cause a relapse Iohn Altine doctor of Physicke called me to this businesse Iames Guilemeau the Kings Chirurgion oversaw the cure CHAP. XIX Of an Atheroma Steatoma and Meliceris ALthough these Tumors may be thought comprehended under one genus with other Oëdematous tumors yet they differ as thus that is their matter is shut up in its bladder or bagge as it were in a peculiar cell But their difference amongst themselves is thus the matter of the Steatoma as the name signifieth is like unto Tallow for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in Greeke signifieth Tallow or seame yet it oft times is found stuffed with other divers hard bodies stony bony or callous like unto the clawes of an hen For Philoxenus reports that he sometimes saw flyes in a Steatoma at the opening thereof and such other like things wholy dissenting from the common matter of Tumors The matter contained in an Atheroma is like to pappe with which they feede little Children A Meliceris containes matter resembling honey in colour and consistence these Tumors appeare and rise without any Inflammation going before them Thus you shall know these Tumors a Steatoma is harder than the other two neither yeelds it to the pressure of your finger but when it once yeelds it doth not speedily and easily returne to its former figure because the matter is more grosse It is of the same colour as the skin without paine and of a longish figure The Meliceris yeeds to the touch as being a loose and soft body and as it is easily disposed and diffused so it quickly returnes to its former place and Tumor It differs from the Atheroma in figure and substance For it is more globous and of a subtiler and more shining matter besides also it takes up a large space and is more obsequious to the touch and for the rest without paine As for the manuall operation of the Chirurgion in their cure it seemes to bee of no great consequence of what sort the matter is whether resembling tallow honey or pappe for there is one simple manner of operation which is that you plucke away the conteined humor as also the receptacle in which it is conteined Yet you must note such Tumors sometimes as it were hanging in the surface of the skin are easily to bee mooved this way and that way but other some againe deeper fastned firmely cohere with the adjacent bodies and these require an exquisite hand and also industry for feare of a great flux of blood and convulsion by cutting a veine There are many other kinds of Tumors as the Testudo or Mole the Nata the Glandula Nodus Botium Lupia which as in matter for they are all of a thicke clammy and viscous Phlegmaticke humor so also in kinde they agree with an Atheroma Steatoma and Meliceris But also in these for the most part when they are opened you may see bodies of all sorts farre different from the common matter of Tumors as stones chalke sande coales snailes strawes or awnes of Corne hey horne haires flesh both hard and spongious gristles bones whole creatures as well living as dead The generation of which things by the corruption alteration of humors shal not make us much to admire it if we consider that as nature of all the seedes elements of the whole great world hath made man the Microcosme or litle world that he might be as it were the lively Image of that greater world so in him it being never idle in us would have all the kindes of all motions and actions to shew themselves as long as matter for generation is not wanting But because there is little or rather no mention of these tumors amongst the anicents we will briefely shew the opinions of the later Writers concerning them Now they say the Testudo is a rumor contrary to nature soft diffused or vaulted or arched like a Tortois sometimes it arises in the head in forme of a Mole and then it is called a Mole The Nata is a great and fleshly tumor not in shape unlike a Melon or rather the flesh of a mans buttockes whence it may seeme to have had the name unlesse wee had rather say it had it because it more usually breeds upon the buttocks than upon any other part of the body The Glandula takes its denomination from an Acorne called Glans in Latine the
incision through the skin are pulled and cut away from these parts with which they were entangled But in the performance of this worke wee take speciall care that we doe not violate or hurt with our instrument the jugular veines the sleepy arteries or recurrent nerves If at any time there be danger of any great effluxe of bloud after they are plucked from the skn they must be tied at their roots by thrusting through a needle and thred and then binding the thred strait on both sides that so bound they fall off by themselves by little and little without any danger The remainder of the cure may be performed according to the common rules of Art CHAP. XXIII Of the Feaver which happens upon an oedematous Tumor HAving shewed all the differences of oedematous tumors it remaines that we briefely treate of the Symptomatical feaver which is sometimes seene to happen upon them This therefore retaining the motion of the humor by which it is made is commonly of their kinde which they name Intermitting Quotidians Now the fit of a Quotidian comes every day and in that repetition continues the space of eighteene houres the residue of the day it hath manifest intermission The primitive causes of this feaver are the coldnesse and humitity of the aire encompassing us the long use of cold meates and drinkes and of all such things as are easily corrupted as Summer fruites crude fishes and lastly the omission of our accustomed exercise The antecedent causes are a great repletion of tumors and these especially phlegmaticke The conjunct cause is phlegme putrefying in the habite of the body and first region thereof without the greater veines The signes of this feaver are drawne from three things as first naturall for this Feaver or Ague chiefely seazes upon these which which are of a cold and moist temper as Old-men Women Children Eunuches because they have abundance of phlegme and it invades Old-men by its owne nature because their native heate being weake they cannot convert their meates then taken in a small quantity into laudable bloud and the substance of the parts But it takes children by accident not of its selfe and the owne nature for children are hot and moist but by reason of their voracitie or greedinesse and their violent inordinate and continuall motion after their plentifull feeding they heape up a great quantity of crude humors fit matter for this feaver whereby it comes to passe that fat children are chiefely troubled with this kinde of feaver because they have the passages of their bodies straite and stopped or because they are subject to Wormes they are troubled with paine by corruption of their meate whence ariseth a hot distemper by putrefaction and the elevation of putride vapours by which the heart being molested is easily taken by this kinde of feaver From things not naturall the signes of this feaver are thus drawne It chiefely takes one in Winter and the Spring in a cold and moist Region in a sedentary and idle life by the use of meates not onely cold and moist but also hot and dry if they be devoured in such plenty that they over whelme the native heate For thus wine although it be by faculty and nature hot and dry yet taken too immoderately it accumulates phlegmaticke humors and causes cold diseases Therefore drunkennesse gluttony crudity bathes and exercises presently after meate being they draw the meats as yet crude into the body and veines and to conclude all things causing much phlegme in us may beget a Quotidian feaver But by things contrary to nature because this feaver usually followes cold diseases the Center Circumference and Habit of the body being refrigerated The symptomes of this feaver are the paine of the mouth of the stomacke because that phlegme is commonly heaped up in this place whence followes a vomiting or casting up of phlegme the face lookes pale and the mouth is moist without any thirst often times in the fit it selfe because the stomacke flowing with phlegme the watery and thinner portion thereof continually flowes up into the mouth and tongue by the continuitie of the inner coate of the ventricle common to the gullet and mouth It takes one with coldnesse of the extreame parts a small and deepe pulse which notwithstanding in the vigour of the fit becomes more strong great full and quicke Iust after the same manner as the heate of this feaver at the first touch appeares mild gentle moist and vaporous but at the length it is felt more acride no other-wise than fire kindled in greene wood which is small weake and smokie at the first but at the length when the moisture being overcome doth no more hinder its action it burnes and flames freely The Patients are freed from their fits with small sweats which at the first fits breake forth very sparingly but more plentifully when the Crisis is at hand the urine at the first is pale and thicke and sometimes thinne that is when there is obstruction But when the matter is concoct as in the state it is red if at the beginning of the fit they cast up any quantity of phlegme by vomite and that fit be terminated in a plentifull sweate it shewes the feaver will not long last for it argues the strength of nature the yeelding and tenuitie of the matter flying up and the excretion of the conjunct cause of the feaver A Quotidian feaver is commonly long because the phlegmaticke humor being cold and moist by nature is heavie and unapt for motion neither is it without feare of a greater disease because oft times it changes into a burning or quartaine feaver especially if it be bred of salt Phlegme for saltnesse hath affinity with bitternesse wherefore by adustion it easily degenerates into it so that it neede not seeme very strange if salt Phlegme by adustion turne into choler or Melancholy Those who recover of a quotidian Feaver have their digestive faculty very weake wherefore they must not be nourished with store of meats nor with such as are hard to digest In a quotidian the whole body is filled with crude humors whereby it comes to passe that this Feaver oft times lasts sixty dayes But have a care you be not deceived and take a double tertian for a quotidian because it takes the patient every day as a quotidian doth Verily it will be very easie to distinguish these Feavers by the kinde of the humor and the propriety of the Symptomes and accidents beside quotidians commonly take one in the evening or the midst of the night as then when our bodies are refrigerated by the coldnesse of the aire caused by the absence of the Sunne Wherefore then the cold humors are moved in us which were bridled a litle before by the presence and heate of the Sunne But on the contrary double tertians take one about noone The shortnesse and gentlenesse of the fit the plentitifull sweat breaking forth the
that which mollifies resolves and wasts all tumors of this kinde CHAP. XXVI Of a Cancer already generated A Cancer is an hard Tumor rough and unequall round immoveable of an ash or livide colour horrid by reason of the veines on every side swollen with blacke blood and spred abroad to the similitude of the stretched out legs and clawes of a Crabb It is a tumor hard to be knowne at the first as that which scarse equalls the bignesse of a Chicke or Cicer after a little time it will come to the greatnesse of a Hasell Nut unlesse peradventure provoked by somewhat too acride medicines it sodainly encrease being growne bigger according to the measure of the encrease it torments the patient with pricking paine with acride heat the grosse blood residing in the veines growing hot and inferring a sense like the pricking of Needles from which notwithstanding the Patient hath oft times some rest But because this kinde of Tumor by the veines extended spred about it like clawes and feet being of a livide and ash colour associated with a roughnesse of the skin and tenacity of the humor represents as it were the toothed clawes of the Crab therefore I thought it not amisse here to insert the Figure of the Crabb that so the reason both of the name and thing might be more perspicuous The figure of the Crabb called Cancer in Latine CHAP. XXVII Of the causes kinds and prognosticks of a Cancer HEre we acknowledge two causes of a Cancer the antecedent and conjunct The antecedent cause depends upon the default of irregular diet generating and heaping up grosse and feculent blood by the morbificke affection of the Liver disposed to the generation of that bloud by the infirmity or weakenesse of the spleene in attracting and purging the bloud by the suppression of the Courses or Haemorrhoids or any such accustomed evacuation The conjunct cause is that grosse and melancholicke humor sticking and shut up in the affected part as in a straite That malancholicke bloud which is more milde and lesse maligne onely encreased by a degree of more fervide heat breeds a not ulcerated Cancer but the more maligne and acride causes an ulcerated For so the humor which generated Carbuncles when it hath acquired great heat acrimony and malignitie corrodes and ulcerates the part upon which it alights A Cancer is made more fierce and raging by meates inflaming the bloud by perturbations of the minde anger heate and medicines too acride oiely and emplaisticke unfitly applied both for time and place Amongst the sorts or kindes of Cancers there be two chiefely eminent that is the ulcerated or manifest Cancer and the not ulcerated or occult But of Cancers some possesse the internall parts as the Guts Wombe Fundement others the externall as the Breasts also there is a recent or late bred Cancer and also an inveterate one There is one small another great one raging and maligne another more milde Every Cancer is held almost incurable or very difficult to be cured for it is a disease altogether maligne to wit a particular Leprosie Therefore saith Aëtius a Cancer is not easily staied untill it hath eaten even to the innermost of the part which it possesses It invades women more frequently than men and those parts which are laxe rare fungous and glandulous and therefore opportune to receive a defluxion of a grosse humor such are the Breasts and all the emunctories of the noble parts When it possesses the Breasts it often causes inflammation to the armeholes and sends the swelling ever to the glandules thereof whereupon the Patients doe complaine that a pricking paine even peirces to their hearts But this same paine also runs to the clavicles and even to the inner side of the shoulderblades and shoulders When it is encreased and covers the noble parts it admits no cure but by the hand but in decaâ—ed bodies whose strength faile especially if the Cancers be inveterate we must not attempt the cure neither with instrument nor with fire neither by too acride medicines as potentiall Cauteries but we must onely seeke to keepe them from growing more violent and from spreading further by gentle medicines and a palliative cure For thus many troubled with a Cancer have attained even to old age Therefore Hippocrates admonishes us that it is better not to cure occult or hidden Cancers for the Patients cured saith he doe quickly die but such as are not cured live longer CHAP. XXVIII Of the Cure of a Cancer beginning and not yet ulcerated A Cancer beginning is oft hindred from encreasing before it fasten its roots but when it hath once encreased it admits no cure but by iron as that which contemnes by reason of the malignity contumacy the force of all medicines Galen affirmes he cured a Cancer not ulcerated Now that cure is performed by medicines purging melancholy by Phlebotomy when the strength and age of the Patient may well endure it by shunning all things which may breed ill and faeculent bloud The distemper of the Liver must first be corrected the Spleene strengthened as also the part affected in men the Haemorrhoides in women their Courses must be procured Threfore thicke and muddy wines vinegar browne bread cold hearbes old cheese old and salted flesh Beefe Venison goate hare garlicke onions and mustard and lastly all acride acide and other salt 〈◊〉 which may by any meanes incrassate the blood and inflame the humâ—… be eschewed A cooling humecting diet must be prescribed fasting eschewed as also watchings immoderaâ—e labours sorrow cares and mournings let him use ptisans and in his brothes â—boile Mallowes Spinach Lettuce Sorrell Purslaine Succory Hops Violets Borradge and the foure cold seeds But let him feede on Mutton Veale Kid Capon Pullet young Hares Partridges Fishes of stony rivers reare Egges and use white wine but moderately for his drinke The part affected with the Cancer must be gently handled and not overburdened by over hard or heavy things or by too solide or fat emplaisters on the contrary gentle and mitigating medicines must be used applying also at certaine times such things as resist venome or poyson as Treacle and Mithridate Asses milke is exceeding fit to asswage the acrimony of the cancorous humor Therefore it must not only be taken inwardly but also applied outwardly to the cancrous ulcer making thereof a fomentation CHAP. XXIX Of the cure of an ulcerated Cancer AN Vlcerated Cancer hath many signes common with that which is not ulcerated as the roundnesse of the tumor the inequality roughnesse and paine to the judgement of the eye the tumour seemes soft but it is hard to the touch the Vlcer is filthy with lips thicke swolne hard knotty turned out and standing up having a horrid aspect and casting forth ichorous filthy and carionlike filth sometimes blacke sometimes mixed with rotten filth and otherwhiles with much bloud This kinde of ulcer is maligne
spred over the transverse surface of the gristle Of all these sorts of Polypi some are not ulcerated others ulcerated which send forth a stinking and strong smelling filth Such of them as are painefull hard resisting and which have a livide or leaden colour must not be touched with the hand because they savour of the Nature of a Cancer as into which they oft degenerate yet by reason of the paine which oppresses more violently you may use the Anodyne medicines formerly described in a Cancer such as this following ℞ Olei de vitell ovorum ℥ ij Lytharg auri Tuthiae praep an ℥ j. succi plant solani an ℥ ssj Lapid haematit camphorae an ℥ ss Let them be wrought a long time in a leaden mortar and so make a medicine to be put into the nosethrills Those which are soft loose and without paine are sometimes curable being plucked away with an instrument made for that purpose or else wasted by actuall cauteries put in through a pipe so that they touch not the sound part or by potentiall cauteries as Agyptiacum composed of equall parts of all the simples with vitrioll which hath a facultie to waste such like flesh Aquafortis and oyle of vitrioll have the same facultie for these take away a Polypus by the rootes for if any part thereof remayne it will breede againe But Cauteries and acride medicines must be put into the nostrills with this Caution that in the meane time cold repelling and astringent medicines be applied to the nose and parts about it to asswage the paine and hinder the inflammation Such as are Vnguentum de bolo and vnguentum nutritum whites of Egges beate with Rose leaves and many other things of the like nature CHAP. III. Of the Parotides that is Certaine swellings about the Eares THe Parotis is a Tumor against nature affecting the Glandules and those parts seated behinde and about the Eares which are called the Emunctories of the braine for these because they are loose and spungy are fit to receive the excrements thereof Of these some are criticall the matter of the disease somewhat disgested being sent thither by the force of nature Others Symptomaticall the excrements of the braine increased in quantity or quality rushing thither of their owne accord Such abscesses often have great inflammation joyned with them because the byting humor which flowes thither is more vitiated in quality than in quantity Besides also they often cause great paine by reason of the distention of the parts indued with most exquisit sence as also by reason of a Nerve of the fifth Conjugation spread over these parts as also of the neighbouring membranes of the braine by which meanes the patient is troubled with the Head-ach and all his face becomes swolne Yet many times this kinde of Tumor useth to be raysed by a tough viscous and grosse humor This disease doth more grievously afflict young men than olde it commonly brings a Feaver and watching It is difficult to be cured especially when it is caused by a grosse tough and viscide humor sent thither by the Crisis The cure must be performed by diet which must be cōtrary to the quality of the humor in the temper consistence of the meates If the inflāmation rednesse be great which indicate abundance of bloud Phlebotomie will be profitable yea very necessary But here we must not use the like judgement in application of locall medicines as wee doe in others tumors as Galen admonisheth us that is wee must not use repercussives at the beginning especially if the abscesse be criticall for so we should infringe or foreflow the indeavors of nature forcibly freeing it selfe from the morbifique matter But wee must much lesse repell or drive it backe if the matter which hath flowed thither be venenate for so the reflow thereof to the noble parts would prove mortall Wherefore the Chirurgion shall rather assist nature in attracting and drawing forth that humor Yet if the defluxion shall be so violent if the paine so fierce that thence there may be feare of watchings and a Feaver which may deject the powers Galen thinks it will be expedient with many resolving medicines to mix some repelling Wherefore at the beginning let such a Cataplasme be applyed ℞ Far. hord sem lin ana ℥ ij coquantur cum mulsa aut decocto cham addendo but. recen olei cham ana ℥ j fiat Cataplasma And the following oyntment wil also be good ℞ But. recen ℥ ij oles cham lilior an ℥ j. unguen de Althea ℥ ss cerae parum make an oyntment to be applyed with moist and greasie wooll to mitigate the paine also somewhat more strong discussing and resolving medicins will be profitable as ℞ Rad. altheae bryon an ℥ ij fol. rutae puleg. orig an m. j. flo chamaem melil an p. j. coquantur in hydromelite pistentur traijciantur addendo farin faenugraec orobi an ℥ j. pal Ireos cham melilot an ℥ ij olet aneth rutac. an ℥ j. fiat cataplasma But if you determine to resolve it any more you may use Emplastrum Oxycroceum Melilot-Plaister If the humor doth there concrete and grow hard you must betake you to the medicines which were prescribed in the Chapter of the Scirrhus but if it tend to suppuration you shall apply the following medicine ℞ Rad. liliorum ceparum sub cineribus coct an ℥ iij. Vitell. over num ij axung suilla unguent basilicon an ℥ j. far sem lini ℥ iss fiat Cataplasma But if the matter doe so require let the tumor be opened as we have formerly prescribed CHAP. IIII. Of the Epulis or overgrowing of the flesh of the Gums THe Epulis is a fleshy excrescence of the Gums betweene the teeth which is by litle and litle oft times encreased to the bignes of an Egge so that it both hinders the speach and eating it casts forth salivous and stincking filth and not seldome degenerates into a Cancer which you may understand by the propriety of the colour paine and other accidents for then you must by no meanes touch it with your hand But that which doth not torment the Patient with paine may be pluckt away and let this be the manner thereof Let it be tyed with a double thred which must be straiter twitched untill such time as it fall off when it shall fall away the place must be burnt with a cautery put through a trunke or pipe or with Aqua fortis or oyle of Vitrioll but with great care that the sound parts adjoyning there to be not hurt for if so be that it be not burnt it usually returnes I have often by this meanes taken away such large tumors of this kinde that they hung out of the mouth in no small bignes to the great dissiguring of the face which when as no Chirurgion durst touch because the flesh looked livide I
divers times done with good successe But if it cannot be so done it will be better to put to your hand than through idlenesse to suffer the patient to remaine in imminent and deadly danger of strangling yet in this there must very great caution be used for the Chirurgeon shall not judge the Vvula fit to be touched with an instrument or caustick which is swolne with much enflamed or blacke blood after the manner of a Cancer but hee shall boldly put to his hand if it be longish grow small by litle and litle into a sharpe loose soft point if it be neither exceeding red neither swolne with too much blood but whitish and without paine Therefore that you may more easily and safely cut away that which redounds and is superfluous desire the patient to sit in a light place and hold his mouth open then take hold of the top of the Vvula with your sizers and cut away as much thereof as shall be thought unprofitable Other-wise you shall binde it with the instrument here under described the invention of this instrument is to be ascribed to Honoratus Tastellanus that diligent and learned man the Kings Physition in ordinary and the chiefe Physition of the Queene mother Which also may be used in binding of Polypi and warts in the necke of the Wombe The Deliniation of constrictory rings fit to twitch or binde the Columella with a twisted thred A. Shewes the ring whose upper part is some-what hollow B. A double waxed thred which is couched in the hollownesse of the ring and hath a running or loose knot upon it C. An iron rod into the eye whereof the fore-mentioned double thred is put and it is to twitch the Columella when as much thereof is taken hold of as is unprofitable and so to take it away without any fluxe of blood When you would straiten the thred draw it againe through this iron rod and so straine it as much as you shall thinke good letting the end of the thred hang out of the mouth But every day it must be twitched harder than other untill it fall away by meanes thereof and so the part and patient be restored to health I have deliniated three of these instruments that you may use which you will as occasion shall be offered A Figure of the Speculum oris by which the mouth is held and kept open whilest the Chirurgion is busied in the cutting away or binding the Vvula But if an eating ulcer shall associate this relaxation of the Vvula together with a fluxe of blood then it must be burnt and seared with an hot iron so thrust into a Trunke or Pipe with an hole in it that no sound part of the mouth may be offended therewith A hollow Trunke with a hole in the side with the hot iron inserted or put therein CHAP. VIII Of the Angina or Squinzy THe Squinancy or Squinzy is a swelling of the jawes which hinders the entring of the ambient aire into the weazon and the vapours and spirit from passage forth and the meate also from being swallowed There are three differences thereof The first torments the patient with great paine no swelling being outwardly apparent by reason the morbificke humor lyes hid behinde the almonds or Glandules at the Vertebrae of the necke so that it cannot be perceived unlesse you hold downe the tongue with a spatula or the Speculum oris for so you may see the rednesse and tumor there lying hid The patient cannot draw his breath nor swallow downe meate nor drinke his tongue likes Gray-hounds after a course hangs out of his mouth and he holds his mouth open that so hee may the more easily draw his breath to conclude his voyce is as it were drownd in his jawes and nose he cannot lye upon his backe but lying is forced to fit so to breathe more freely and because the passage is stopt the drinke flyes out at his nose the eyes are fiery and swollen and standing out of their orbe Those which are thus affected are often suddainely suffocated a foame rising about their mouthes The second difference is said to be that in which the tumor appeares inwardly but litle or scarse any thing at all outwardly the tongue Glandules and jawes appearing some what swollen The third being least dangerous of them all causes a great swelling outwardly but litle inwardly The Causes are either internall or externall The externall are a stroake splinter or the like things sticking in the Throat or the excesse of extreme cold or heat The internall causes are a more plentifull defluxion of the humors either from the whole body or the braine which participate of the nature either of blood choler or flegme but seldome of Melancholy The signes by which the kinde and commixture may be knowne have beene declared in the generall treatise of tumors The Squincy is more dangerous by how much the humor is lesse apparent within and without That is lesse dangerous which shewes it selfe outwardly because such an one shuts not up the wayes of the meate nor breath Some dye of a Squincy in twelue houres others in two foure or seven daies Those saith Hippocrates which scape the Squincy the disease passes to the lungs and they dye within seven dayes but if they scape these dayes they are suppurated but also often times this kind of disease is terminated by disappearing that is by an obscure reflux of the humor into some noble part as into the Lungs whence the Empyema proceeds and into other principall parts whose violating brings inevitable death sometimes by resolution otherwise by suppuration The way of Resolution is the more to be desired it happens when the matter is small and that subtle especially if the Physition shall draw blood by opening a veine and the patient use fitting Gargarismes A Criticall Squincy divers times proves deadly by reason of the great falling downe of the humor upon the throtle by which the passage of the breath is sodainely shut up Brothes must be used made with Capons and Veale seasoned with Lettuce Purslaine Sorrell and the cold seeds If the Patient shall be some what weake let him have potched Egges and Barly Creames the Barly being first boiled with Raisons in water and Sugar and other meates of this kinde Let him be forbidden wine in stead where of he may use Hydromelita and Hydrosachara that is drinkes made of water and Hony or water and Sugar as also the Syrupes of dryed Roses of Violets Sorrell and Limons and others of this kinde Let him avoide too much sleepe But in the meane time the Physition must be carefull of all because this disease is of their kinde which brooke no delayes Wherefore let the Basilica be presently opened on that side the tumor is the greater then within a short time after the same day for evacuation of the conjunct matter let the veine under the tongue be opened let cupping-Glasses
moist or dry The moist is called the Ascites by reason of the similitude it hath with a leather bottle or Borachio because the waterish humor is contained in that capacity as it were in such a vessell The dry is called the Tympanites or Timpany by reason the belly swolne with winde sounds like a Tympanum that is a Drum But when the whole habit of the body is distended with a Phlegmaticke humor it is called Anasarca or Leucophlegmatia In this last kinde of Dropsie the lower parts first swell as which by reason of their site are more subject to receive defluxions and more remote from the fountaine of the native heate wherefore if you presse them downe the print of your finger will remaine sometime after the patients face will become pale and puffed up whereby it may be distinguished from the two other kinds of Dropsie For in them first the belly then by a certaine consequence the thighes and feet doe swell There are besides also particular Dropsies contained in the strait bounds of certaine places such are the Hydrocephalos in the head the Bronchochele in the throat the Pleurocele in the Chest the Hydrocele in the Scrotum or Cod and so of the rest Yet they all arise from the same cause that is the weaknesse or defect of the altering or concocting faculties especially of the liver which hath beene caused by a Scyrrbus or any kinde of great distemper cheifly cold whether it happen primarily or secondarily by reason of some hote distemper dissipating the native and inbred heate such a Dropsie is uncureable or else it comes by consent of some other higher or lower part for if in the Lungs Midriffe or Reines there be any distemper or disease bred it is easily communicated to the gibbous part of the Liver by the branches of the hollow veine which runne thither But if the mischiefe proceed from the Spleene Stomacke Mesentery Guts especially the Iejunum and Ileum it creeps into the hollow side of the Liver by the meseraicke veines and other branches of the Vena porta or Gate-veine For thus such as are troubled with the Asthma ptisicke Spleene Iaundise and also the Phrensie fall into a Dropsie Lastly all such as have the menstruall or haemorrhoidall bloud suppressed or too immoderatly flowing contrary to their custome either overwhelmes diminisheth or extinguisheth the native heate no otherwise than fire which is suffocated by too great a quantity of wood or dieth and is extinguished for want thereof We must looke for the same from the excrements of the belly or bladder cast forth either too sparingly or too immoderatly Or by too large quantity of meates too cold and rashly devoured without any order To conclude by every default of externall causes through which occasion error may happen in diet or exercise The Ascites is distinguished from the two other kinds of Dropsies both by the magnitude of the efficient cause as also by the violence of the Symptomes as the dejected appetite thirst and swelling of the Abdomen And also when the body is moved or turned upon either side you may heare a sound as of the jogging of water in a vessell halfe full Lastly the humor is diversely driven upwards or downewards according to the turning of the body and compression of the Abdomen It also causeth various Symptomes by pressure of the parts to which it floweth For it causeth difficultie of breathing and the cough by pressing the Midriffe by sweating through into the capacity of the Chest it causeth like Symptomes as the Empyema Besides also the Patients often seeme as it were by the ebbing and flowing of the waterish humor one while to be carryed to the skies and another whiles to be drowned in the water which I have learnt not by reading of any author but by the report of the patients themselves But if these waterish humors be fallen downe to the lower parts they suppresse the excrements of the Gutts and bladder by pressing straitning the passages When the patient lies on his backe the tumor seemes lesse because it is spread on both sides On the contrary when hee stands or sits it seemes greater for that all the humor is forced or driven into the lower belly whence hee feeles a heavines in the Pecten or share The upper parts of the body fall away by defect of the bloud fit for nourishment in quality and consistence but the lower parts swell by the flowing downe of the Serous and watrish humor to them The pulse is little quicke and hard with tention This disease is of the kinde of Chronicall or long diseases wherefore it is scarce or never cured especially in those who have it from their mothers wombe who have the Action of their Stomacke depraved and those who are cachecticke old and lastly all such as have the naturall facultie languishing and faultie On the contrary young and strong men especially if they have no Feaver and finally all who can endure labour and those exercises which are fit for curing this disease easily recover principally if they use a Physition before the water which is gathered together doe putrifie and infect the bowells by its contagion CHAP. XII Of the cure of the Dropsie THe beginning of the cure must be with gentle and milde medicines neither must we come to a Paracentesis unlesse we have formerly used and tried these Therefore it shall be the part of the Physition to prescribe a drying diet and such medicines as carry away water both by stoole and urine Hippocrates ordaines this powder for Hydropicke persons â„ž Canthar ablatis capitib alis â„¥ ss Comburentur in furno fiat pulvis of which administer two graines in white wine for nature helped by this and the like remedies hath not seldome beene seene to have cured the dropsie But that we may hasten the cure it will be availeable to stirre up the native heate of the part by application of those medicines which have a discussing force as bagges baths ointments and emplaisters Let bagges be made of drie and harsh Bran Oates Salt Sulphure being made hot or for want of them of Sander or Ashes often heated The more effectuall baths are salt nitrous and sulphurous waters whether by Nature or Art that is prepared by the dissolution of Salt niter and Sulphur to which if Rue Marjarom the leaves of Fennell and tops of Dill of Staechas and the like be added the businesse will goe better forwards Let the ointments be made of the oyles of Rue Dill Baies and Squills in which some Euphorbium Pellitory of Spaine or Pepper have beene boyled Let plaisters be made of Franckinsence Myrrhe Turpintine Costus Baiberies English galengall hony the dung of Oxen Pigeons Goats Horses and the like which also may be applied by themselves If the disease continue we must come to Synapismes and Phoenigmes that is to rubrifying and vesicatory medicines When
must presently be made in the flesh lying there under shall be consolidated the skinne by its falling therein may serve for that purpose then therefore let him divide the musculous flesh and Peritonaum with a small wound not hurting the Kall or Guts Then put into the wound a trunke or golden or silver crooked pipe of the thicknesse of a Gooses-quill and of the length of some halfe a finger Let that part of it which goes into the capacity of the belly have something a broad head and that perforated with two small holes by which a string being fastened it may be bound so about the body that it cannot be moved unlesse at the Chirurgions pleasure Let a spunge be put into the pipe which may receive the dropping humor and let it be taken out when you would evacuate the water but let it not be powred out all together but by little and little for feare of dissipation of the spirits and resolution of the faculties which I once saw happen to one sicke of the Dropsie He being impatient of the disease and cure thereof thrust a Bodkin into his belly and did much rejoyce at the powring forth of the water as if he had bin freed from the humor and the disease but died within a few houres because the force of the water running forth could by no meanes be staied for the incision was not artificially made But it will not be sufficient to have made way for the humor by the meanes aforementioned but also the externall orifice of the pipe must be stopped and strengthened by double cloathes and a strong ligature least any of the water flow forth against our wills But we must note that the pipe is not to be drawne out of the wound before as much water shall be issued forth as we desire the tumor requireth for once drawne forth it cannot easily be put in againe and without force paine be fitted to the lips of the wound because the skin and fleshy pannicle cover it by their falling into the wound of the flesh or muscle But whilest the water is in evacuation we must have a diligent care of feeding the Patient as also of his strength for if that faile and he seeme to be debilitated the effusion of the water must be staied for some dayes which at the length performed according to our desire the wound must be so consolidated that the Chirurgion beware it degenerate not into a Fistula The Figure of a Pipe informe of a Quill to evacuate the water in Dropsies Others performe this businesse after another manner for making an incision they thrust through the lipps of the wound with a needle and threed but they take up much of the fleshie substance with the needle least that which is taken up should be rent and torne by the forcible drawing of the lippes together Then the threed it selfe is wrapped up and downe over both ends of the needle so thrust through as is usually done in a hare-lippe that so the lippes of the wound may so closely cohere that not a drop of water may get out against the Chirurgions will Sometimes such as are cured and healed of the Dropsie fall into the Iaundise whom I usually cure after this manner â„ž sterc anser Ê’ij dissolve it in â„¥ iij vini alb coletur make a Potion and let it be given two houres before meate CHAP. XIII Of the tumor and relaxation of the Navell THe Exomphalos or swelling of the Navell is caused by the Peritonaeum either relaxed or broken for by this occasion oft-times the Guts and oft-times the Kall fall into the seat of the Navell and sometimes superfluous flesh is there generated otherwise this tumor is as an Aneurisma by too great a quantity of bloud powred forth in that place otherwise by a flatulent matter and sometimes by a waterish humor If the humor be occasioned by the Kall the part it selfe will retaine his proper colour that is the colour of the skinne the tumor will be soft and almost without paine and which will reside without noise either by the pressure of your fingers or of it selfe when the Patient lieth on his backe but the tumor caused by the guts is more unequall and when it is forced in by the pressure of your fingers there is such a noise heard as in the Enterocele but if the tumor proceede of superfluous flesh it will be harder and more stubborne not easily retiring into the body although the Patient lie upon his backe and you presse it with your fingers The tumor is softer which proceeds of winde but which will not retire into the body and sounds under your naile like a taber If the swelling be caused by a waterish humor it hath all things common with the flatuous tumor except that it is not so visible and without noise If it be from effusion of bloud it is of a livid colour but if the effused bloud shall be arteriall then there are the signes of an Aneurisme Wherefore when the tumor is caused by the Guts Kall Winde or a waterish humour it is cured by Chirurgery but not if it proceede from a fleshie excrescence or suffusion of bloud The tumor of the Navell proceeding from the Kall and Guts the Patient must lie upon his backe to be cured and then the Kall and Guts must with your fingers be forced into their due place then the skinne with which the tumor is circumscribed must be taken up with your fingers and thrust through with a needle drawing after it a double twined and strong threed then it must be scatified about the sides that so it may be the easier agglutinated Then must it be thrust through with a needle three or foure times according to the manner and condition of the distention and tumor And so twitch it strongly with a threed that the skinne which is so bound may at length fall off together with the ligatures But also you may cut off the skinne so distended even to the ligature and then cicatrize it as shall be fit A flatulent tumor of the Navell shall be cured with the same remedies as we shall hereafter mention in the cure of a windy rupture but the watery may be powred forth by making a small incision And the wound shall be kept open so long untill all the water be drained forth CHAP. XIIII Of the Tumors of the Groines and Codds called Herniae that is Ruptures THe ancient Phisitions have made many kindes of Ruptures yet indeede there are onely three to be called by that name that is the Intestinalis or that of the guts the Zirbalis or that of the kall and that which is mixed of them both The other kindes of Ruptures have come into this order rather by similitude than any truth of the thing for in them the Gut or Kall doe not forsake their places The Greekes have given to all these severall names
either Or serving the principall as The Weason Lungs gullet Stomacke Gutts Bladder Or neither The Eares Nose Feete Hands and other of the same kinde From their proper essence from whence they are called Simple wounds When there is no complication of any other disease or symptome besides Or compound When there is a complication of some one or more diseases which unlesse they be taken away wee must not hope for to cure the wound From their quantity according to which they are called Great Long Broad Deepe Indifferent Little Short Narrow Super ficiarie From their figure according to which they are named Straight Oblique Cornered CHAP. II. Of the causes of Wounds ALL things which may outwardly assayle the body with force and violence may be counted the causes of wounds which are called greene and properly bloody These things are either animate or inanimate The animate as the bitings and prickings of beasts The Inanimate as the stroake of an arrow sword clubb gunne stone a dagger and all such like things From the variety of such like causes they have divers names for those which are made by sharpe and pricking things are called punctures those caused by cutting things are called wounds or gashes and those which are made by heavy and obtuse things are named Contusions or wounds with Contusions CHAP. III. Of the signes of Wounds WOunds are first knowne by sight and by the signes drawne from thence The Chirurgion ought first and chiefely to consider what wounds are cureable and what not what wounds will scarce admit of cure and what may be easily cured for it is not the part of a prudent Chirurgion to promise cure in a deadly or dangerous and difficult wound Least he may seeme to have killed him whom not the unsufficiencie of the Art but the greatnesse of the wound hath slaine But when the wound is dangerous but yet without despaire of recovery it belongs to him to admonish the Patients friends which are by of the present danger and doubtfull state of the wound that if Art shall be overcome by the greatnesse thereof hee shall not be thought ignorant of the Art neither to have deceived them But as this is the part and duty of a good and prudent Chirurgion so it is the tricke of a cheating and jugling knave to enlarge small wounds that so he may seeme to have done a great cure when it is nothing so But it is agreeable to reason that the Chirurgion professing the disease easie to be cured will thinke himselfe in credit bound by such promises and his duty and therefore seeke all meanes for the quicke recovery of the patient leâ—t that which was of its owne nature small may by his negligence become great Therefore it is expedient he should know what wounds are to be accounted great This as Galen saith is three wayes to be knowne The first is by the magnitude and principallity of the part affected for thus the wounds of the Braine Heart and of the greater vessells though small of themselves yet are thought great Then from the greatnesse of the solution of continuity for which cause wounds may be judged great in which much of the substance of the part is lost in every dimension though the part be one of these which are accounted servile Then from the malignitie through which occasion the wounds of the joynts are accounted great because for the most part they are ill conditioned CHAP. IIII. Of Prognostickes to be made in VVounds THose Wounds are thought dangerous wherein any large Nerve Veine or Artery are hurt From the first there is feare of convulsion but from the other large effusion of the veinous or arterious blood whence the powers are debilitated also these are judged evill which are upon the arme pitts groines leskes joynts and betweene the fingers and likewise those which hurt the head or taile of a Muscle They are least dangerous of all other which wound onely the fleshy substance But they are deadly which are inflicted upon the Bladder Braine Heart Liver Lungs Stomacke and small guts But if any Bone Gristle Nerve or portion of the cheeke or prepuce shall be cut away they cannot bee restored Contused wounds are more difficult to cure than those which are onely from a simple solution of continuity for before you must thinke to heale them up you must suppurate and clense them which cannot be done in a short time Wounds which are round and circular are so much the worse for there can be no unity unlesse by an angle that is a meeting together of two lines which can have no place in round wounds because a circular figure consists of one oblique line Besides wounds are by so much thought the greater by how much their extremes and lipps are the further dis-joyned which happens to round Wounds Contrary to these are cornered wounds or such as are made alongst the fibers as such as may bee easily healed Wounds may be more easily healed in young men than in old because in them nature is more vigorous and there is a greater plenty of fruitefull or good blood by which the losse of the flesh may be the better and more readily restored which is slowlier done in an old body by reason their blood is smaller in quantity and more dry and the strength of nature more languide Wounds received in the Spring are not altogether so difficult to heale as those taken in Winter or Summer For all excesse of heate and cold is hurtfull to them it is ill for a convulsion to happen upon a Wound for it is a signe that some Nervous body is hurt the braine suffering together therewith as that which is the originall of the Nerves A Tumor comming upon great Wounds is good for it shewes the force of nature is able to expell that which is harmefull and to ease the wounded part The organicall parts wholly cut off cannot againe be united because a vitall part once severed and plucked from the trunke of the body cannot any more receive influence from the heart as from a roote without which there can bee no life The loosed continuity of the Nerves Veines Arteries and also the bones is sometimes restored not truely and as they say according to the first intention but by the second that is by reposition of the like but not of the same substance The first intention takes place in the fleshie parts by converting the Alimentary bloud into the proper substance of the wounded part But the second in the spermatique parts in which the lost substance may be repaired by interposition of some heterogeneous body which nature diligent for its owne preservation substitutes in place of that which is lost for thus the body which restores and agglutinats is no bone but a Callus whose originall matter is from an humor somewhat grosser than that from whence the bones have their originall and beginning This humor when it
shall come to the place of the fracture agglutinateth the ends of the bones together which otherwise could never bee so knit by reason of their hardnesse The bones of children are more easily and speedily united by reason of the pliantnesse of their soft and tender substance Lastly wee must here admonish the Chirurgion that small Wounds and such as no Artisan will judge deadly doe divers times kill by reason of a certaine occult and ill disposition of the wounded and incompassing bodies for which cause we reade it observed by Hippocrates that it is not sufficient for the Physition to performe his duty but also externall things must be rightly prepared and fitted CHAP. V. Of the Cure of Wounds in generall THe Chirurgion ought for the right cure of wounds to propose unto himselfe the common and generall indication that is the uniting of the divided parts which indication in such a case is thought upon and knowne even by the vulgar for that which is dis-joyned desires to bee united because union is contrary to division But by what meanes such union may be procured is onely knowne to the skilfull Artisan Therefore we attaine unto this chiefe and principall Indication by the benefit of nature as it were the chiefe Agent and the work of the Chirurgion as the servant of nature And unlesse nature shall be strong the Chirurgion shall never attaine to his conceived and wished for end therefore that he may attaine hereto he must performe five things the first is that if there bee any strange bodies as peeces of Wood Iron Bones bruised flesh congealed blood or the like whether they have come from without or from within the body and shall be by accident fastened or stucke in the wound he must take them away for otherwise there is no union to be expected Another is that he joyne together the lippes of the Wound for they cannot other-wise be agglutinated and united The third is that he keepe close together the joyned lippes The fourth that he preserve the temper of the wounded part for the distemper remaining it is impossible to restore it to its unity The fifth is that he correct the accidents if any shall happen because these urging the Physition is often forced to change the order of the cure All strange and externall bodies must bee taken away as speedily as is possible because they hinder the action of nature intending unity especially if they presse or pricke any Nervous body or Tendon whence paine or an Abscesse may breede in any principall part or other serving the principall Yet if by the quicke and too hasty taking forth of such like bodies there bee feare of cruell paine or great effusion of bloud it will bee farre better to commit the whole worke to nature than to exasperate the Wound by too violent hastening For nature by little and little will exclude as contrary to it or else together with the Pus what strange body soever shall be contayned in the wounded part But if there shall be danger in delay it will bee fit the Chirurgion fall to worke quickely safely and as mildely as the thing will suffer for effusion of blood swooning convulsion and other horrid symptomes follow upon the too rough and boystrous handling of Wounds whereby the patient shall be brought into greater danger than by the wound it selfe Therefore he may pull out the strange bodies either with his fingers or with instruments fit for that purpose but they are sometimes more easily and sometimes more hardly pulled forth according as the body infixed is either hard or easie to be found or pulled out Which thing happens according to the variety of the figure of such like bodies according to the condition of the part it selfe soft hard or deepe in which these bodies are fastened more straitly or more loosely and then for feare of inferring any worse harme as the breaking of some Vessell but how wee may performe this first intention and also the expression of the instruments necessary for this purpose shall be showne in the particular treaties of wounds made by Gun-shot Arrowes and the like But the Surgeon shall attaine to the second and third scope of curing wounds by two and the same meanes that is by ligatures and sutures which notwithstanding before hee use hee must well observe whether there be any great fluxe of blood present for he shall stoppe it if it be too violent but provoake it if too slow unlesse by chance it shall be powred out into any capacity or belly that so the part freed from the superfluous quantity of blood may be lesse subject to inflammation Therefore the lippes of the wounds shall be put together and shall bee kept so joyned by suture and ligatures Not truly of all but onely of those which both by their nature and magnitude as also by the condition of the parts in which they are are worthy and capable of both the remedies For a simple and small solution of continuity stands only in neede of the Ligature which we call incarnative especially if it be in the Armes or Legges but that which divides the Muscles transversly stands in need of both Suture and Ligature that so the Lippes which are somewhat farre distant from each other and as it were drawne towards their beginnings and ends may bee conjoyned If any portion of a fleshy substance by reason of some great cut shall hang downe it must necessarily be adjoyned and kept in the place by suture The more notable and large Wounds of all the parts stand in need of Suture which doe not easily admit a Ligature by reason of the figure and site of the part in which they are as the Eares Nose Hairy-scalpe Eie-liddes Lippes Belly and Throat There are three sorts of Ligatures by the joynt consent of all the Ancients They commonly call the first a Glutinative or Incarnative the second Expulsive the third Retentive The Glutinative or Incarnative is fit for simple greene and yet bloody wounds This consists of two ends and must so be drawne that beginning on the contrary part of the wound wee may so goe upwards partly crossing it and going downewards againe we may closely joyne together the lippes of the Wound But let the Ligature be neither too strait least it may cause inflammation or paine nor too loose least it be of no use and may not well containe it The Expulsive Ligature is fit for sanious and fistulous ulcers to presse out the filth contained in them This is performed with one Rowler having one simple head the beginning of binding must bee taken from the bottome of the Sinus or bosome thereof and there it must be bound more straightly and so by little and little going higher you must remit something of that rigour even to the mouth of the Vlcer That so as we have said the sanious matter may be pressed forth The Retentive Ligature is fit for such parts as
their figures that you may use either as occasion shall serve The Figure of Pipes with fenestels in them and Needles fit for Sutures The second Suture is made just after the same manner as the Skinners sowe their â—els or forrs And the guts must be sowed with this kind of Suture if they shall be at any time wounded that the excrements come not forth by the wound The third Suture is made by one or more needles having threed in them thrust through the wound the threed being wrapped to and againe at the head and the point of the needle as boyes use to fasten their needle for feare of losing it in their caps or clothes This kind of Suture is fit in the curing and healing of Hare-lips as we shall shew you hereafter expressed by a Figure The fourth kind of Suture is tearmed Gastroraphia invented for the restoring and uniting the great Muscles of the Epigastrium or lower belly cut with a great wound together with the Peritonaeum lying under them The manner whereof we will shew in due place The fifth kind is called the Dry Suture which we use onely in the wounds of the face which also we will describe in its proper place CHAP. VII Of the Flux of blood which usually happens in wounds OFt times great bleeding followes upon wounds by reason of some vessell cut broken or torne which there is neede to heale and helpe diligently because the blood is the treasure of nature without which life cannot consist The Blood which floweth from an Artery is thus knowne It is more subtile it runs forth as it were leaping by reason of the vitall spirit contained together with it in the Arteries On the contrary that which floweth from a Veine is more grosse blacke and slow Now there are many wayes of stenching blood The first and most usuall is that by which the lips of the wound are closed and unlesse it be somewhat deepe are contained by Medicines which have an astringent cooling drying and glutinous faculty As terrae sigill Boli Armeni ana â„¥ ss thuris Mastichis Myr hae Aloes ana Ê’ ij Farinae volat molend â„¥ j. Fiat pulvis qui albumine ovi excipiatur r Or â„ž Thuris Aloes ana partes aequales Let them bee mixt with the white of an Egge and the downe of a hare and let the pledgets bee dipped in these Medicines as well those which are put unto the wound as those which are applied about it Then let the wound be bound up with a double clop and fit Ligature and the part bee so seated as may seeme the least troublesome and most free from paine But if the blood cannot be stayed by this meanes when you have taken off all that covereth it you shall presse the wound and the orifice of the Vessell with your thumbe so long untill the blood shall bee concrete about it into so thick a clott as may stop the passage But if it cannot be thus staied then the Suture if any be must be opened and the mouth of the Vessell towards the originall or roote must bee taken hold of and bound with your needle and threed with as great a portion of the flesh as the condition of the part will permit For thus I have staid great bleedings even in the amputation of members as I shall shew in fit place To performe this worke wee are often forced to divide the skin which covereth the wounded Vessell For if the Iugular veine or Artery be cut it will contract and withdraw it selfe upwards and down-wards Then the skinne it selfe must bee laid open under which it lieth and thrusting a needle and threed under it it must be bound as I have offen done But before you loose the knot it is fit the flesh be growne up that it may stop the mouth of the Vessell least it should then bleed But if the condition of the part shall be such as may forbid this comprehension and binding of the Vessell we must come to Escharoticks such as are the powder of burnt Vitriol the powder of Mercury with a small quantity of burnt Allume and Cawsticks which cause an Escar The falling away of which must be left to Nature and not procured by art least it should fall away before that the orifice of the Vessel shall be stopt with the flesh or clotted blood But some times it happens that the Chirurgion is forced wholly to cut off the vessell it selfe that thus the ends of the cut vessell withdrawing themselves and shrincking upwards and downewards being hidden by the quantity of the adjacent and incompassing parts the fluxe of blood which was before not to bee staid may bee stopped with lesse labour Yet this is an extreame remedy and not to bee used unlesse you have in vaine attempted the former CHAP. VIII Of the paine which happens upon wounds THe paines which followes upon wounds ought to be quickly aswaged because nothing so quickly dejects the powers and it alwayes causes a defluxion of how good soever a habite and temper the body be of for Nature ready to yeeld assistance to the wounded part alwayes sends more humours to it than are needfull for the nourishment thereof whereby it comes to passe that the defluxion is easily encreased either by the quantity or quality or by both Therefore to take away this paine the author of defluxion let such Medicines bee applyed to the part as have a repelling and mitigating faculty as â„ž Olei Myrtini Rosarum ana â„¥ ij Cerae alb â„¥ j. Farinae hordei â„¥ ss Boli armeni terra sigillat ana Ê’ vj. Melt the Waxe in the Oyles then incorporate all the rest and according to Art make a Medicine to be applyed about the part or â„ž Emplast Diacalcith â„¥ iv Ole Rosar aceti ana â„¥ ss liquefiant simul and let a Medicine be made for the fore mentioned use Irrigations of oyle of Roses and Mirtiles with the white of an Egge or a whole Egge added thereto may serve for lenitives if there be no great inflammation Rowlers and double cloathes moistened in Oxycrate will be also convenient for the same purpose But the force of such Medicines must be often renewed for when they are dryed they augment the paine But if the paine yeld not to these we must come to narcoticke Medicines such as are the Oyle of Poppy of Mandrake a Caraplasme of Henbane and Sorrell adding thereto Mallowes and Marsh-mallows of which we spoke formerly in treating of a Phlegmon Lastly we must give heed to the cause of the paine to the kind and nature of the humour that flowes down and to the way which Nature affects for according to the variety of these things the Medicines must be varied as if heat cause paine it will be aswaged by application of cooling things and the like reason observed in the contrary if Nature intend suppuration you must helpe forwards
admonished and told of the danger for many more die who have not the broken bones of the scull taken out than those that have But the Instruments with which the wounded or cleft bones may be cut out are called Scalpri or Radulae of which I have caused diverse sorts to be here decyphered that every one might take his choice according to his minde and as shall bee best for his purpose But all of them may be scrued into one handle the figure whereof I have here exhibited Radulae or Scalpri i Shavers or Scrapers Radulae of another forme for the better cutting of the greater bones To conclude when the scull shall be wounded or broken with a simpleifissure the Chirurgion must thinke he hath done sufficient to the patient and in his Art if hee shall divide the bone and dilate the fissure or cleft with the described Instruments though he have used no Trepan although the fissure pierce thorough both the Tables But if it doth not exceed the first Table you must stay your scrapers as soone as you come to the second according to the opinion of Paulus but if the bone shall be broken and shivered into many peeces they shall be taken forth with fit Instruments using also a Trepan if neede shall require after the same manner as we shall shew you hereafter CHAP. V. Of a Contusion which is the second sort of fracture AN Ecchymosis that is an effusion of blood presently concreating under the musculous skinne without any wound is oft caused by a violent Contusion This Contusion if it shall be great so that the skinne be devided from the scull it is expedient that you make an incision whereby the blood may bee evacuated and emptied For in this case you must wholy desist from suppurative medicines which otherwise would be of good use in a fleshy part by reason that all movst things are hurtfull to the bones as shall be showne hereafter But if the bone shall be too strong thicke and dense so that this Instrument will not serve to plucke it forth then you must perforate the scull in the very center of the depression and with this threefold Instrument or Levatory put into the hole lift up and restore the bone to its naturall site for this same Instrument is of strength sufficient for that purpose It is made with three feete that so it may be applyed to any part of the head which is round but divers heads may be fitted to the end thereof according as the businesse shall require as the figure here placed doth shew A three footed Levatorie A deliniation of other Levatories A A. Shewes the point or tongue of the Levatory which must be somewhat dull that so it may bee the more gently and easily put betweene the Dura Mater and the scull and this part thereof may be lifted up so much by the head or handle taken in your hand as the necessity of the present operation shall require B. Intimates the body of the Levatory which must bee foure square lest the point or tongue put thereon should not stand fast but the end of this Body must rest upon the sound bone as on a sure foundation The use thereof is thus put the point or tongue under the broken or depressed bone then lift the handle up with your hand that so the depressed bone may bee elevated C. Shewes the first Arme of the other Levatory whose crooked end must bee gently put under the depressed bone D. Shewes the other Arme which must rest on the sound bone that by the firme standing thereof it may life up the depressed bone But if at any time it comes to passe that the bone is not totally broken or deprest but onely on one side it will be fit so to lift it up as also to make a vent for the issuing out of the filth to devide the scull with little sawes like these which ye see here expressed for thus so much of the bone as shall be thought needefull may be cut off without compression neither will there be any danger of hurting the braine or membrane with the broken bone The Figures of Sawes fit to divide the scull But if by such signes as are present and shall appeare wee perceive or judge that the contusion goes but to the second Table or scarse so farre the baring or taking away of the bone must go no further than the contusion reaches for that will bee sufficient to eschew and divert Inflammation and divers other symptomes And this shall be done with a scaling or Desquamatory Trepan as they terme it with which you may easily take up as much of the bone as you shall thinke expedient And I have here given you the figure thereof A Desquamatorie or Scaling Trepan CHAP. VI. Of an Effracture depression of the bone being the third kinde of Fracture BEfore I come to speake of an Effracture I thinke it not amisse to crave pardon of the courteous and understanding Reader for this reason especially that as in the former Chapter when I had determined and appointed to speake of a Contusion I inserted many things of a Depression so also in this chapter of an Effracture I intend to intermixe something of a Contusion wee doe not this through any ignorance of the thing it selfe for wee know that it is called a contusion when the bone is deprest and crusht but falles not downe But an Effracture is when the bone falls downe and is broken by a most violent blow But it can scarse come so to passe but that the things themselves must be confounded and mixt both as they are done and also when they are spoken of so that you shall scarse see a Contusion without an Effracture or this without that Therefore the bones are often broken off and driven downe with great and forcible blowes with clubbes whether round or square or by falling from a high place directly downe more or lesse according to the force of the blow kinde of weapon and condition of the part receiving the same Wherefore you must bee provided with diversity of remedies and Instruments to encounter therewith Wherefore admit the bone is pressed downe and shivered into many peeces now for that these splinters neede not be taken out with a Trepan you may do the businesse with Levatories made and neatly fashioned for that purpose such as these which are here exprest A Levatorie But we must have speciall care least that in pulling and taking out of these scales and splinters we hurt the membranes These scales are somtimes very rough prickly so that they cannot touch the Meninges without offence but somewhiles the businesse is so intricate that they cannot be taken out unlesse by enlarging the fracture Wherefore in this case if there be a space so large as that the ends of these mullets may enter you may easily sheare off so much of the bone as shall be necessary â—…equisite for the taking away
defaced that it may seeme one bone growne together of many This shall be made manifest by recitall of the following Historie A servant of Massus the Poste-master had a greevous blow with a stone upon the right Bregma which made but a small wound yet a great contusion and Tumor Wherefore that it might more plainely appeare whether the bone had received any harme and also that the congealed blood might be pressed forth the wound was dilated the skinne being opened by Theodore Hereus the Chirurgion who as hee was a skillfull workeman and an honest man omitted nothing which Art might doe for his cure When he had divided the skinne the bone was found whole although it was much to bee feared that it was broken because he fell presently to the ground with the blow vomited and shewed other signes of a fractured scull so it happened that he dyed on the one twentieth day of his sicknes But I being called to learne search how he came by his death deviding the scul with a saw found in the part opposite to the blow a great quantity of Sanies or bloody matter and an Abscesse in the Crassae meninx and also in the substance of the very braine but no sutures but the two scaly ones Therefore that is certaine which is now confirmed by the authority of Hippocrates as also by reason and experience that a blow may bee received on the one side and the bone may be fractured on the opposite especially in such as have either no sutures or else so firmely united and closed that they are scarse apparent Neither is it absured that the part opposite to that which received the stroake of the same bone and not of diverse bones may be cloven and in those men who have their sculls well made and naturally distinguished and composed with sutures and this both was and is the true meaning of Hippocrates That this may bee the better understood we must note that the opposite part of the same bone may be understood two manner of wayes First when the fracture is in the same surface of the smitten bone as if that part of one of the bones of the Bregma which is next to the Lambdall future be smitten and the other part next to the Coronall suture be cloven Secondly when as not the same superficies and table which receives the blow but that which lyes under it is cleft which kind of fracture I observed in a certaine Gentleman a Horsman of Captaine Stempans troope He in defending the breach of the wall of the Castle of Hisdin was strucke with a Musket bullet upon the Bregma but had his helmet on his head the bullet dented in the Helmet but did not breake it no nor the musculous skinne nor scull for as much a could be discerned yet notwithstanding hee died apoplecticke upon the sixt day after But I being very desirous to know what might be the true cause of his death dividing his scull observed that the second table was broken and cast off scales and splinters wherewith as with nedles the substance of the braine was continually pricked the first and upper table being whole for all this I afterwards shewed the like example to Capellanus and Castellanus the King and Queenes chiefe Phisitions in the expedition of Roane But Hippocrates prescribes no method of curing this fifth kind of fracture by reason he thinks it cannot be found out by any circumstance whence it happens that it is for the most part deadly Yet must we endeavour to have some knowledge conjecture of such a fracture if it shall at any time happen Wherefore having first diligently shaved away the haire we must apply an Emplaister of Pitch Tarre Waxe Turpentine the powder of Iris or floure deluce rootes and mastich now if any place of the head shall appeare more moyst soft and swollne it is somewhat likely that the bone is cleft in that place so that the patient though thinking of no such thing is now then forest to put his hand to that part of the scull Confirmed with these and other signes formerly mentioned let him call a counsell of learned Physitions and foretell the danger to the Patients friends which are there present that there may no occasion of calumnie remaine then let him boldely perforate the scull for that is far better than forsake the patient ready to yeelde to the greatnesse of the hidden disease and so consequently to dye within a short while after There are foure sorts or conditions of fractures by which the Chirurgion may be so deceived that when the scull is broken indeed yet he may thinke there is no fracture The first is when the bone is so depressed that it presently rises up into its true place and native equability The second is when the fissure is onely capillary The third is when the bone is shaken on the inside the utter surface neverthelesse remaining whole forasmuch as can be dediscerned The fourth is when the bone is stricken on the one side and cleft on the other CHAP. IX Of the moving or Concussion of the Braine BEsides the mentioned kindes of fractures by which the braine also suffers there is another kinde of affect besides nature which also assailes it by the violent incursion of a cause in like manner externall they call it the Commotion or shaking of the braine whence Symptoms like those of a broken scull ensue Falling from aloft upon a solide and hard body dull and heavie blowes as with stones clubbes staves the report of a peece of Ordinance or cracke of Thunder and also a blow with ones hand Thus as Hippocrates tells that beautifull damosell the daughter of Nerius when she was twenty yeeres old was smitten by a woman a friend of hers playing with her with her flat hand upon the fore part of the head and then she was taken with a gâ—ddines and lay without breathing when she came home she fell presently into a great Feaver her head aked and her face grew red The seaventh day after there came forth some two or three Ounces of stincking and bloody matter about her right eare and shee seemed some what better and to be at somewhat more ease The feaver encreased againe and she fell into a heavie sleepinesse and lost her speech and the right side of her face was drawne up and she breathed with difficulty she had also a convulsion and trembling both her tongue failed her and her eyes grew dull on the ninth day she dyed But you must note that though the head be armed with a helmet yet by the violence of a blow the Veines and Arteries may be broken not onely these which passe through the sutures but also those which are dispersed betweene the two tables in the Diploe both that they might binde the Crassa Meninx to the scull that so the braine might move more freely as also that they might carry the
alimentary juice to the braine wanting marrow that is blood to nourish it as we have formerly shewed in our Anatomie But from hence proceeds the effluxe of blood running betweene the scull and membraines or else betweene the membraines and braine the blood congealing there causeth vehement paine and the eyes become blinde vomitting is caused the mouth of the stomacke suffering together with the braine by reason of the Nerves of the sixt conjugation which runne from the braine thither and from thence are spread over all the capacitie of the ventricle whence becomming a partaker of the offence it contracts it selfe and is presently as it were overturned whence first these things that are conteined therein are expelled and then such as may flow or come thither from the neighbouring and communne parts as the Liver and Gall from all which choler by reason of its naturall levity and velocity is first expelled and that in greatest plenty and this is the true reason of that vomiting which is caused and usually followes upon fractures of the scull and concussions of the Braine Within a short while after inflammation seizes upon the membranes and braine it selfe which is caused by corrupt and putrid blood proceeding from the vessels broken by by the violence of the blow and so spread over the substance of the braine Such inflammation communicated to the heart and whole body by the continuation of the parts causes a feaver But a feaver by altering the braine causes Doting to which if stupidity succeed the Patient is in very ill case according to that of Hippocrates Stupidity and doting are ill in a wound or blow upon the head But if to these evills a sphacell and corruption of the braine ensue together with a 〈◊〉 difficulty of breathing by reason of the disturbance of the Animall facâ—… which from the braine imparts the power of moving to the muscles of the Chest the instruments of respiration then death must necessarily follow A great part of these accidents appeared in King Henry of happy memory a little before he dyed He having set in order the affaires of France and entred into amitie with the neighbouring Princes desirous to honour the marriages of his daughter and sister with the famous and noble exercise of Tilting and hee himselfe running in the Tilt-yard with a blunt lance received so great a stroake upon his brest that with the violence of the blow the visour of his helmet flew up and the trunchion of the broken Lance hit him above the left eye-brow and the musculous skinne of the fore-head was torne even to the lesser corner of the left eye many splinters of the same trunchion being strucke into the substance of the fore mentioned eye the bones being not touched or broken but the braine was so moved and shaken that he dyed the eleaventh day after the hurt His scull being opened after his death there was a great deale of blood found betweene the Dura and Pia Mater poured forth in the part opposite to the blow at the middle of the suture of the hinde part of the head and there appeared signes by the native colour turned yellow that the substance of the braine was corrupted as much as one might cover with ones thumbe Which things caused the death of the most Christian King and not onely the wounding of the eye as many have falsly thought For wee have seene many others who have not dyed of farre more greevous wounds in the eye The history of the Lord Saint Iohns is of late memory he in the Tilt-yarde made for that time before the Duke of Guises house was wounded with a splinter of a broken Lance of a fingers length and thicknesse through the visour of his Helmet it entring into the Orbe under the eye and peircing some three fingers bredth deepe into the head by my helpe and Gods favour hee recovered Valeranus and Duretus the Kings Physitions and Iames the Kings Chirurgion assisting me What shall I say of that great and very memorable wound of Prancis of Loraine the Duke of Guise He in the sight of the Citty of Bologne had his head so thrust thorough with a Lance that the point entring under his right eye by his nose came out at his necke betweene his eare and the vertebrae the head or Iron being broken and left in by the violence of the stroke which stuck there so firmely that it could not be drawn or plucked forth without a paire of Smiths pincers But although the strength violence of the blow was so great that it could not be without a fracture of the bones a tearing and breaking of the Nerves Veines Arteries and other parts yet the generous Prince by the favour of God recovered By which you may learne that many die of small wounds and other recover of great yea very large and desperate ones The cause of which events is chiefly and primarily to be attributed to God the author and preserver of mankinde but secondarily to the variety and condition of temperaments And thus much of the commotion or conclussion of the braine whereby it happens that although all the bone remaines perfectly whole yet some veines broken within by the stroake may cast forth some bloud upon the membranes of the braine which being there concreate may cause great paine by reason whereof it blindes the eyes if so be that the place can be found against which the paine is and when the skinne is opened the bone looke pale it must presently be cut out as Celsus hath written Now it remaines that we tell you how to make your prognostickes in all the forementioned fractures of the scull CHAP. X. Of Prognostickes to be made in fractures of the scull VVEE must not neglect any wounds in the head no not these which cut or bruise but onely the hairy scalpe but certainely much lesse these which are accompanied by a fracture in the scull for oft times all horride symptomes follow upon them and consequently death it selfe especially in bodies full of ill humors or of an ill habite such as are these which are affected with the Lues venerea leprosie dropsie Pthisicke and consumption for in these simple wounds are hardly or never cured for union in the cure of wounds but this is not performed unlesse by strength of nature and sufficient store of laudible blood but those which are sicke of hecticke feavers and consumptions want store of blood and those bodies which are repleate with ill humors and of an ill habite have no affluxe or plenty of laudible blood but all of them want the strength of nature the reason is almost the same in those also which are lately recovered of some disease Those wounds which are brused are more difficult to cure than those which are cut When the scul is broken than the continuity of the flesh lying over it must necessarily be hurt broken unlesse it be in a Resoâ—itus
The bones of children are more soft thin and replenished with a sanguine humidity than those of old men and therefore more subject to putrefaction Wherefore the wounds which happen to the bones of children though of themselves and their owne nature they may be more easily healed because they are more soft whereby it comes to passe that they may bee more easily agglutinated neither is there fit matter wanting for their agglutination by reason of the plenty of blood laudible both in consistence and quality than in old men whose bones are dryer and harder and so resist union which comes by mixture and their bloud is serous and consequently a more unfit bond of unitie and aggluâ—ination yet oft times through occasion of the symptomes which follow upon them that is putrefaction and corruption which sooner arise in a hot and moyst body and are more speedily encreased in a soft and tender they usually are more suspected and difficult to heale The Patient lives longer of a deadly fracture in the scull in Winter than in Summer for that the native heat is more vigorous in that time than in this besides also the humors putrifie sooner in Summer because unnaturall heat is then easily enflamed and more predominant as many have observed out of Hippocrates The Wounds of the braine and of the Meninges or membranes thereof are most commonly deadly because the action of the muscles of the chest and others serving for respiration is divers times disturbed intercepted whence death insues If a swelling happening upon a wound of the head presently vanish away it is an ill signe unlesse there be some good reason therefore as blood-letting purging or the use of resolving locall medicines as may be gathered by Hippocrates in his Aphorismes If a feaver ensue presently after the beginning of a wound of the head that is upon the fourth or seaventh day which usually happens you must judge it to bee occasioned by the generating of Pus or Matter as it is recited by Hippocrates Neither is such a feaver so much to be feared as that which happens after the seaventh day in which time it ought to be determinated but if it happen upon the tenth or foureteenth day with cold or shaking it is dangerous because it makes us conjecture that there is putrefaction in the braine the Meninges or scull through which occasion it may arise chiefely if other signes shall also concurre which may shew any putrifaction as if the wound shall be pallide and of a faint yellowish colour as flesh lookes after it is washed For as it is in Hippocrates Aphoris 2. sect 7. It is an ill signe if the flesh looke livide when the bone is affected for that colour portends the extinction of the heate through which occasion the lively or indifferently red colour of the part faints and dyes and the flesh there abouts is dissolved into a viscide Pus or filth Commonly another worse affect followes hereon wherein the wound becomming withered and dry lookes like salted flesh sends forth no matter is livide and blacke whence you may conjecture that the bone is corrupted especially if it become rough whereas it was formerly smooth and plaine for it is made rough when Caries or corruption invades it but as the Caries encreases it becomes livide and blacke sanious matter withall sweating out of the Diploe as I have observed in many all which are signes that the native heat is decayed and therefore death at hand but if such a feaver be occasioned from an Erysipelos which is either present or at hand it is usually lesse terrible But you shall know by these signes that the feaver is caused by an Erysipelas confluxe of cholericke matter if it keepe the forme of a Tertian if the fit take them with coldnes and end in a sweat if it be not terminated before the cholerike matter is either converted into Pus or else resolved if the lips of the wound be somwhat swollne as also all the face if the eyes be red and fiery if the necke and chappes bee so stiffe that he can scarse bend the one or open the other if there be great excesse of biting and pricking paine and heate and that farre greater than in a Phlegmon For such an Erysipelous disposition generated of thinne and hot blood chiefely assailes the face and that for two causes The first is by reason of the naturall levity of the cholericke humor the other because of the rarity of the skinne of these parts The cure of such an affect must be performed by two meanes that is evacuation and cooling with humectation If choler alone cause this tumor we must easily bee induced to let blood but we must purge him with medicines evacuating choler If it be an Erisipelas phlegmonodes you must draw blood from the Cephalicke veine of that side which is most affected alwayes using advise of a phisition Having used these generall meanes you must apply refrigerating and humecting things such as are the juice of Night-shade Housleeke Purslaine Lettuce Navell wort Water Lentill or Ducks-meate Gourdes a liniment made of two handfulls of Sorrel boiled in faire water then beaten and drawne through a searse with ointment of Roses or some vnguent Populeon added thereto will bee very commodious Such and the like remedies must be often and so long renued untill the unnaturall heat be extinguished But we must be carefull to abstaine from all unctuous and oyly thing because they may easily be enflamed and so increase the disease Next we must come to resolving medicines but it is good when anything comes from within to without but on the contrary it is ill when it returnes from without inwards as experience and the Authority of Hippocrates testifie If when the bone shall become purulent pustles shall breake out on the tongue by the dropping downe of the acride filth or matter by the holes of the pallate upon the tongue which lyes under Now when this symptome appeares few escape Also it is deadly when one becomes dumbe and stupid that is Apolecticke by a stroake or wound on the head for it is a signe that not onely the bone but also the braine it selfe is hurt But oft times the hurt of the Braine proceedes so farre that from corruption it turnes to a Sphacell in which case they all have not onely pustles on their tongues but some of them dye stupide and mute othersome with a convulsion of the opposite part neither as yet have I observed any which have dyed with either of these symptomes by reason of a wound in the head who have not had the substance of their braine tainted with a Sphacell as it hath appeared when their sculls haue beene opened after their death CHAP. XI Why when the braine is hurt by a wound of the head there may follow a Convulsion of the opposite part MAny have to this day enquired but as yet as farre as I know
cured like other wounds of the fleshy parts of our bodies But if it be compound as many wayes as it is complicate so many indications shew themselves In these the chiefest care must bee had of the more urgent order and cause Therefore if the wound shall be simple and superficiary then the haire must first bee shaven away then aplaister applied made of the white of an egge bole Armenicke and Aloes The following day you must apply Emplastrum de Ianua or else de gratia Dei untill the wound be perfectly healed But if it be deeper and penetrate even to the Pericranium the Chirurgion shall not doe amisse if at the second dressing he apply a digestive medicine as they call it which may be made of Venice Turpentine the yolkes of egges oyle of Roses and a little saffron and that shall be used so long untill the wound come to maturation for then you must adde honey of Roses and Barly floure to the digestive Hence must we passe to these medicines into whose composition no oyly or unctious bodies enters such as this â„ž Terebinth venetae â„¥ ij syrupi rosar â„¥ j. anÊ’ss Let them all be incorporated and made into an unguent which shall be perfectly regenerated then it must bee cicatrised with this following powder â„ž an.Ê’j. Misceantur simul fiat puluis but if the wound be so large that it require a suture it shall have so many stitches with a needle as need shall seeme to require Whilest I was at Hisdin a certaine soldier by falling of the earth whilest he undermined had the Hairy scalpe so pressed downe even to the Pericranium and so wholy separated from the beginning of the hinde part of his head even to his forehead that it hung over his face I went about the cure in this manner I first washt all the wound with wine a little warmed that so I might wash away the congealed blood mixed with the earth then I dryed it with a soft linnen cloth and laid upon it Venice Turpentine mixed with a little Aqua Vitae wherein I had dissolved some Sanguis Draeconis Mastich and Aloes then I restored the hanging skinne to its former place and there stayed it with some stitches being neither too strait 〈◊〉 nor too close together for feare of paine and inflammation which two chiefely happen whilest the wound comes to suppuration but onely as much as should serve to stay it on every side and to keepe forth the ayre which by its entrance doth much harme to wounds the lower sides of the wound I filled with somewhat long and broad tents that the matter might have passage forth Then I applyed this following cataplasme to all the head â„ž farinae bord fabarum an â„¥ vj. rosatiÊ’iij aceti quantum sufficit fiat cataplasma ad formam pultis this hath a faculty to dry coole repell mitigate paine and inflammation and stay bleeding I did not let him bood because hee had bled much especially at certaine arteries which were broken neere his temples he being dressed after this manner grew well in a short time But if the wound bee made by the biting of a wilde beast it must bee handled after another manner as shall appeare by this following history As many people on a time stood looking upon the Kings Lyons who were kept in the Tilt-yard at Paris for the delight of King Henry the second and at his charges it happened that one of the feircest of them broke the things wherein he was tyed and leaping amongst the company he with his pawes threw to the ground a Girle of some twelve yeeres old and taking her head in his mouth with his teeth wounded the musculous skinne in many places yet hurt not the scull She scarse at length delivered by the Master of the Lyons from the jawes of Death and the Lyon was committed to the cure of Rowland Claret Chirurgion who was there present by chance at the sametime some few dayes after I was was called to visite her she was in a feaver her head shoulders brest and all the places where the Lyon had set his teeth or nailes were swolne all the edges of the wounds were livide and did flow with a watrish acride virulent cadaverous darke greene and stinking matter so that I could scarse endure the smell thereof she was also opprest with pricking biting and very great paine which I observing that old saying came into my minde which is That all wounds made by the bitings of beasts or of men also doe somewhat participate of poyson Wherefore there must principally great care bee had of the venenate impression left in the wounds by the nailes and teeth and therefore such things must bee applyed as have power to orecome poison Wherefore I scarrifyed the lips of the wounds in divers places and applyed Leaches to sucke out the venenate blood and ease the inflammation of the parts then I made a Lotion of Aegyptiacum Treacle and Mithridate after the following manner â„ž Mithrid â„¥ j theriac â„¥ ij agyptiac â„¥ ss dissolvantur omnia cum aqua vitae Cardui ben Let the wounds be fomented and washed with it warme besides also Treacle and Mithâ—idate were put in all the medicines which were either applyed or put into the wound and also of the same with the conserves of Roses and Buglosse dissolved in the water of Sorrell and Carduus benedictus potions were made to strengthen the heart and vindicate it from maligne vapours For which purpose also this following Epithema was applyed to the region of her heart â„ž aquae rosar nenuphar an â„¥ iiij aceti scillitici â„¥ j. corallorum santalorum alborum rubrorum rosar rub pulveris spodij an â„¥ j. Mithridatij theriacae an Ê’ij ijcrociÊ’ j. dissolve them altogether make an Epitheme and apply it to the heart with a scarlet cloth or spunge and let it bee often renued Verily she drest after this manner and the former remedies but once used paine inflammation and all the maligne symptomes were much lessened to conclude shee recovered but lingred and was leane some two yeares after yet at lengh she was perfectly restored to her health and former nature By which you may understand that simple wounds must be handled after another manner than these which have any touch of poison But now that we may prosecute the other affects of the hairy scalpe say that it is contused with a blow without a wound that which must bee first and alway done that so the affect may better appeare and the remedies which are applyed may take more effect the haire must be shaven away and at the first dressing a repelling medicine applyed such as is this following Oxyrhodinum â„ž ol ros â„¥ iij. album ovorum nu ij an.Ê’j. Let them be all incorporated and make a medicine for the formeruse or in steed thereof you may apply the cataplasme prescribed before consisting of
Farina hordei sabaruâ— aceto oleo rosaceo But such medicines must be often renued When the paine and defluxion are appeased wee must use discussing medicines for the dissipation of that humor which remaines impacted in the part â„ž Emplastri de mucilagin Ê’ij oxicrocei emp. de meliloto an â„¥ j. olei chamaem anethi an â„¥ ss malaxentur simul fiat emplastrum ad usum dictum Such a fomentation will also be good â„ž vini rub lib. iiij lixiuij com lib. ij nuces cupressi contus nu x. pul myrtillorum â„¥ j. rosar rub absinth fol. salviae majoranae staechados florum chamaem melil an M. ss aluminis rochae radicis cyperi calami aromatici an â„¥ ss bulliant omnia simul and make a decoction to foment the grieved part After somewhat a long fomenting it whereby it may the better discusse dry and exhaust the concrete humor the head must be dryed more discussing things applyed such as the Cerate described by Vigo called de minio which hath an emollient and digestive faculty in this forme â„ž Olei chamam lilior an â„¥ x. olei mastich â„¥ ij pinguedinis vervecis lib. j. litharg auri â„¥ viij minij â„¥ ij vini boni cyathum unum bulliant omnia simul baculo agitando primum quidem lento igne mox verò luculentiore donectotâ— massa colorem nigrum vel subnigrum contrahat adde in fine cocturae Terebinth lib. s pulveris mastich â„¥ ij gum elemi â„¥ j. cerae quantum sufficit bulliant rursus una ebullitione fiat empl molle But if the humor be not thus discussed but onely grow soft then the tumor must be quickely opened for when the flesh is inflamed and putrifyed through occasion of the conteined humor the bone under it putrifies also by the contagion of the inflammation and the actimony of the matter falling upon the bone When you have opened it wash away the filth of the ulcer with this following detersive medicine â„ž syrupi ros absinth an â„¥ j. terebinth â„¥ iss pul ireos aloes mastichâ— myrrhae farinae hordei an Ê’ss In steed here of if there be great putrifaction Aegypâ—â—a either by it selfe or mixt with an equall quantity of Vnguenium apostolorum may be put into the ulcer When the ulcer is clensed it will be time to use scarcotike and cicatrizing medicines CHAP. XVI Of the particular cure of a fractured or broken scull IF the scull be be broken so that it be needefull to trepan it or to elevate and lift it up or scrape it away the musculous skinne being cut as wee formerly noted the Pericranium shall be plucked from the scull as wee sayd before which because it can hardly bee done without great paine by reason of its exquisite sense and connexion with the membranes of the braine we must labour to mittigate the paine for feare of inflammation and other accidents Therefore the first dressing ended and the corners of the wound drawn each from other at the second dressing put to the wound a digestive as they terme it made of the yolke of an egge and oyle of Roses but you must apply no humide thing to the bone because we desire to keepe it sound and whole For Galens opinion is that bared bones must not be touched with unctuous things but rather on the contrary all dry things must bee applyed to them which may consume the superfluous humidity Therefore we must lay some linte and the cephalicke powders which we shall hereafter describe upon the bone we intend to preserve and must haâ—e diligent care that it be not offended either by the the ayre or touch of humide medicines You must in Trepaning have a speciall care of the Crassa Meniux For I have often observed a great quantity of blood to have flowed from some broken vessell which adhered to the second Table neither must we presently and forthwith stay such bleeding but suffer it to flow according to the plenitude and strength of the patient for thus the feaver and together therewith the rest of the symptomes are diminished For in the opinion of Hippocrates in every greene wound it is good to cause often bleeding except in the bellies for thus the vehemencie of paine inflammation and other accidents will bee lesse troublesome also it is not amisse too for old ulcers to bleed much for so they are freede from the burden of the impact humors When you thinke it hath bled sufficiently it may be stanched with this following medicine described by Galen â„ž AloesÊ’ij thuris mastiches an Ê’iss albuminua overum nu ij agitentur simul cum pilis leporinis minutim incisis fiat medicamentum When the bleeding is stayed you shall for the aswaging of paine droppe upon the Meniux some Pidgions blood yet warme by opening a Veine under the wing then it shall bee strewed ouer with this following powder â„ž an.Ê’j. Misce fiat pulvis subtilis Also you may make an irrigation with Rose Vinegar or some repelling medicine such as is a cataplasme ex farinis olcâ— rosacco Which may bee applyed untill the fourth day to aswage and mittigate paine Vigoes Cerate will be of good use in this case as that which in my opinion is most fit for fractures of the scull because it drawes powerfully resolves and dries moderately and by reason of the smell refreshes the animall spirits and strengthens the braine and membranes thereof as you may easily perceive by things which enter into the composition thereof â„ž Oleiros Omph. resinaepini gummi Elemi an â„¥ ij Mastiches â„¥ iss pinguedinis vervecis castrati â„¥ ijss foliorum beton caprifol anthos an M. j. ammoniaciÊ’ss tinctorumÊ’x liquata pinguedine terenda terantur ammoniacum simul cum aceto fcillitico eliquetur deinde bulliant omnia simul in lib. ij vini boni lento igne usque ad consumptionem vini deinde exprimantur cum expressione addantur terebinth Ven. â„¥ iiij cerae albae quantum susficit fiat cerotum molle ad usum praedictum Also let the necke and all the spine of the backe bee annointed with a liniment which hath force of mollifing the Nerves lest they should suffer convulsion such is this â„ž Rutae marrubij rorismar ebulor saluia herb paralys an M. s rad Ireos cyperi baccarum lauri an â„¥ j. florum chamae melil hyperici an M. j. pistentur macerentur omnia in vino albo per noctem deinà e coquantur in vase duplici cum olei lumbricorum liliorum de terebinthina axungiae anseris hum an â„¥ ij usque ad consumptionem vini postea colentur in colatura adde terebinth venet â„¥ iij. vitaeÊ’ss cerae quantum sufficit fiat linimentum secundum artem But when the paine is aswaged we must abstaine from all such unctuous things lest they make the wound become sordide and maligne and putrifie the adjacent parts and consequently the Crassa Meninx and scull
for the integrity of all parts may be preserved by their like and such are dry things in a fracture of the scull Wherefore all humide and oyely things must be shunned in the cure thereof unlesse peradventure there shall bee some neede to mitigate paine and bring the humor to suppuration For according to Galen wee are oft forest for a time to omit the proper cure of the disease so to resist the symptomes furthermore Hippocrates would have us not to foment the scull no not with wine but if we doe to let it be but with very little Vidius interprets that little to be when there is feare of inflammation for wine if it be red tart and astringent hath a repressing refrigerating and drying facultie for otherwise all wine although it heates and dries by its faculty yet it actually humects and cooles both which are very hurtfull in wounds of the head or a fractured scull especially when the bone is bare for from too much cooling of the braine there is feare of a convulsion or some other evill symptome Wherefore let this be ratified that is We must not use humide and unctuous medicines in wounds of the head except for curing of an inflammation or the mitigation of paine caused thereby Therefore let the bared scull bee strewed with catagmaticke and cephalicke powders being so called by the ancients for that they are convenient and good in fractures of the scull the rest of the bones for by their drynesse they consume the superfluous humiditie and by that meanes helpe nature in the separating of the broken bones and the regenerating of flesh Such pouders usually consist of such things as these ensuing Thus radix Iridos florent farina Hordei Ervi pulvis Aloes Hepatica sanguis Draconis mastiche Myrrha rad Aristolochiae Gentianae and generally all such simples as have a drying and an abstergent faculty without biting but you must not use these things before the paine inflammation and apostumation bee past that is then when the membranes must be clensed the bones scaled and the flesh generated For the scull by how much it is the dryer by so much it requires and more easily endures more powerfull and dryer medicines than the Dura Mater or Pericranium as that which in quicknesse of sense comes farre short of these two Wherefore when you would apply the forementioned cephalicke pouders to the Meninges they must be associated and mixed with honey syrupe of roses or of wormewood and such other like that so their too violently drying faculty may be alayed and tempered CHAP. XVII Why we use Trepaning in the Fractures of the scull THere are foure causes of this remedy The first is to raise up the deprest bones and take forth their fragments which presse upon the Meninges or also upon the substance of the braine The second is that the Sanies or matter may bee evacuated clensed wasted and dryed up which by the breaking of any vessell is poured forth upon the Membraines whereby they are and not they onely but the Braine also is in great danger of corruption The third is for the fitter application of medicines convenient for the wound and fracture The fourth is that so we may have something whereby we may supply the defect of a Repelling Ligature and such an one as may hinder defluxions for such a Ligature cannot take place here as it may in the other parts of the body by reason of the Sphaericall or Round figure of the head which doth not easily admit binding and then the density and hardnesse of the interposed scull is a meanes that the vessells lying under it by which usually the defluxion comes cannot easily be bound with a rowler sufficiently to repell the running blood And the externall vessells to whom the force of the Ligature may come cannot bee bound without great paine and danger of Inflammation For by such a compression the pulsation of the Arteries would be intercepted and the effluxe of the suliginous excrements which useth to passe through the sutures of the scull would be supprest by reason of the constriction of these sutures Besides also the blood would thus bee forced from the wounded part without to within into the Membranes and Braine whence paine Inflammation a Feaver Abscesse Convulsion Palsie Apoplexie and lastly death it selfe would ensue And these are the chiefe causes that Trepaning is necessary in fractures of the scull and not so in the fractures of other bones But before you apply or put to your Trepan the Patient must bee fitly placed or seated and a double cloth must be many times wrapped about his head and then his head must be so laid or pressed upon a Cushion or pillow that when you come to your operation it may not sinke downe any further but remaine firme and steddy Then you must stoppe the patients cares with Cotton-wooll that so hee may not heare the noise made by the Trepan or any other Instrument But before you put to your Trepan the bone must be pierced with an Instrument having a three square point that so it may bee the more speedily and certainely perforated The point thereof must be no bigger then the pin of the Trepan that so the Trepan which is forthwith to bee applyed may stand the more firmer and not play to and againe in too wide a hole The shape of this Instrument is not much different from a Gimblet but that the point is three-square and not twined like a screw as you may perceive by this following figure A Gimblet or peircer to perforate the scull before the setting too of the Trepan A. Shewes the handle B. The points which may be screwed and fitted into the handle CHAP. XVIII A description of Trepans TRepans are round sawes which cut the bone circularly more or lesse according to their greatnesse they must have a pinne standing in the middle a little further out than their teeth so to stay and hold fast the Trepan that it stirre neither to this side nor that untill it bee entred and you have cut through the first table at the least then you must take forth the pinne lest going quite through the bone it may pricke or hurt the Crassa Meninx Wherefore when you have taken forth the pinne you may safely turne it about untill you have cut through both the tables Your Trepans must also have a cappe or some what to engirt or encompasse them lest no way hindred they cut more of the bone than we would and in conclusion runne into the Meninx They must also be anointed with oyle that so they may cut the more readily and gently for thus Carpenters use to grease their sawes But you must during the time of the operation often dippe them in cold water lest the bone by attrition become too hot for all hard solide bodies by quicke and often turning about become hot but the bone made more hot and dry is altered
often palpitations and convulsiue twitchings and his face was swollne His forehead bone was Trepaned at the side of the Temporall muscle by the hand of Peter Aubert the Kings Chirurgion and although on the 25. day soft flesh endued with exquisite sense grew out of the hole made with the Trepan whose growth could not bee hindred by Cathaereticke pouders yet at the length he recovered The Ancients called this kinde of growing flesh a Fungus i. a Mushrome for that it is soft and growes with a small roote and broad top like a mushrome but it encreases and decreases according to the plenty of the flowing matter and industry of the Chirurgion hindring by art the growth thereof This flesh stinkes exceedingly they commonly call it â—icus sancti â—icarij i. the Figge of S. Fiacrye This disease commonly hath its originall after this manner Even as in the bodies of Trees from the excrements of nourishment a certaine halfe putrid grosse and viscous humor sweats through the barke and gathered together by little and little growes into a Mushrom so blood melancholly both in temper and consistence springs from the broken vessells of the scull and Crassa Meninx which also is sent sometimes by nature for the necessary repairing of the flesh in these parts whereupon a certaine fungus breedes which in Galens opinion savors or partakes of the nature and condition of the parts to which it growes though in generall it bee of the nature of maligne warts or excrescences But for to take away such Fungi you must apply medicines which have a specifick faculty to waste superfluous flesh such are these which strongly dry and gently waste and eate such as this which followes â„ž SabinaeÊ’ij ocraeÊ’j pulverisentur simul aspergatur caro excrescens or else â„ž Hermodsctylorum combustorum â„¥ ss make a pouder for the same use But if so be that this fungous flesh come to such growth as it often happens as to equall the bignesse of an egge it must be tyed and straite twitched close to the roote with a silken thred and when it shall fall away by reason of this binding the place must be strewed with the fore-mentioned powders for so it will be more certainely cured than with more acride cathaeretickes CHAP. XX. Of the corruption and Caries or rottennesse of the bones of the Head THere sometimes followes a corruption and Sphacell of the fractured bones of the scull upon wounds of the head which happens either because they are touched by the ayre which they are not sensible of or for that the Sanies putrifying and detained under them hath infected them with like putrifaction or by the cure unskillfully handled they by the rash application of suppurating and oyly medicines becoming more moyst and so undergoing an unnaturall change of their proper complexion and native temper as we shall shew more at large when we shall treate of the reason of the Caries in the Lues venerea We shall know this unnaturall change and corruption partly by sight that is when from white they become to be yellowish livide and black partly also by putting downe a probe when as it meets with nothing smooth and slippery but feeles rough in many places and besides also when it enters and easily penetrates with a small thrusting downe into their substance as if it were fungous Yet this last signe may often deceive you for I have diverse times observed rotten bones which being bare had long suffered the injury of the ayre to become so hard that a Trepan would scarse peirce them for it is putride humidity which makes the bones soft and fungous but the ayre by drying them exhausts this humiditie and lastly dryes it whence followes such contumacious hardnesse This signe will bee farre more certaine if the flesh which is growne upon the bone be more soft than is fit loose and have little or no sense or feeling You may correct and amend this corruption of the bone with cauteries aswell actuall as potentiall or with the powders of Aloes Gentian Aristolochia centaury cortex pini as â„ž an.Ê’j. centaur Ê’ij piâ—iÊ’ss Misce fiat pulvis subtilissimus ossi inspergendus But if it be much corupted it must bee scraped forth with your Scalpra And you must expect the falling or scailing of the corrupt bone from the sound and not forciblely procure it for otherwise the sound bone which lyes under it being as yet covered with no flesh growing over it would be corrupted by the appulse or touch of the ayre Yet you shall by little and little gently move and shake rotten bones with your probe that so they may more easily scaile and with lesse trouble to nature But note by the way that the scailing of the bone which hath environed the Trepan is commonly performed in the space of fortie or fifty dayes So long also will that caused by the unusuall appulse or touch of the aire or application of a Cautery or the aspersion of Cephalicke pouders besides also in the same number of dayes broken bones may be united and joyned together by a Callus which is to them as a scarre yet sometimes sooner somewhiles latter according to the variety of the ages tempers and habits of divers men But if the Caries or Rottennes can neither by these fore mentioned remedies be orecome and amended neither the loosed continuity agglutinated nor united you must give the patient a vulnerary potion for hence I have found happy successe in many But sometimes not onely a certaine portion of the bone is taken with a Caries but also the whole is often seazed upon with sphacell and all falls out For in Hippocrates opinion Lib. de vulneribus capitis the bone of the scull being broken falls from the sound more or lesse according to the violence of the blow which also is confirmed by experience For which purpose I thinke good in this place to recite a History whereof I was an eye witnesse whilst I served as Chirurgion in Piemont under the Marshal de Montejan who was the Kings Leiftenant there It happened that a Lackey of Monsieur de Goulaines came to me to be cured he had the Bregma bone of the left side broken with a sword neither yet did the fracture come to the second Table a few dayes after his recovery the bone being agglutinated and united it came to passe that a company of Gascoine souldiers his countreimen came to â—urin with whom one morning he eate plentifully Tripe fryed with Onions and spices drunke a great quantitie of strong wine Whereupon he presently fell into a continuall Feaver and lost his speech and understanding his head swelled his eyes looked red and fiery and as though they would have started out of his head Which things being considered I let him blood having first by the Physitions advice given him a Glister and applyed to his head such things as were fit and also I laboured with Frictions and Ligatures
easily and without harme But if by these meanes the putrifaction be not restrained and the tumor bee encreased so much that the Dura Mater rising farre above the scull remaines unmoveable blacke and dry and the patients eyes looke fiery stand forth of his head and rowle up and downe with unquietnesse and a phrensie and these so many ill accidents be not sugitive but constant then know that death is at hand both by reason of the corruption of the gangraene of a noble part as also by extinction of the natiue heate CHAP. XXII Of the cure of the Braine being shaken or moved WEe have formerly declared the causes signes and symptomes of the concussion or shaking of the Braine without any wound of the musculous skinne or fracture of the bone wherefore for the present I will treate of the cure Therefore in this case for that there is feare that some vessell is broken under the scull it is fit presently to open the cephalicke veine And let bloud bee plentifully taken according to the strength of the patient as also respectively to the disease both which is present and like to ensue taking the advice of a Physition Then when you have shaven away the haire you shall apply to the whole head and often renue the forementioned cataplasme Ex farinis aleâ— rosaceâ— oxymelite and other like cold and moyst repelling medicines But you must eschew dry and too astringent medicines must bee shunned such as are Vnguentum de bolo and the like for they obstruct too vehemently and hinder the passage sorth of the vapours both by the sutures and the hidden pores of the scull Wherefore they doe not onely not hinder the inflammation but fetch it when it is absent or encrease it when present The belly shall bee loosed with a glister and the acride vapours drawne from the head for which purpose also it will bee good to make frictions from above downewards to make straight ligatures on the extreame parts to fasten large cupping-glasses with much flame to the shoulders and the originall of the spinall marrow that so the revulsion of the blood running violently upwards to the braine and ready to cause a phlegmon may be the greater The following day it will be convenient to open the Vena Puppis which is seated upon the Lambdall suture by reason of the community it hath with the veines of the braine and shutting the mouth and nose to strive powerfully to breathe For thus the membranes swell up and the blood gathered betweene them and the scull is thrust forth but not that which is shut up in the braine and membranes of which if there be any great quantity the case is almost desperate unlesse nature assisted with stronger force cast it forth turned into Pus But also after a few dayes the vena frontis or forehead veine may be opened as also the Temporall Arteriâ—s and Veines under the tongue that the conjunct matter may bee drawne forth by so many open passages In the meane spare the Patient must keepe a spare diet and abstaine from wine especially untill the fourteenth day for that untill that time the fearefull symptomes commonly reigne But repelling medicines must be used untill the fourteenth day be past then we must come to discussing medicines beginning with the more milde such as is this following decoction â„ž rad Alth. â„¥ vj. ireos cyperi calami arom an â„¥ ij fol. salviae Majoran betonic flor chamaem meâ—il ros rub sâ—oechad an M. ss salis com â„¥ iij bulliant omnia simul secundum artem cum vino rub aqua fabrorum fiat decictio Let the head bee washed therewith twise a day with a spunge But yet when you doe this see that the head bee not to much heated by such a fomentation or any such like thing for feare of paine and inflammation Then you shall apply the cerate of Vigo which hath power to discusse indifferently to dry and draw forth the humors which are under the scull and by its aromaticke force and power to confirme and strengthen the braine it is thus described â„ž Furfuris bene triturati â„¥ iij. farin lentium â„¥ ij ros myrtillor foliorum granorum ejus an â„¥ j. calâ—m aromat â„¥ iss chamaemel melil an M. ss nuces cupresâ—â— num vj. olei rosacei chamaem an â„¥ iij. ceraealbae â„¥ iiss thuris mastichis an Ê’iij myrrhaeÊ’ij Inpulverem quae redigi debent redactis liquefactis oleis cum cera omnis misceantur simul fiat mixtura quae erit inter formam emplastri ceroti Vigo saith that one of the Duke of Vrbins Gentlemen found the virtue hereof to his great good Hee fell from his horse with his head downewards upon hard Marble he lay as if hee had beene dead the blood gusht out of his nose mouth and eares and all his face was swollen and of a livide colour hee remained dumbe twenty dayes taking no meat but dissolved gellies and Chicken and Capon broths with sugar yet he recovered but lost his memorie and saultered in his speech all his life after To which purpose is that Aphorisme of Hippocrates Those which have their Braine shaken by what cause soever must of necessity become dumbe yea also as Galen observes in his commentary loose both their sense and motion That Cerat is not of small efficacie but of marvellous and admirable force which could hinder the generating of an abscesse which was incident to the braine by reason of the fall Yet there be many men so farre from yeelding to reason that they stifly denie that any impostumation can be in the braine and augmenting this errour with another they deny that any who have a portion of the braine cut off can recover or rise againe but the authority of ancient writers and experience doe abundantly refell the vanitie of the reasons whereon they relye Now for the first in the opinion of Hippocrates If those which have great paine in their heads have either pus water or blood flowing from their Nose mouth or eares it helpes their disease But Galen Rhasis and Avicen affirme that Sanies generated in the braine disburdens its selfe by the nose mouth or eares and I my selfe have observed many who had the like happen to them I was told by Prethais Coulen Chirurgion to Monsieur de Langey that he saw a certaine young man in the towne of Mans who often used to ring a great bell hee once hanging in sport upon the rope was snatch up therewith and fell with his head full upon the pavement he lay mute was depriyed of his senses and understanding and was besides hard bound in his belly Wherefore presently a feaver and delirium with other horrid symptomes assayled him for he was not Trepaned because there appeared no signe of fracture in the scull on the seaventh day hee fell into a great sweate with often sneesing by the violence whereof a
agglutination and consolidation of the gristly part and therefore next to a bone most dry with dry medicines But those who have their eares quite cut off can doe nothing but hide the deformity of their misse-hap with a cap stuffed with Cotton on that side CHAP. XXIX Of the Wounds of the necke and throate THe Wounds of the necke and throate are somewhiles simple as those which onely use the continuity of the muscles other whiles compound such as those which have conjoyned with them a fracture of the bones as of the Vertebrae or hurt of the internall and externall jugular Veines or sleepy Arteries sometimes the Trachea Arteria or Weazon and the oesophagus or gullet are wounded sometimes wholy cut off whence present death casues Wherefore let not the Chirurgion meddle with such wounds unlesse he first foretell the danger of death or the losse of some motion to those that are present For it often happens that some notable nerve or tendon is violated by a wound in the necke whence a palsie ensues and that absolutely incureable if the wound shall penetrate to the spinall marrow also hurt therewith Wounds of the gullet and Weazon are difficultly cured because they are in perpetuall motion and chiesely of the latter by reason it is grisly and without blood The wounds of the gullet are knowne by spitting of blood by the breaking forth of meate and drinke by the wound but if the gullet be quite cut asunder the patient cannot swallow at all For the cut parts are both contracted in themselves the one upwards and the other downewards But we know the weazon is hurt by casting up blood at the mouth with a continuall cough and by the comming forth of the breath or winde by the Wound The Wounds of the jugular Veines and sleepy Arteryes if they be great are usually deadly because they cannot bee straitely bound up for you cannot binde the throate hard without danger of choaking or strangling the patient But for defect of a straite ligature in this case the fluxe of blood prooves deadly If the recurrent Nerve of either side be cut it makes the voyce hoarse if cut on both sides it takes away the use of speech by hurting these instruments which impart motion to the muscles of the Larinx For the cure if the wound be small not associated with the hurt of any notable vessell nor of the Weazon and gullet it is speedily and easily cured and if there shall be neede you shall use a suture then you shall put therein a sufficient quantity of Venice Turpentine mixed with bole-Armenicke or else some of my Balsame of which this is the receipt â„ž Terebinth venetae lb ss gum elemi â„¥ iiij olei hypericon is â„¥ iij. boli armeni sang draconis an â„¥ j. aqua vita â„¥ ij an.Ê’j. I have done wonders with this Balsame in the agglutination of simple wounds wherein no strange body hath beene Now when you have put it in lay upon it a plaister of Diacalcitheas dissolved in oyle of Roses and vinegar as that which hath power to represse the flowing downe of humors and hinder inflammation or in steede thereof you may apply Emp. de Gratia Dei or Emp. de Ianua But if the jugular veines and sleepy Arteries bee cut let the bleeding bee stayed as we have shewed in a chapter treating thereof When the Weazon or Gullet are wounded the Chirurgion shall sow them up as neatly as hee can and the patient shall not endeavour to swallow any hard thing but be content to bee fed with gellyes and brothes When a gargarisme is needfull this following is very good R. hordei M. j. florum rosar p. j. passul mund jujubarum an â„¥ ss glycyrhizae â„¥ j. bulliant omnia simul addendomellis ros Iulep ros an â„¥ ij fiat gargarisma ut artis est With which being warme the Patient shall moysten his mouth and throate for it will mittigate the harshnesse of the part aswage paine cleanse and agglutinate and make him breathe more freely But that the Chirurgion may not despaire of or leave any thing unattempted in such like wounds I have thought good to demonstrate by some examples how wonderfull the workes of nature are if they be assisted by Art A certaine servant of Monsieur de Champaigne a gentleman of Anjou was wounded in the throat with a sword whereby one of the jugular veines was cut together with his Weazon Hee bled much and could not speake and these symptomes remained untill such time as the wound was sowed up and covered with medicines But if the medicines at any time were more liquid hee as it were sucked them by the wound and spaces betweene the stitches and presently put forth at his mouth that which he had sucked or drawne in Wherefore more exactly confidering with my selfe the greatnesse of the Wound the spermaticke and therefore dry and bloodlesse nature unapt to agglutination of the affected part but cheefely of the Weazon jugular veine as also for that the rough Artery is obnoxions to these motions which the gullet performes in swallowing by reason of the inner coate which is continued to the coate of the gullet by which meanes these parts mutually serve each other with a reciprocall motion even as the ropes which runne to the wheele of a pulley further more weighing that the Artery was necessary for the breathing and tempering the heate of the heart as the jugular veines served for the nourishment of the upper parts and lastly weighing with my selfe the great quantity of blood he had lost which is as it were the treasure of nature I told those which were present that death was neere and certainely at hand And yet beyond expectation rather by divine favour than our Art he recevered his health Equally admirable is this history following Two Englishmen walked out of the Citty of Paris for their recreation to the wood of Vincenne but one of them lying in waite to rob the other of his money and a massie chaine of gold which hee wore set upon him at unawares cut his throate and robbed him and so left him amongst the Vines which were in the way supposing he had kill'd him having with his dagger cut the Weason and gullet This murderer came backe to the citty the other halfe dead crawled with much adoe to a certaine Peasants house and being dressed with such medicines as were present and at hand he was brought to the Citty and by his acquaintance committed to my cure to be cured I at the first as diligently as I could sowed up the Weason which was cut quite a-sunder and put the lips of the wound as close together as I could I could not get hold of the gullet because it was fallen downe into the stomacke then I bound up the wound with medicines pledgets and fit ligatures After he was thus drest he begun to speake and tell the
name of the villaine the author of this fact so that hee was taken and fastened to the wheele and having his limbes broken lost his wretched life for the life of the innocent wounded man who dyed the fourth day after he was hurt The like hurt befell a certaine Germane who laye at the house of one Perots in the streete of Nuts hebeing franticke in the night cut his throate with a sword I being called in the morning by his friends who went to see him drest him just after the same manner as I dressed the Englishman Wherefore he presently recovering his speech which before could not utter one sillable freed from suspition of the caime and prison the servant who lying in the same chamber with him was upon suspition committed to prison and confessing the thing as it was done living foure dayes after the wound being nourished with broathes put into his fundament like clysters and with the gratefull vapour of comfortable things as bread newly drawne out of the Oven and soked in strong wine Having thus by the Art of Chirurgery made the dumbe speake for the space of foure dayes CHAP. XXX Of the Wounds of the Chest SOme wounds of the Chest are on the fore side some behinde somepenetiatc more deepe others enter not into the capacity thereof other some peirce even to the parts contained therein as the Mediastinum Lungs heart midriffe hollow veine and ascendent artery Other some pasle quite through the body whereby it happens that some are deadly some not You shall thus know that the wound penetrates into the capacity of the Chest if that when the patients mouth and nose be shut the breath or winde breakes through the wound with noyse so that it may dissipate or blow out a lighted candle being held necre it If the patient can scarse either draw or put forth his breath which also is a signe that there is some blood fallen downe upon the Diaphragma By these signes you may know that the heart is wounded If agreat quantity of blood gush out if a trembling possesse all the members of the body if the pulse bee little and faint if the colour become pale if a cold sweate and frequent sowning assayle him and the extreame parts become cold then death 's at hand Yet when I was at Turin I saw a certaine Gentleman who fighting a Duell with another received a wound under his left brest which pierced into the substance of his heart yet for all that he strucke some blowes afterwards and followed his flying Enemie some two hundred paces untill hee fell downe dead upon the ground having opened his body I found a wound in the substance of the heart so large as would containe ones finger there was onely much blood poured forth upon the midriffe These are the signes that the Lungs are wounded for the blood comes soamie or frothy out of the wounds the patient is troubled with a cough hee is also troubled with a great difficulty of breathing and a paine in his side which hee formerly had not he lyes most at ease when he lyes upon the wound and sometimes it comes so to passe that lying so he speakes more freely and easily but turned on the contrary side he presently cannot speake When the Diphragma or midriffe is wounded the party affected is troubled with a weight or heavinesse in that place hee is taken with a Delirium or raving by reason of the sympathy of the Nerves of the sixth conjugation which are spread over the midriffe difficulty of breathing a cough and sharpe paine trouble the patient the Guts are drawne upwards so that it sometimes happens by the vehemency of breathing that the stomacke and gutts are drawne through the wound in to the capacity of the Chest which thing I observed in two The on of these was a Maison who was thrust though the midst of the midriffe where it is Nervous and dyed the third day following I opening his lower belly and no finding his stomacke thought it a monstrous thing but at length searching diligently I found it was drawne into the Chest though the wound which was scarce an inch broade But the stomacke was full of winde but little humidity in it The other was called captaine Francis d' Alon a Native of Xantoigne who before Roshell was shot with a musket bullet entring by the breast-bone neere to the sword-like Gristle and passing through the fleshy part of the midriffe went out at the space betweene the fifth and sixth bastard ribbes The wound was healed up on the out side yet for all that there remained a weakenesse of the stomacke whereupon a paine of the guttes like to the colicke tooke him especially in the Evening and on the night for which cause he durst not sup but very sparingly But on the eighth month after the paine raging more violently in his belly than it was accustomed hee dyed though for the mitigating of the vehemency thereof Simon Malmedy and Anthony du Val both learned Physitions omitted no kinde of remedy The body of the diseased was opened by the skilfull Chirurgion Iames Guillemeau who found a great portion of the collicke gut swelled with much wind gotten into the Chest through the wound of the Diaphragma for all it was so small that you could scarse put your little finger in thereat But now let us returne from whence we digressed We understand that there is blood poured forth into the capacity of the Chest by the difficulty of breathing the vehemency of the encreasing feaver the stinking of the breath the casting up of blood at the mouth and other symptomes which usually happen to these who have putrified and clotted blood poured out of the vessells into the belly infecting with the filthy vapour of the corrupt substance the partato which it shall come But also unlesse the patient cannot lye upon his backe he is troubled with a desire to vomite and covets now and then to rise whence hee often falls into a swoond the vitall faculty which fusteines the body being broken and debilitated both by reason of the wound and concreate or clotted blood for so putting on the quality of poyson it greatly dissipates and dissolves the strength of the heart It is a signe the spinall marrow is hurt when a convulsion or Palsie that is a suddaine losse of sense and motion in the parts thereunder an unvoluntary excretion of the Vrine and other excrements or a totall suppression of them seazes upon the Patient When the hollow veine and great Artery are wounded the patient will dye in a short time by reason of the suddaine and aboundant effusion of the blood and spirits which intercepts the motion of the lungs and heart whence the party dyes sufforaced CHAP. XXX Of the cure of the Wounds of the Chest WE have read in Iohn de Vigo that it is disputed amongst Chirurgions concerning the consolidation of wounds of
the Chest For some thinke that such wounds must bee closed up and cicatrized with all possible speed least the cold ayre come to the heart and the vitall spirits flye away and bee dissipated Others on the contrary thinke that such wounds ought to be long kept open and also if they be not sufficiently large of themselves that then they must be enlarged by Chirurgery that so the blood powred forth into the capacity of the Chest may have passage forth which otherwise by delay would putrefie whence wound ensue an increase of the feaver a fistulous ulcer and other pernicious accidents The first opinion is grounded upon reason and truth if so bee that there is little or no blood poured forth into the capacity of the Chest But the latter takes place where there is much more blood contained in the empty spaces of the Chest Which least I may seeme rashly to determine I thinke it not amisse to ratifie each opinion with a history thereto agrecable Whilest I was at Turin Chirurgion to the Marshall of Montejan the King of France his Generall I had in cure a souldier of Paris whose name was L'evesque he served under captaine Renouart He had three wounds but one more greevous than the rest went under the right brest some what deepe into the capacity of the Chest whence much blood was poured forth upon the midriffe which caused such difficulty of breathing that it even tooke away the liberty of his speech besides though this occasion he had a vehement feaver coughed up blood and a sharpe paine on the wounded side The Chirurgion which first drest him had so bound up the wound with a straite and thicke suture that nothing could flow out thereat But I being called the day after and weighing the present symptomes which threatned speedy death judged that the sowing of the wound must straight be loosed which being done there instantly appeared a clot of blood at the orifice thereof which made mee to cause the patient to lye halfe out of his bed with his head downewards and to stay his hands on a settle which was lower than the bed and keeping himselfe in this posture to shut his mouth and nose that so his lungs should swell the midriffe be stretched forth and the intercostall muscles and those of the Abdomen should be compressed that the blood powred into the Chest might be evacuated by the wound but also that this excrescion might succeede more happily I thrust my finger some-what deepe into the wound that so I might open the Orifice thereof being stopped up with the congealed blood and certainely I drew out some seaven or eight ounces of putrified and stinking blood by this meanes When he was layd in his bed I caused frequent injections to be made into the wound of a decoction of Barly with honey of Roses and red Sugar which being injected I wisht him to turne first on the one and then on the other side and then againe to lye out of his bed as before for thus he evacuated small but very many clots of blood together with the liquor lately injected which being done the symptomes were mittigated and left him by little and little The next day I made another more detergent injection adding thereto worme-wood centaury and Aloes but such a bitternesse did rise up to his mouth together with a desire to cast that he could not longer endure it Then it came into my mind that formerly I had observed the like effect of the like remedy in the Hospitall of Paris in one who had a fistulous ulcer in his Chest Therefore when I had considered with my selfe that such bitter things may easily passe into the Lungs and so may from thence rise into the Weazon and mouth I determined that thence forwards I would never use such bitter things to my patients for the use of them is much more troublesome than any way good and advantagious But at the length this patient by this and the like meanes recovered his health beyond my expectation But on the contrary I was called on a time to a certaine Germaine gentleman who was runne with a sword into the capacity of his Chest the neighbouring Chirurgion had put a great tent into the wound at the first dressing which I made to bee taken forth for that I certainly understood there was no blood powred forth into the capacity of the Chest because the patient had no feaver no weight upon the diaphragma nor spitted forth any blood Wherefore I cured him in few dayes by onely dropping in some of my balsame and laying a plaster of Diacalcitheos upon the wound The like cure I have happily performed in many others To conclude this I eare boldly affirme that wounds of the Chest by the too long use of tents degenerate into Fistula's Wherefore if you at any time shall undertake the cure of wounds which penetrate into the capacity of the Chest you shall not presently shut them up at the first dressing but keep them open for two or three dayes but when you shall finde that the patient is troubled with no or very little paine and that the midriffe is pressed downe with no weight and that he breathes freely then let the tent be taken forth and the wound healed up as speedily as you can by covering it onely with lint dipped in some balsame which hath a glutinative faculty and layd some what broader than the wound never apply liniments to wounds of this kinde lest the patient by breathing draw them into the capacity of the Chest Wherefore also you must have a care that the tent put into those kindes of wounds may be fastened to the Pledgets and also have somewhat a large head lest they should be drawne as we sayd into the capacity of the Chest for if they fall in they will cause putrifaction and death Let Emplast Diacalcitheos or some such like bee applyed to the wound But if on the contrary you know by proper and certaine signes that there is much blood fallen into the spaces of the Chest then let the orifice of the wound bee kept open with larger tents untill all the Sanies or bloody matter wherein the blood hath degenerated shall bee exhausted But if it happen at any time as assuredly it sometimes doth that notwithstanding the Art and care of the Physition the wound degenerates into a Fistula then the former evill is become much worse For Fistula's of the Chest are scarse cured at any time and that for divers causes The first is for that the muscles of the Chest are in perpetuall motion Another is because they on the contrary inside are covered onely with the membrane investing the ribbes which is without blood The third is for that the wound hath no stay by meanes whereof it may be compressed sowed and bound whereby the lips being joyned together the wound may at length be replenished with flesh and cicatrized But the reason
why wounds of the Chest doe every day heape up and poure forth so great a quantity of matter seemes to be their vicinity to the heart which being the fountaine of blood there is a perpetuall effluxe ther eof from thence to the part affected For this is natures care in preserving the affected parts that continually and aboundantly without measure or meane it sends all its supplyes that is blood and spirits to the ayde Ad hereto that the affected parts by paine heate and continuall motion of the Lungs and midriffe draw and allure much blood to themselves Such like blood defiled by the malignity and filth of the wound is speedily corrupted whence it is that from the perpetuall affluxe of blood there is a continuall effluxe of matter or filth which at the last brings a man to a consumption because the ulcerated partlike a ravenous wolfe consumes more blood by the paine heate and motion than can be ministred thereto by the heart Yet if there bee any hope to cure and heale the Fistula it shall bee performed after the use of diet phlebotomie and according to the prescript of the Physition by a vulnerary potion which you shall finde described when we treate of the Caries or rottennesse of the bones Wherefore you shall make frequent injections therewith into the Fistula adding and mixing with it syruput de rosts ficcis and mel rosarum Neither doc I if the putrefaction bee great feare to mixe therewith Aegyptiacum But you must have a care to remember and observe the quantity of the injected liquor that you may know whether it all come forth againe after it hath performed its detergent office For if any thereof remaine behinde in the corners and crooked passages it hurts the part as corrupted with the contagion thereof The for me of a Syring fit to make injection when a great quantity of liquor is to be injected into any part After the injected liquor is come forth a pipe of gold silver or lead shall bee put into the fistulous ulcer and it must have many holes in it that so the filth may passe forth at them it must be fast tyed with strings that it may not fall into the capacity of the Chest A great spunge steeped in aqua vita and wrung forth againe shall bee layd hot to the end or orifice thereof both to hinder the entrance of theayre into the Fistulous ulcer as also to draw forth the filth thereof by its gentle heate the which thing the Patient shall much further if often times both day and night hee hold his breath stopping his mouth and nose and lying upon the diseased side that so the Sanies may bee the more forcibly evacuated neither must wee leave putting in the pipe before that this fistulous ulcer shall bee almost dry that is whole as when it yeelds little or no matter at all then it must be cicatrized But if the orifice of this fistulous ulcer being in the upper part hinder the healing thereof then by a chirurgicall Section a passage shall be made in the bottome as we sayd before in an Empyema The delineation of the pipes with their strings and spunges The reader must note that the pipes which are fit for this use neede not have so many holes as these here exprest but onely two or three in their ends for the flesh growing and getting into the rest make them that they cannot be plucked forth without much paine A wound made in the Lungs admits cure unlesse it bee very large if it bee without inflammation if it bee on the skirts of the Lungs and not on their upper parts if the patient containe himselfe from coughing much and contentious speaking and great breathing for the wound is enlarged by coughing and thence also arises inflammation the Pus and Sanies whereof whilst the lungs againe endeavour to expell by coughing by which meanes they are onely able to expell that which is hurtfull and troublesome to them the ulcer is dilated the inflammation augmented the Patient wastes away and the disease becomes incureable There have beene many Eclegma's described by Physitions for to clense the ulcer which when the patient useth he shall lye on his backe to keepe them long in his mouth so to relaxe the muscles of the Larinx for thus the medicine will fall by little and little alongst the coates of the Weazon for if it should fall downe in great quantity it would be in danger to cause coughing Cowes Asses or Goates milke with a little honey least they should corrupt in the stomacke are very fit remedies for this purpose but womans milke exceedes the rest But Sugar of Roses is to be preferred before all other medicines in the opinion of Avicen for that it hath a detergent and also an astrictive and strengthening faculty than which nothing is more to bee desired in curing of ulcers When you shall thinke it time to agglutinate the clensed ulcer you must command the patient to use emplasticke austere and asttringent medicines such as are Terra sigillata bolus armenus hypocystis plantaine knot-grasse Sumach acacia and the like which the patient shall use in hisbrothes and Eclegma's mixing therewith honey of roses which serving for a vehicle to the rest may carry away the impacted filth which hinders agglutination But seeing an hecticke feaver easily follows upon these kindes of wounds and also upon the affects of the Chest and lungs it will not be amisse to set downe somewhat concerning the cure thereof that so the Chirurgion may know to administer some helpe to his patient whilst a Physition is sent for to overcome this disease with more powerfull and certaine remedies CHAP. XXXII Of the differences causes signes and cure of an Hecticke feaver A Hecticke feaver is so called either for that it is stubborne and hard to eure and loose as things which have contracted a habite for Hexis in Greeke signifies a habite or else for that it seazes upon the solide parts of our bodies called by the Greekes Hexeis both which the Latine word Habitus doth signifie There are three kindes or rather degreees of this feaver The first is when the hecticke heate consumes the humidity of the solide parts The second is when it feeds upon the fleshy substance The third and uncureable is when it destroyes the solide parts themselves For thus the flame of a lampe first wastes the oyle then the proper moysture of the weeke Which being done there is no hope of lighting it againe what store of oyle soever you poure upon it This feaver very seldome breeds of its selfe but commonly followes after some other Wherefore the causes of a hecticke feaver are sharpe and burning feavers not well cured especially if their heate were not repressed with cooling epithemes applyed to the heart and Hypochondria If cold water was not fitly drunke If may also succeede a Diary feaver which hath bin caused and
and dryed in the guts it will be convenient all the time of the discase to use frequently glisters made of the decoction of cooling and humecting hearbes flowres and seedes wherein you shall dissolve Cassia with sugar and oyle of Violets or water-lillies But because there often happen very dangerous fluxes in a confirmed hecticke feaver which shew the decay of all the faculties of the body and wasting of the corporaell substance you shall resist them with refrigerating and asisting medicines and meates of grosser nourishment as Rice and Cicers and application of astringent and strengthening remedies and using the decoction of Oates or parched barly for drinke Let the patient be kept quiet and sleeping as much as may be especially if he be a child For this feaver frequently invades children by anger great and long feare or the too hot milke of the nurse overheating in the Sunne the use of wine and other such like causes they shall be kept in a hoâ— and moystayre have another Nurse and bee anoynted with oyle of violets to conclude you shall apply medicines which are contrary to the morbificke cause CHAP. XXXIII Of the Wounds of the Epigastrium and of the whole lower belly THe wounds of the lowerbelly are sometimes before sometimes behind some onely touch the surface thereof others enter in some passe quite through the body so that they often leave the weapon therein some happen without hurting the conteined parts others grievously offend these parts the liver spleene stomacke guts kidneyes wombe bladder ureters and great vessells so that oft times a great portion of the Kall falls forth We know the Liver is wounded when a great quantity of blood comes forth of the wound when a pricking paine reaches even to the swordlike gristle to which the Liver adheares Oft times morecholer is cast up by vomit and the patient lyes on his belly with more case and content When the stomacke or any of the small guts are wounded the meate and drinke break out at the wound the Ilia or flankes swell and become hard the hicker troubles the patient and oft times he casts up more choler and greevous paine wrings his belly and hee is taken with cold sweates and his extreme parts waxe cold If any of the greater gutts shall bee hurt the excrements come forth at the wound When the Spleene is wounded there flowes out thicke and blacke blood the patient is oppressed with thirst and there are also the other signes which wee sayd use to accompany the wounded Liver A difficulty of making water troubles the patient whose reines are wounded blood is pissed forth with the Vrine and he hath a paine stretched to his groines and the regions of the Bladder and Testicles The Bladder or Vreters being wounded the flankes are pained and there is a Tension of the Pecten or share blood is made in stead of vrine or else the vrine is very bloody which also divers times comes forth at the wound When the wombe is wounded the blood breakes forth by the privities and the Symptomes are like those of the Bladder The wounds of the liver are deadly for this part is the worke house of the blood wherefore necessarie for life besides by wounds of the liver the branches of the Gateor Hollow veines are cut whence ensues a great flux of blood not onely inwardly but also outwardly and consequently a dissipation of the spirits and strength But the blood which is shed inwardly amongst the bowels putrefies and corrupts whence followes paine a feaver inflammation and lastly death Yet Paulus Aegineta writes that the lobe of the Liver may be cut away without necessary consequence of death Also the wounds of the Ventricle and of the small Guts but chiefely of the Iejunum are deadly for many vessells runne to the Iejunum or empty Gut and it is of a very nervous and slender substance and besides it receives the cholericke humour from the bladder of the Gall. So also the wounds of the Spleene Kidneyes Vreters Bladder Womb and Gall are commonly deadly but alwayes ill for that the actions of such parts are necessary for life besides divers of these are without blood and nervous others of them receive the moist excrements of the whole body and lie in the innermost part of the body so that they doe not easily admit of medicines Furthermore all wounds which penetrate into the capacitie of the belly are judged very dangerous though they doe not touch the conteined bowells for the encompassing and new ayre entring in amongst the bowells greatly hurts them as never used to the feeling thereof adde hereto the dissipation of the spirits which much weakens the strength Neither can the filth of such wounds be wasted away according to the minde of the Chirurgion whereby it happens they divers times turne into Fistula's as we saide of wounds of the Chest and so at length by collection of matter cause death Yet I have dressed many who by Gods assistance and favour have recovered of wounds passing quite through their bodies I can bring as a witnesse the steward of the Portingall Embassadour whom I cured at Melun of a wound made with a sword so running through his body that a great quantity of excrements came forth of the wounded Guts as he was a dressing yet he recovered Not long agone Giles le Maistre a Gentleman of Paris was runne quite through the body with a Rapier so that he voyded much blood at his mouth and fundament divers dayes together whereby you know the Guts were wounded and yet he was healed in twenty dayes In like sort the wounds of the greater vessells are mortall by reason of the great effusion of blood and spirits which ensues thereupon CHAP. XXXIIII The cure of wounds of the lower belly THe first cogitation in curing of these wounds ought to be whether they pierce into the capacitie of the Belly for those which passe no further than to the Peritonaeum shall be cured like simple wounds which onely requre union But those which enter into the capacity must be cured after another manner For oft times the Kall or Guts or both fall forth at them A gut which is wounded must be sowed up with such a seame as Furriers or Glovers use as we formerly told you and then you must put upon it a pouder made of Mastich Myrrhe Aloes and Bole. Being sowed up it must not bee put up boysterously together and at once into its place but by little and little the Patient lying on the side opposite to the wound As for example the right side of the Guts being wounded and falling out by the wound the Patient shall lye on his left side for the more easy restoring of the fallne downe Gut and so on the contrary If the lower part of the Guts being wounded slide through the wound then the Patient shall lye with his head low downe and his buttocks
rent or torne by a small occasion without any signe of injury or solution of continuity apparent on the outside as by a little jumpe the slipping aside of the foote the too nimble getting on horseback or the slipping of the foote out of the stirrop in mounting into the sadlde When this chance happens it will give a cracke like a Coachmans whip above the heele where the tendon is broken the depressed cavity may be felt with your finger there is great paine in the part the party is not able to goe This mischance may be amended by long lying and resting in bed and repelling medicines applied to the part affected in the beginning of the disease for feare of more grievous symptomes then applying the Blacke plaister or Diacalcitheos or some other such as neede shall require neither must we hereupon promise to our selves or the patient certaine or absolute health But on the contrary at the beginning of the disease we must foretell that it wil never be so cured but that some reliques may remaine as the depression of the part affected and depravation of the action and going for the ends of this broken or relaxed Tendon by reason of its thickenesse and contumacie cannot easily be adjoyned nor being adjoyned united CHAP. XXXIX Of the wounds of the joynts BEcause the wounds of the joynts have something proper and peculiar to themselves besides the common nature of wounds of the Nerves therefore I intend to treat of them in particular Indeede they are alwayes very dangerous and for the most part deadly by reason of the nervous productions and membranous Tendons wherewith they are bound and engirt and into which the Nerves are inserted whereby it comes to passe that the exquisite sense of such like parts will easily bring maligne symptomes especially if the wound possesse an internall or as they terme it a domestique part of them as for example the armepits the bending of the arme the inner part of the wrist and ham by reason of the notable Veines Arteries and Nerves of these parts the loosed continuity of all which brings a great flux of blood sharpe paine and other malignant symptomes all which we must resist according to their nature and condition as a flux of blood with things staying bleeding paine with anodynes If the wound be large and wide the severed parts shall be joyned with a future leaving an orifice in the lower part by which the quitture may passe forth This following pouder of Vigoes description must be strewed upon the future ℞ thuris sang draconis boli armen terrae sigill an ʒij an.ʒj. fiat pulvis subtilis And then the joynt must bee wrapped about with a repercussive medicine composed of the whites of egges a little oyle of Roses Bole Mastich and barly floure If it be needefull to use a Tent let it be short and according to the wound thicke lest it cause paine and moreover let it bee annointed with the yolke of an egge oyle of Roses washed turpenetine and a little saffron But if the wound bee more short and narrow it shall be dilated if there be occasion that so the humour may passe away more freely You must rest the part and beware of using cold relaxing mollifying humecting and unctuous medicines unlesse peradventure the sharpenesse of the paine must be mitigated For on the contrary astringent and desiccant medicines are good as this following cataplasme ℞ furtur macri farin hordei fabarum an ℥ iiij florum cham ae melil an m. ss terebinth ℥ iij. mellis communis ℥ ij ol myrtini ℥ j oxymelitis vel oxycrat vellixivij com quantum sufficit fiat cataplasma ad formam pultis Or you may compose one of the Lees of wine Wheate branne the pouder of Oaken barke cypressenuts galls and Turpentine and such like that have an astringent strengthning and drying qualitie and thereby asswaging paine and hindering the defluxion of humours This following medicine is astringent and agglutinative ℞ Terebinth venet ℥ ij aq vitaeparum pulveris mastich aloes myrrhae boli armen an ℈ ij And also our balsame will be good in this case if so be that you adde hereto so much pouder which dryes without acrimonie as occasion shall serve I admonished you before to take heede of cold and now againe for it is hurtfull to all wounds and ulcers but especially to these of the nervous parts hence it is that many dye of small wounds in the winter who might recover of the same wounds though greater in the Summer For cold according to Hippocrates is nipping to ulcers hardens the skin and hinders them from suppuration extinguisheth naturall heate causes blackenesse cold aguish fits convulsions and distentions Now divers excrements are cast forth of wounds of the joynts but chiefely albugineous that is resembling the white of an egge and mucous and sometime a very thinne water all which favour of the nature of that humour which nourisheth these parts For to every part there is appropriate for his nourishment and conservation a peculiar Balsame which by the wound flowes out of the same part as out of the branches of the Vine when they are pruned their radicall moisture or juice flowes whence also a Callus proceeds in broken bones Now this same mucous and albugineous humour slow and as it were frozen flowing from the wounded joynts shewes the cold distemper of the parts which causes paine not to be orecome by medicines onely potentially hot Wherefore to correct that we must apply things actually hot as beasts and swines bladders halfe full of a discussing decoction or hot bricks quenched in wine Such actuall heate helps nature to concoct and discusse the superfluous humour impact in the joynts and strengthens them both which are very necessary because the naturall heate of the joynts is so insirme that it can scarse actuate the medicine unlesse it be helped with medicines actually hot Neither must the Chirurgion have the least care of the figure and posture of the part for a vicious posture increases ill symptomes uses to bring to the very part though the wound be cured distortion numnes incurable contraction which fault least he should runne into let him observe what I shall now say If the forepart of the shoulder be wounded a great boulster must be under the armepit and you must carry your arme in a scarfe so that it may beare up the lower part of the arme that so the top of the shoulder may be elevated some what higher and that so it may be thereby more speedily and happily agglutinated and consolidated If the lower part be wounded when flesh begins to be generated and the lips of the wound to meete you must bid the patient to moove and stirre his armes divers wayes ever and anon for if that be omitted or negligently done when it is cicatrized then it wil be more stiffe and lesse pliable to every motion and yet there
the heart were troubled with continuall feavers But the Liver and all the veinous parts being polluted and so the generation of the laudible blood hindred they languished for want of fitting nourishment But when the Braine by vapours was drawne in to sympathize with the rest they were molested with Ravings and Convulsions Wherefore if any thing succeeded unprosperously in so great malignancie of wounds the Chirurgion was not to be blamed for that it were a crime to fight against God and the Aire wherein the hidden scourges of the divine justice lye hid Therefore if according to the minde of the great Hippocrates who commands to bring all contused wounds to suppuration that so they may be healed wee endeavoured to cure with such medicines wounds made with Gunshot and therefore contused who can rightly be angry with us if we performed it not so well by reason of these putrifactions gangreens and mortifications which proceeded from the corrupt Aire for all that we used not onely suppuratives but were oft times forced to use other medicines so long turning aside from the cure of the disease untill we had orecome the symptomes which much endanger the patient and customarily happen upon such wounds as also upon those which are made with a sword or any other kind of weapon As shall plainly appeare in the following treatise to which it now seemes high time that we betake our selves CHAP. I. A division of wounds drawne from the variety of the wounded parts and the Bullets which wound ALl wounds which are made in mans body by Gunshot whether simple or compound are accompanied with contusion dilaceration distemper and swelling I say all these possesse eyther the noble parts or ignoble the fleshy nervous or bony some whiles with rending and tearing asunder the larger vessells sometimes without harming them Now these wounds are onely superficiary or else peirce deepe and passe quite through the body But there is also another division of these wounds taken from the variety of the Bullets wherewith they are made For some bullets are bigger some lesse some betweene both they are usually made of Lead yet sometimes of Steele Iron Brasse Tinne scarse any of Silver much lesse of Gold There arises no difference from their figure for almost all kinds of wounds of this nature are round From these differences the Chirurgion must take his Indications what to doe and what medicines to apply The first care must be that he thinke not these horrid and maligne symptomes which usually happen upon these kinds of wounds to arise from combustion or poyson carried with the Bullet into the wounded part and that for these reasons we have formerly handled at large But rather let him judge they proceede from the vehemencie of the contusion dilaceration and fracture caused by the Bullets too violent entry into the nervous and bony bodies For if at any time the bullet shall onely light upon the fleshy parts the wounds will be as easily cured as any other wound usually is which is made with a contusing and round kind of weapon as I have often found by frequent experience whilest I have followed the warres and performed the part of a Chirurgion to many Noble-men and common Souldiers according to the counsell of such Physitions as were there overseers of the cure CHAP. II. Of the signes of wounds made by Gunshot WOunds made by Gunshot are knowne by their figure which is usually round by their colour as when the native colour of the part decayes and in stead thereof a livid greenish violet or other colour succeeds by the feeling or sense of the stroke when in the very instant of the receiving thereof hee feeles a heavy sense as if some great stone or peice of Timber or some such other weightything had falne upon it by the small quantity of blood which issues out thereat for when the parts are contused within some small while after the stroake they swell up so that they will scarse admit a Tent whence it is that the blood is stopped which otherwise would flow forth of the orifice of the wound by heate which happens eyther by the violentnesse of the motion or the vehement impulsion of the aire or the attrition of the contused parts as the flesh and nerves Also you may conjecture that the wounds have beene made by Gunshot if the bones shall be broken and the splinters thereof by pricking the neighbouring bodies cause defluxion and inflammation But the cause that the Bullet makes so great a contusion is for that it enters the body not with any points or corners but with its round and sphericall body which cannot penetrate but with mighty force whence it commeth to passe that the wound lookes blacke and the adjacent parts livid Hence also proceede so many grievous symptomes as paine Defluxion Inflammation Apostumation Convulsion Phrensie Palsie Gangreen and mortification whence lastly death ensues Now the wounds doe often cast forth virulent and very much stincking filth by reason of the great contusion and the rending and tearing of the neighbouring particles A great aboundance of humors flow from the whole body and fall downe upon the affected parts which the native heate thereof being diminished forsakes and presently an unnaturall heate seazes upon it Hither also tend an universall or particular repletion of ill humours chiefely if the wounds possesse the nervous parts as the joynts Verily neither a Stagge with his horne nor a flint out of a sling can give so great a blow or make so large a wound as a Leaden or Iron Bullet shot out of a Gun as that which going with mighty violence peirces the body like a Thunderbolt CHAP. III. How these wounds must be ordered at the first dressing THe wound must forthwith be enlarged unlesse the condition of the part resist that so there may be free passage forth both for the Sanies or matter as also for such things as are farced or otherwise contained therein such as are peices of their cloathes bombast linnen paper peices of Maile or Armour Bullets Haile-shot splinters of bones bruised flesh and the like all which must be plucked forth with as must celerity and gentlenesse as may bee For presently after the receiving of the wound the paine and inflammation are not so great as they will be within a short time after This is the principall thing in performance of this worke that you place the patient just in such a posture as he was in at the receiving of the wound for otherwise the various motion and turning of the Muscles will eyther hinder or straiten the passage forth of the conteined bodies You shall if it be possible search for these bodies with your finger that so you may the more certainly and exactly perceive them Yet if the Bullet bee entred some-what deepe in then you shall search for it with a round and blunt probe lest you put the patient to paine yet often
quantum sufficit bulliant omnia simul secundum artem fiat medicamentum ad formam meliis This by reason of the heate and subtlety of the substance hath a faculty to induce and attenuate the humors as also to call forth the native heate drawne in and dissipated by the violent and forcible entrance of the Bullet into the body furthermore also it corrects the venemous contagion of the virulent humor Now this medicine shall be used dissolved in Venegar or aqua vitae and be put into the wound with tents or pledgets The tents which shall bee used at the first dressing must be somewhat long and thicke that by dilating the wound they may make way for applycation of other remedies otherwise you may make injection with a syring that so it may penetrate the more powerfully But this described Egyptiacum shall be tempered according to the condition of the affected parts for the nervous parts will bee offended with it as being too acride but it may be qualified by admixture of oyle of Turpentine and Saint Iohn-wort Also we may well be without this Egyptiacum when there is no such pestilent constitution of the ayre as was seene in the late Civill warres After the use of Egyptiacum you shall with emollient and lenitive medicines procure the falling away of the Eschar and such a medicine is this following oyle being somewhat more than warme â„ž Olei violati lib. iiij in quibus coquantur catelli duo nuper nati usque ad dissolutionem ossium addendo vermium terrestrium ut decet praeparatoâ—um lb. j. coquantur simul lente igne deinde fiat expressio ad usum addendo terebinth venet â„¥ iij. aquae vitae â„¥ j. This oyle hath a wonderful force to asswage paine to bring the wound to suppuration cause the falling away of the Eschar This ensuing oyle is made more easily â„ž olei seminis lini lilior an â„¥ iij. unguent basilic â„¥ j. lique fiant simul fiat medicamentum put of this a sufficent quality into the wound for this being applyed indifferent hot hath power to asswage pain to foften and humect the orifice of the wound and help forwards suppuration which is the true manner of curing these kinde of wounds according to the rule of Hippocrates which wishes every contused wound to bee presently brought to suppuration for so it will be lesse subject to a Phlegmon and besides all the rent and bruised flesh must putrifie dissolve and turne to quitture that new and good flesh may be generated in steed thereof Laâ—rentius Ioubertus much commends this following medicine of whose efficacie as yet I have made no triall â„ž pulver mercur bis calcinati â„¥ j adipis porcirecentis vel butyrs recentis â„¥ viij Camphorae in aqua vitae dissolutae Ê’ij misce omnia simul addende tantillum olei liliorum aut lini Experience taught him and reason also shewes that this kinde of remedy is very commendable for the powder of Mercury if mixed with a grosse and humecting matter doth in a short space turne the bruised flesh into pus without causing any great paine For the Camphire whether it be hot or cold in temper it much conduces to that purpose by reason of the subtlety of the parts wherof it consists For by meanes of this quality the medicines enter with more facility into the affected bodyes and performe their parts besides also Camphire refists putrifaction Some droppe into the wound aqua vitae wherein they have dissolved some calcined vitrioll Which kind of remedy is not suppurative but yet much resists putrefaction so that we may use it with good successe when the weather is hot moyst and foggie But when the wound is made very neere at hand it cannot but be burnt by the flame of the powder in which remedies used for burnes will be usefull not omitting such as are fit for contusions But for these parts which lye next the wound you shall not unlesse at the first dressing apply refrigerating and astringent things but rather emollient and suppurative For those things which have a refrigerating faculty weaken the part and hinder suppuration For astringents constipate the skin which is the cause that the putride vapours shut up and hindred from transpiration and passage forth a gangrene and mortification easily seaze upon the part But if the contusion be great and diffuse it selfe more largely over the flesh the part must be much scarified that so the contused and concreat blood and therefore subject to putrefaction may be evacuated But for these parts which somewhat further distant from the wound encompasse the contused flesh they require refrigerating and strengthening medicines so to hinder the falling downe and setling of the humor in that part such is this ensuing medicine â„ž Pul. boli armen sauguin Dracon Myrrhae an â„¥ j succi solan sempervivi portulac an â„¥ iss album iiij ovorum oxyrhodin quantum sufficit fiat linimentum ut decet You may use this and the like untill the suspected symptome be past feare Neither must you have lesse care of binding up and rolling the part than of your medicines for it doth not a little conduce to the cure to binde it so fitly up as it may be without paine The wound at the beginning of the cure must be dressed but once in 24. houres that is untill the wound come to suppuration but when the quitture begins to flow from it and consequently the paine and feaver are encreased it shall be drest twise a day that is every twelve houres And when the quitture flowes more abundantly than usuall so that the collection thereof is very troublesome to the Patient it will be requisite to dresse it every 8 houres that is thrise a day Now when as this aboundant effluxe is somewhat slaked and begins to decrease it will suffice to dresse it twise a day But when the ulcer is filled with flesh and consequently casts forth but little matter it will serve to dresse it once a day as you did at the first CHAP. VI. How you shall order it at the second dressing AT the second and following dressings unlesse you suspect putrifaction and a Gangrene you shall onely put into the wound some of the oyles formerly described adding to them the yolkes of some egges and a little saffron and use this medicine untill the wound come to perfect suppuration Here you must note this that these kindes of wounds are longer before they come to suppuration than other wounds made by any other sort of weapon both for that the bullet as also the ayre which it violently carries before it by much bruising the flesh on every side dissipates the native heate and exhausts the spirits of the part Which things hinder digestion and often cause the matter to stinke as also many other pernitious symptomes Yet most usually pus or quitture appeares within three or foure dayes sooner and
and overheated part The bleeding must not bee stanched presently upon the receiving of the wound for by the more plentifull effluxe thereof the part is freed from danger of inflammation and fulnesse Wherefore if the wound bleede not sufficiently at the first you shall the next day open a veine and take blood according to the strength and plenitude of the patient for there usually flowes no great store of blood from wounds of this nature for that by the greatnesse of the contusion and vehemencie of the mooved ayre the spirits are forced in as also I have observed in those who have one of their limbes taken away with a Cannon bullet For in the time when the wound is received there flowes no great quantity of blood although there be large veines and arteries torne in sunder thereby But on the 4 5 6. or some more dayes after the blood flowes in greater abundance and with more violence the native heate and spirits returning into the part The belly must be so qualified that he may have at the least one stoole a day either by nature or Art and if by Art then rather with a glister than purging medicines taken by the mouth for that the agitation of humors chiefely in the first dayes of the disease is to be susspected least we increase the defluxion falling downe upon the wounded part Yet Galen writes that both the evacuations are heere needefull that is blood-letting and purging though the Patient bee neither phethoricke nor repleate with ill humors But the care hereof must be committed to the judgement of the learned Physition Paine if ioyned with inflammation shall be mitigated by anointing the parts neere unto the wound with Vnguent nutritum composed with the juyce of Plantaine Housleeke Nightshade and the like Vnguentum Diacalcitheos described by Galen dissolved with vinegar oyle of Poppyes and Roses is of no lesse efficacy nor unguent de bolo nor divers other things of the same faculty though properly no anodynes as those which are not hot and moyst in the first degree but rather cold but yet not so as to have any narcoticke faculty Now these forementioned things asswage paine for that they correct the hot distemper and stay the acride and cholericke defluxions whose violence is more than cold After the use of repercussives it will be good to apply this following cataplasme â„ž Micae panis infusae in lacte vaccino lb. j. ss bulliant parum addendo olei violacei rosar an â„¥ iij. vitellos ovorum nu iiij pulver rosar rub flor chamaem meliloti an â„¥ ij farin fabar hordei an â„¥ j. misce fiat cataplasma secundum artom Also in this case you may easily make a medicine of bread crummes boyled in Oxycrate and oyle of Roses The cure of Tumors if any associate the wound may be found in their proper place Natures motion whether to suppuration or any such thing must still be observed and helped by the Physition and Chirurgion as the ministers or servants thereof CHAP. X. Of Bullets which remaine in the body for a long time after the wound is healed up LEaden Bullets lye in some parts of the body some whiles seaven eight or more yeares so that they neither hinder the agglutination of the wound neither doth any other symptome happen thereupon as I have diverse times observed untill at length by the strength of nature forcing them and their proper weightines bearing them downewards they shew themselves in some lower part by their swelling or bunching forth and so must be taken forth by the hand of the Chirurgion For they say Lead hath a certaine sympathy and familiarity with mans body chiefely the fleshy parts thereof Wherefore it neither putrifies its selfe nor causeth the flesh to putrifie besides it hath an excellent faculty in cicatrizing old ulcers But bullets of stone Iron and of any other mettall are of another nature for they cannot remaine any long time in the body without hurt for Iron will grow rusty and so corrode the neighbouring bodyes and bring other maligne symptomes Yet a Leaden bullet cannot remaine any long time in nervous or noble parts without danger CHAP. XI How to correct the constitution of the ayre so that the noble parts may be strengthened and the whole body besides BVt because as we have formerly told you there are some times wherein even small wounds made by Gunshot prove deadly not by their owne fault but the fault of the ayre therefore also the Chirurgion must have this care that he correct the ayre with all diligence and reduce it to a certaine quality and moderation of substance and strengthen the noble parts and whole body besides which may be performed by the following medicines which are to be taken inwardly and applyed outwardly In the morning three houres before meate let the Patient take some certaine quantity as the Physition shall thinke fit of the electuary Diarbodon Abbatis or Aromaticum rosatum triasantalon biamoschum laetificans Galeni or some such other like And you shall apply some such Epitheme as is heere described to the heart and Liver â„ž aquae rosar â„¥ iiij aquae buglossae aceti boni an â„¥ ij coriandri praeparati â„¥ ss an.Ê’j. sant rub Ê’ss utriusqueÊ’ss camphorae ℈ j. croci ℈ ss pulver diarhod Abbat Ê’ij theriacae Mithridatij an â„¥ ss pul flo chamaem melil an Ê’iij misce fiat epithema Let it be applyed warme by dipping a scarlet cloath therein You shall frequently put odorifferous and refrigerating things to the patients nose to strengthen the animall faculty as â„ž aquaerosar aceti boni an â„¥ iij. an.Ê’j. Let a linnen ragge dipped herein be now and then put to the patients nose for the same purpose he shall carry a Pomander about him and often smell thereto As â„ž ros rub violar an Ê’iij baccarum myrti juniperi santal rub an Ê’ijss styracis calamit Ê’ij aq rosarum quantum satis est lique fiat simul cum cerae albae quod sufficit fiat ceratum ad comprehendendos supradictos pulvers cum pillillo calido ducatur in pomum Or â„ž rad Ireos Florent majoran calam aromat ladani â—enzoini rad cyperi caryophll an Ê’ij Moschi gra 4. fiat pulvis cum gummi tragacanth quod sufficit Or else â„ž ladani puri â„¥ j. Benzoini â„¥ ss styracis calamit Ê’vj ireos Flor. â„¥ ss caryophyll Ê’iij majoran ros rub calami aromat an Ê’ss in pollinem redigantur omnia bulliant cum aqua ros quantum sufficit colentur colata liquefiant cum justa cerae albae quantitate styracis liquidae â„¥ j fiat ad modum cerati moschiÊ’j Also you may corroborate the animall faculty by application of frontalls as also procure sleepe and ease the paine of the head as â„ž aq ros â„¥ ij olei ros papav an â„¥ iss aceti boni â„¥ j. trochis de camphora Ê’ss fiat
wound once dressed handle it if simple as you doe simple wounds if compound then according to the condition and manner of the complication of the effects Certainly the Oyle of Whelpes formerly described is very good to asswage paine To conclude you shall cure the rest of the Symptomes according to the method prescribed in our Treatise of wounds in generall and to that wee have formerly delivered concerning wounds made by Gunshot CHAP. XXI Of poysoned wounds IF these wounds at any time proove poysoned they have it from their primitive cause to wit the empoisoned Arrowes or Darts of their enemies You may finde it out both by the propertie of the paine if that it bee great and pricking as if continually stung with Bees for such paine usually ensues in wounds poysoned with hot poyson as Arrowes usually are Also you shall know it by the condition of the wounded flesh for it will become pale and grow livid with some signes of mortification To conclude there happen many and maligne symptomes upon wounds which are empoysoned being such as happen not in the common nature of usuall wounds Therefore presently after you have plucked forth the strange bodies encompasse the wound with many and deepe scarrifications apply ventoses with much flame that so the poyson may bee more powerfully drawne forth to which purpose the sucking of the wound performed by one whose mouth hath no soarenesse therein but is filled with oyle that so the poyson which he sucks may not sticke nor adhere to the part will much conduce Lastly it must be drawne forth by rubefying vesicatory and caustick medicines and assailed by ointments cataplasmes emplasters and all sorts of locall medicines The end of the Eleventh Booke OF CONTVSIONS AND GANGREENS THE TVVELFTH BOOKE CHAP. I. A Contusion according to Galen is a solution of Continuity in the flesh or bone caused by the stroake of some heavy and obtuse thing or a fall from an high The symptome of this disease is by Hippocrates called Peliosis and Melasma that is to say blacknesse blewnesse the Latins tear me it Sugillatum There are divers sorts of these Sugillations or blacknesses according as the blood is poured forth into the more inward or outward part of the body The blood is poured forth into the body when any for example falls from an high or hath any heavy weight falls upon him as it often happens to such as worke in Mines or are extreamely racked or tortured and sometimes by too loud and forcible exclamation Besides also by a Bullet shot through the body blood is poured forth into the bellies and so often evacuated by the passages of the Guts and bladder The same may happen by the more violent and obtuse blowes of a hard Trunchion Club Stone and all things which may bruise and presse the blood out of the vessells either by extending or breaking them For which causes also the exteriour parts are contused or bruised sometimes with a wound sometimes without so that the skinne being whole and as farre as one can discerne untoucht the blood poures it selfe forth into the empty spaces of the muscles and betweene the skinne and muscles which affect the Ancients have tearmed Ecchymosis Hippocrates calls it by a peculiar name Nausiosis for that in this affect the swollne veines seeme as it were to vomit and verily doe vomit or cast forth the superfluous blood which is conteined in them From these differences of Contusions are drawne the indications of curing as shall appeare by the ensuing discourse CHAP. II. Of the generall cure of great and enormous Ccontusions THe blood poured forth into the body must bee evacuated by visible and not visible evacuation The visible evacuation may be performed by bloodletting Cupping-glasses hornes scarification horeseleeches and fit purgative medicines if so bee the patient have not a strong and continuall feaver The not visible evacuation is performed by resolving and sudorificke potions baths a slender diet Concerning Blood-letting Galens opinion is plaine where he bids in a fall from an high place and generally for bruises upon what part soever they be to open a veine though the parties affected are not of a full constitution for that unlesse you draw blood by opening a veine there may inflammations arise from the concreate blood from whence without doubt evill accidents may ensue After you have drawne blood give him foure ounces of Oxycrate to drinke for that by the tenuity of its substance hinders the coagulation of the blood in the belly or in stead thereof you may use this following potion â„ž GentianaeÊ’iij bulliant in Oxycrato in colatura dissolve electiÊ’j fiat potio These Medicines dissolve and cast forth by spetting and vomite the congealed blood if any thereof be conteined in the ventricle or lungs it wil be expedient to wrap the patient presently in a sheepes skinne being hot and newly taken from the sheepe and sprinkled over with a little myrrhe cresses and falt and so to put him presently in his bed and then cover him so that he may sweat plentifully The next day take away the sheeps-skinne and annoint the body with the following anodyne and resolving unguent â„ž unguent de althaea â„¥ vj. olei Lumbrie chamaem anethi an â„¥ ij terchinth venetae â„¥ iiij farinae foenugrae rosar rub pulverisat pul myrtillorum an â„¥ j. fiat litus ut dictum est Then give this potion which is sudorificke and dissolves the congealed blood â„ž Ligni guaiaci â„¥ viij radicis enulae camp consolid majoris ireos Florent polypod querni seminis coriandri anisi an â„¥ ss glycyrhiz â„¥ ij nepeta centaurcae caryophyl cardui ben verbena an m. s aquae fortanae lib. xij Let them bee all beaten and infused for the space of twelve houres then let them boyle over a gentle fire untill the one halfe bee consumed let the patient drinke some halfe pinte of this drinke in the morning and then sweate some houre upon it in his bed and doe this for seaven or eight dayes If any poore man light upon such a mischance who for want of meanes cannot bee at such cost it will be good having wrapped him in a sheete to bury him up to the chin in Dung mixed with some hay or straw and there to keepe him untill he have sweat sufficiently I have done thus to many with very good successe You shall also give the patient potions made with syrups which have power to hinder the coagulation and putrefaction of the blood such as syrupe of Vinegar or Lemons of the juice of Citrons and such others to the quantitie of an ounce dissolved in scabious or Carduus water You may also presently after the fall give this drinke which hath power to hinder the coagulation of the blood and strengthen the bowells â„ž redactiÊ’j aquae rubiae majoris plantagin an â„¥ j. theriacaeÊ’ss syrupi de rosis siccis â„¥ ss fiat
potus Let him take it in the morning for foure or five dayes In steed hereof you may make a potion of one dramme of Sperma ceti dissolved in buglosse or some other of the waters formerly mentioned and halfe an ounce of syrupe of Maiden-haire if the disease yeeld not at all to these formerly prescribed medicines it will be good to give the patient for nine dayes three or foure houres before meate some of the following powder â„ž rhei torrefacti rad rub majoris centaurei gentianae aristolo rotundae an â„¥ ss give Ê’j heereof with syrupe of Venegar and Carduus water They say that the water of greene Walnuts distilled by an Alembicke is good to dissolve congealed and knotted blood Also you may use bathes made of the decoction of the rootes of Orris Elecampane Sorrell Fennell Marsh-mallowes Water-ferne or Osmund the waterman the greater Comfery the seeds of Faenugreeke the leaves of Sage Marjerome the floures of Camaemile Melilore and the like For a warme bath hath power to rarifie the skin to dissolved the clotted blood by cutting the tough mitigating the acride humors by calling them forth into the surface of the body and relaxing the passages thereof so that the rebellious qualities being orecome there ensues an easie evacuation of the matter by vomit or expectoration if it flote in the stomacke or be conteined in the chest but by stoole Vrine if it lye in the lower parts by sweates and transpiration if it lye next under the skin Wherefore bathes are good for those who have a Peripneumonia or inflammation of their Lunges or a Pleurisie according to the minde of Hippocrates if so be that they be used when the feaver begins to be asswaged for so they mitigate paine helpe forwards suppuration and hasten the spitting up of the purulent matter But we would not have the patient enter into the bath unlesse he have first used generall remedies as blood-letting and purging for otherwise there will be no small danger least the humors diffused by the heate of the bath cause a new defluxion into the parts affected Wherefore doe not thou by any meanes attempt to use this or the like remedy having not first had the advice of a Physition CHAP. III. How we must handle Contusions when they are joyned with a wound EVery great Contusion forthwith requires blood-letting or purging or both and these either for evacuation or revulsion For thus Hippocrates in a contusion of the Heele gives a vomitory potion the same day or else the next day after the heele is broken And then if the Contusion have a wound associating it the defluxion must be stayed at the beginning with an oyntment made of Bole Armenicke the whites of egges and oyle of roses and smyrtles with the pouders of red roses Allome and mastich At the second dressing apply a digestive made of the yoalke of an egge oyle of violets and Turpentine This folfowing Cataplasme shal be applyed to the neare parts to help forwards suppuration â„ž rad althae lilio an â„¥ iiij sol malv. violar senecionis an M. ss coquantur complete passentur per setaceum addendo butyrirecentis olei viol an â„¥ iij. farinae volatilis quant sufficit fiat cataplasma ad formam pultis liquidae Yet have a care in using of Cataplasmes that you do not too much exceede for too frequent and immoderate use of them makes wounds plegmonous sordide and putride Wherefore the wound after it is come to suppuration must be cleansed filled with flesh and cicatrized unlesse haply the contused flesh shall be very much torne so that the native heate forsake it for then it must be cut away But if there be any hope to agglutinate it let it be sowed and other things performed according to Art but the stitches must not be made so close together as when the wound is simple and without contusion for such wounds are easily inflamed and swell up which would occasion either the breaking of the thred or flesh or tearing of the skinne CHAP. IV. Of these Contusions which are without a wound IF the skinne being whole and not hurt as farre as can be discerned the flesh which lyes under it be contused and the blood poured forth under the skin make an Ecchymosis then the patient must be governed according to Art untill the maligne symptomes which commonly happen be no more to be feared Wherfore in the beginning draw blood on the opposite side both for evacuation and revulsion The contused part shall be scarified with equall scarifications then shall you apply cupping-glasses or hornes both for evacuation of the blood which causes the tumor and Tension in the part as also to ventilate and refrigerate the heate of the part least it turne into an Abscesse Neither must we in the meane while omit gentle purging of the belly The first topicke medicines ought to bee astrictives which must lye some short while upon the part that so the Veines and Arteries may be as it were straitned and closed up and so the defluxion hindred as also that the part it selfe may be strengthened This may be the forme of such a remedy â„ž Albumina everum nu iij. olei myrtini rosacei an â„¥ j. boli armeni sanguin dracon an â„¥ ss nucum cupress gallarum pul aluminis usti an Ê’ij incorporentur omnia addendo aceti parum fiat medicamentum Then you shall resolve it with a fomentation Cataplasme and discussing emplaisters CHAP. V. By what meanes the contused part may be freed from the feare and imminent danger of a Gangreene GReat Contusions are dangerous even for this cause for that a Gangreene and mortification sometimes followes them which Hippocrates teacheth to happen when as the affected part is growne very hard and liquide Wherefore when the part growes livide and blacke and the native colour thereof by reason of the affluxe of the concreate blood is almost extinct chiefely to ease the part of that burden cupping glasses and hornes shall be applyed to the part it selfe being first scarified with a Lancet or else the following Instrument termed a Scarificator which hath 18 little wheeles sharpe and cutting like a razour which may be straitened and slacked by the pins noted by D. and P. This instrument is to be commended for that it performes the operation quickly and gently for it makes 18 incisiones in the space that you make one with a Lancet or knife A Scarificator A. Shewes the cover B. The Boxe or Case Then shall you foment the part with strong Venegar wherein the roootes of radish or of Dragons Cuckow-pint Saelomons Seale Auripigmentum and the like have beene boyled for such acride things doe powerfully heat resolve and draw the concreate blood from the inner part of the body unto the skinne which by its setling in the part affected prohibits the entrance of the vitall spirits
the preservers of its integrity yea also extinguisheth the native heate of the same part Now wee must not use these things but with great discretion least so we draw not onely that blood which is poured forth of the vessels but also the other which is contained in the vessels Moreover also we must not use them unlesse when the defluxion is stayed For small contusions which Galen judgeth by the softnesse of the contused part it will bee sufficient to apply to discusse them Virgins waxe dissolved and mixed with Cummim seedes Cloves the roote of blacke Briony which hath a wonderfull faculty to discusse all blackenesses and sugillations for the same purpose you may also apply wormewood brused and so warmed in a dish and sprinkled over with a little white wine Also fry wormewood with oyle of cammomill branne the powder of Cloves and Nutmegs adding thereto a little aqua vitae then put it all in a linnen cloth and apply it hot to the part The following emplaster doth powerfully discusse congealed blood ℞ Picis nigrae ℥ ij Gum. Elemi ℥ ij styracis liquidae terebinth com an ℥ ss pul sulphuris vivi ℥ j. Liquefiant simul fiat Emplastrum and let be spred upon leather and so applyed CHAP. VI. Of that strange kinde of symptome which happens upon contusions of the ribbes THe flesh contused sometimes by great violence becomes mucous and swolne or puffed up like Veale which the butchers blow up the skinne remaining whole This is seene and happens chiefely in that flesh which is about the ribs for this being bruised either by a blow or fall or resitencie or any other such like cause if you presse it with your hand a certaine windinesse goeth out thereof with a small whyzzing which may be heard and the print of your finges will remaine as in oedema's Vnlesse you quickely make fit provision against this symptome there is gathered in that space which the flesh departing from the bones leaves empty a certaine purulent sanies which divers times foules and corrupts the ribs It will be cured if the mucous tumor be presently pressed and straightly bound with ligatures yet so that you hinder not the breathing when as the affect happens upon the ribs and parts of the Chest Then apply to the part a plaister of Oxycroceum or diachylon Ireatum with the emplaister de meliloto also discussing fomentaions shall be used The cause of such a tumor is a certaine mucous flegme seeing that nature is so weake that it cannot well digest the nourishment and assimulate it to the part but leaves fomething as it were halfe concocted No otherwise than the conjunctive coate of the eye is sometime so lifted up and swolne by a stroake that it startes as it were out of the orbe of the eye leaving such filth or matter as wee see those which are bleard eye to be troubled withall because the force and naturall strength of the eyes is become more weake either by the fault of the proper distemperature or the aboundance of moysture which flowes thither as it happens in those tumors which are against nature For flatulencies are easily raysed from a watrish and flegmatique humors wrought upon by weake heate which mixed with the rest of the humor the tumor becomes higher CHAP. VII A discourse of Mumia or Mummie PEradventure it may seeme strange what may be the cause why in this Treatise of curing contusions or bruises I have made no mention of giving Mummie either in bole or potion to such as have falne from high places or have beene otherwise bruised especially seeing it is so common and usuall yea the very first and last medicine of almost all our practitioners at this day in such a case But seeing I understood and had learnt from learned Physitions that in using remedies the indication must alwaies be taken from that which is contrary to the disease how could I how can any other give Mummie in this kinde of disease seeing we cannot as yet know what Mummie is or what is the nature and essence thereof So that it cannot certainely be judged whether it have a certaine property contrary to the nature and effects of contusions This how it may have I have thought good to relate somewhat at large neither doe the Physitions who prescribe Mummie nor the Authours that have written of it nor the Apothecaries that fell it know any certainty thereof For if you reade the more ancient Serapio and Avicen to the moderne Matthiolus and Thevet you shall finde quite different opinions Aske the Merchants who bring it to us aske the Apothecaries who buy it of them to fell it to us and you shall heare them speake diversly heereof that in such variety of opinions there is nothing certaine and manifest Serapio and Avicen have judged Mummie to bee nothing else but Pissasphalthum now Pissasphaltum is a certaine forth or foame rising from the Sea or Sea waters this same foame as long as it swimmes upon the water is soft and in some sort liquid but being driven upon the shore by force of tempest and working of the sea and sticking in the cavityes of the rockes it concreates into somewhat a harder substance than dryed pitch as Dioscorides faith Belonius saith that Mummie is onely knowne to Aegypt and Greece Others write that it is mans flesh taken from the carcases of such as are dead and covered over in the sandes in the desartes of Arabia in which Countrey they say the sands are sometimes carried and raysed up with such force and violence of the windes that they overthrow and suffocate such passingers as they meete withall the flesh of these dryed by the sand and winde they affirme to be Mummy Mathiolus following the more usuall and common opinion writes that Mummie is nothing else than a liquor flowing from the Aromaticke embalments of dead bodyes which becomes dry and hard For understanding whereof you must know from all manner of antiquity that the Egyptians have beene most studious in burying and embalming their dead not for that end that they should become medicines for such as live for they did not so much as respect or imagine so horride a wickednesse But either for that they held an opinion of the generall resurrection or that in these monuments they might have something whereby they might keepe their dead friends in perpetuall remembrance Thevet not much dissenting from his owne opinion writes that the true Mummie is taken from the monuments and stony tombes of the anciently dead in Egypt the chinkes of which tombes were closed and cimented with such diligence but the enclosed bodyes embalmed with precious spices with such art for eternity that the linnen vestures which were wrapt about thē presently after their death may be seene whole even to this day but the bodies themselves are so fresh that you would judge them scarce to have been three dayes buryed And yet in
cure Chiron excelled are Vlcers which may be knowne by their magnitude not much putride and consequently not sending forth any ill smell not eating not tormenting with paine but having their lips swollne and hard and therefore ill to bee healed For although they may bee sometimes cicatrized yet it being but slender may easily bee broken and the Vlcer renewed They are almost like an ulcerated Cancer but that they are accompanied with swelling in the adjacent parts they are also worse than these which are termed Cacoëthe that is ill natured or maligne whence it is that Fernelius thought they had a hidden cause of malignitie besides the common default of the humour and that such as can scarce bee driven away such commonly are left after the plague Wherefore Galen thinkes such to bee maligne as will not suppurate or yeeld any quitture CHAP. III. Of the prognosticks of Vlcers THe bone must necessarily scaill and hollow scarres be left by maligne Vlcers of a yeares continuance or longer and rebellious to medicines fitly applyed The bone must scaill by reason of the continuall affluxe and wearing by the acrimony of the humour which looses the composure and glue by which the parts thereof are joyned together But the scars must become hollow for that the bone whence all the flesh takes its first originall or some portion thereof being taken from under the flesh as the foundation thereof so much of the bulcke of the flesh must necessarily sinke downe as the magnitude of the portion of the wasted bone comes unto You may know that death is at hand when the Vlcers that arise in or before diseases are sudainly either livid or dryed or pale and withered For such drinesse sheweth the defect of nature which is not able to send the familiar and accustomed nutriment to the part ulcerated But the livid or pale colour is not onely an argument of the overabundance of choler and melancholy but also of the extinction of the native heate In Vlcers where tumors appeare the patients suffer no convulsions neither are franticke for the tumor being in the habite of the body possessed with an Vlcer argues that the nervous parts and their originall are free from the noxious humors But these tumors suddenly vanishing and without manifest cause as without application of a discussing medicine or bleeding those who have them on their backs have convulsions and distensions for that the spine of the backe is almost wholly nervous but such as have them on their fore parts become eyther franticke or have a sharpe paine of their side or pleurisie or else a dysentery if the tumors be reddish for the forepart of the body is replenished and overspread with many and large vessells into whose passages the morbificke matter being translated is presently carryed to these parts which are the seats of such diseases Soft and loose tumors in Vlcers are good for they shew a mildnesse and gentlenesse of the humors but crude and hard swellings are naught for all digestion in some measure resembles elixation Vlcers which are smooth and shining are ill for they shew that there resides an humour maligne by its acrimony which frets asunder the roots of the haires and depraves the naturall construction of the pores of the skin whence it is that such as are troubled with Quartaine agues the Leprosie or Lues venerea have their haire fall off A livid flesh is ill in Vlcers which cause a rottennesse or corruption of the bones lying under the flesh for it is an argument of the dying heare and corruption of the bone whence the flesh hath its originall and integrity These Vlcers which happen by occasion of any disease as a Dropsy are hard to be cured as also those whereinto a varix or swollne vessell continually casts in matter which a present distemper â—oments which have swollne hard and callous lips and such as are circular or round An Hypersarcosis or fleshy excrescence usually happens to Vlcers not diligently mundified and if they possesse the armes or Legs they cause a Phlegmon or some other tumor in the groines chiefly if the body bee full of ill humors as Avicen hath noted For these parts by reason of their rarity and weakenesse are fit and subject to defluxions Albucrasis writes that for nine causes Vlcers are difficultly replenished with flesh and cicatrized The first for want of blood in a bloodlesse body the second by reason of ill humors and the impurity of the blood the third by the unfit application of unconvenient medicines the fourth by reason of the sordidnesse of the Vlcer the fifth by the putrifaction of the soft and carionlike flesh encompassing the Vlcer the sixth when they take their originall from a common cause which every where â—ages with fury such as are those which are left by the pestilence the seaventh by reason of the callous hardnesse of the lips of the Vlcer The eighth when the heavens and aire are of such condition as ministers fuell to the continuance of the Vlcer as at Sarogoza in Aragon the ninth when the bones which lye under it are waisted by rottennesse An Vlcer that casts forth white smooth equall quitture and little or no stinking is easily healed for it argues the victory of the native heate and the integrity of the solid parts We terme that smooth quitture which is absolutely concocted neither yeelds any asperity to the touch whereby we might suspect that as yet any portion of the humor remaines crude we call that equall wherein you can note no diversity of parts and white not that which is perfectly so but that which is of an ash colour as Galen observes But it is ill if when the cure is indifferently forward a fluxe of blood suddainly breake forth in those Vlcers which beate strongly by reason of the great inflammation adjoyned therewith For as Hippocrates observes an effusion of blood happening upon a strong pulsation in Vlcers is evill for the blood breaking out of an Artery cannot be stayed but by force and also this blood is so furious by reason of the heate and inflammation the nourishers of this Vlcer that it breakes its receptacles and hence ensues the extinction of the native heate whence the defect of suppuration and a Gangreene ensues Now for that there flowes two sorts of excrements from maligne Vlcers the more thinne is tearmed Ichor or sanies but the more grosse is named sordes that is virulent and flowes from pricked nerves and the Periostia when they are evill affected but the other usually flowes from the Vlcers of the joynts and it is the worser if it be blacke reddish ash-coloured if muddy or unaequall like wine Lees if it stinke Sanies is like the water wherein flesh hath beene washed it argues the preternaturall heate of the part but when it is pale coloured it is said to shew the extinction of the heate CHAP. IIII. Of the generall cure of Vlcers AN
white and become smooth or plaine For so their eating and spreading force will at length be bridled and laudible flesh grow up in place of that which is eaten After such burning it will be good to wash the mouth with the following gargarisme which also of its selfe alone will serve to cure Aphtha's which are not maligne â„ž hordei integri p. j. plantag ceterach pilosellae agrimonia an M. j. fiat decoctio ad lb. j. in qua dissolve mellis rosati â„¥ j. diamoron â„¥ ss fiat gargarisma You may also make other gargles of Pomegranate pills Balausties Sumach Berberies red roses being boyled and dissolving in the strayned liquor Diamoroâ— and Dianucum with a little Alume For Galen writes that simple Vlcers of the mouth are healed with things which dry with moderation now Diamoron and Dianucum are such But others stand in neede of strong medicines with such like If the palate be seazed upon we must use the more diligence and care for there is danger least being the part is hot and moyst the bone which lyes under which is rare and humide may bee corrupted by the contagion and fall away and the voyce or speech be spoyled If the Vlcer be pockie omitting the common remedyes of Vlcers you must speedily beâ—ake your selfe to the proper antidote of that disease to wit quick-silver Fistulous Vlcers often take hold on the Gummes whence the roote of the next tooth becomes rotten and so farre that the acrimonie of the Sanies oft times makes its selfe a passage forth on the outside under the chinne which thing puts many into a false conceite of the scrophulae or Kings evill and consequently of an uncurable disease In such a case Aetius and Celsus counsell is to take out the rotten tooth for so the Fistula will be taken away the Gum pressing and thrusting its selfe into the place of the tooth which was taken forth and so the cause nourishing the putrefaction being taken away that is the tooth the rest of the cure will be more easy The Vlcers of the tongue may be cured by the same remedies by which the rest of the mouth yet those which breede on the side thereof endure very long and you must looke whether or no there be not some sharpe tooth over against it which will not suffer the Vlcer in that place to heale which if there be then must you take it away with a file CHAP. XVI Of the Vlcers of the Eares VLcers are bred in the auditory passage both by an externall cause as a stroake or fall as also by an internall as an abscesse there generated They oft times flow with much matter not there generated for such Vlcers are usually but small and besides in a spermaticke part but for that the braine doth that way disburden its selfe For the cure the cheefe regard must be had of the antecedent cause which feedes the Vlcer and it must be diverted by purging medicines Masticatories and Errhines This is the forme of a Masticatory rum Mastic Ê’j staphisagr pyreth an ℈ j. cinam caryoph an Ê’ss fiant Masticatoria utatur manè vesperi But this is the forme of an Errhine rum succi betonic mercurial melissa an â„¥ ss vini albi â„¥ j misce frequenter naribus attrahatur For topicke medicines we must shunne all fatty and oyly things as Galen sets downe in Method medendi where he findes fault with a certaine follower of Thessalus who by using Tetrapharmacum made the Vlcer in the eare grow each day more filthy than other which Galen healed with the Trochisces of Andronius dissolved in Vinegar whose composure is as followeth rum balaust Ê’ij alumin. Ê’j atrament sutor Ê’ij myrrhae Ê’j thur aristoloch gallarum an Ê’ij salis Ammon Ê’j excipiantur omnia melicrato â—…t trochisci Galen in the same place witnesseth that he hath healed inveterate Vlcers and of two yeares old of this kind with the scailes of Iron made into powder and then boyled in sharpe Vinegar untill it acquired the consistence of Honey Moreover an Oxes gall dissolved in strong Vinegar and dropped in warme amends and dryes up the putrefaction wherewith these Vlcers flow Also the scailes of Iron made into powder boyled in sharpe Vinegar dryed and strewed upon them But if the straitnesse of the passages should not give leave to the matter contained in the windings of the eares to passe forth then must it bee drawne out with an Instrument thereupon called a Pyoulcos or matter-drawer whereof this is the figure The figure of a Pyoulcos or matter-drawer CHAP. XVII Of the Vlcers of the Windpipe Weason stomacke and Gutts THese parts are ulcerated either by an externall cause as an acride medicine or poyson swallowed downe or by an internall cause as a maligne fretting humor which may equall the force of poyson generated in the body and restrained in these parts If the paine be encreased by swallowing or breathing it is the signe of an Vlcer in the weazon or windepipe joyning thereto But the paine is most sensibly felt when as that which is swallowed is either soure or acride or the ayre breathed in is more hot or cold than ordinary But if the cause of paine lye fastened in the stomacke more greevous symptomes urge for sometimes they swound have a nauseous disposition and vomiting convulsions gnawings and paine almost intollerable and the coldnesse of the extreame parts all which when present at once few scape unlesse such as are young and have very strong bodyes The same affect may befall the whole stomacke but because both for the bitternesse of paine and greatnesse of danger that Vlcer is farre more greevous which takes hold of the mouth of the Ventricle honoured by the Ancients with the name of the heart therefore Physitions doe not make so great a reckoning of that which happens in the lower part of the stomacke Now we know that the Guts are ulcerated if Pus or much purulent matter come forth by stoole if blood come that way with much griping for by the Pus staying and as it were gathered together in that place there is as it were a certaine continuall Tenesmus or desire to goe to stoole Now all such Vlcers are cured by meates and drinkes rather than by medicines according to Galen Therefore you must make choyse of all such meates and drinkes as are gentle and have a lenitive faculty shunning acride things for Tutia Lytharge Ceruse Verdigreece and the like have no place heere as they have in other Vlcers But when as the Vlcer shall be in the Gullet or Weazon you must have a care that such things may have some viscidity or toughnesse and be swallowed by little and little and at diverse times otherwise they will not mâ—â—h availe because they cannot make any stay in these commune wayes of breath and meat therefore they presently slip downe and flow away
is complicated in its selfe Vlcers of the bladder are healed with the same medicines as those of the reines are but these not onely taken by the mouth but also injected by the urinary passage These injections may be made of Gordonius his Trochisces formerly prescribed being dissolved in some convenient liquor but because Vlcers of the bladder cause greater and more sharpe paine than those of the Kidnyes therefore the Chirurgion must bee more diligent in using Anodynes For this purpose I have often by experience found that the oyle of hen-bane made by expression gives certaine helpe Hee shall doe the same with Caraplasmes and liniments applyed to the parts about the Pecten and all the lower belly and perinaeum as also by casting in of Glisters If that they stinke it will not be amisse to make injection of a little Aegyptiacum dissolved in wine plaintaine or rose water For I have often used this remedy in such a case with very prosperous successe CHAP. XIX Of the Vlcers of the wombe VLcers are bred in the wombe either by the confluxe of an acride or biting humor fretting the coates thereof or by a tumor against nature degenerating into an Absesse or by a difficult and hard labour they are knowne by paine at the perinaeum and the effluxe of Pus and Sanâ—es by the privity All of them in the opinion of Avicen are either putride when as the Sanies breaking forth is of a stinking smell and in colour resembles the water wherein flesh hath beene washed or else sordide when as they flow with many virulent and crude humors or else are eating or spreading Vlcers when as they cast forth blacke Sanies and have pulsation joyned with much paine Besides they differ amongst themselves in site for either they possesse the necke and are known by the sight by putting in a speculum or else are in the bottome and are manifested by the condition of the more liquid and serous excrements and the site of the paine They are cured with the same remedies wherewith the ulcers of the mouth to wit with aqua fortis the oyle of Vitrioll and antimony and other things made somewhat more milde and corrected with that moderation that the ulcerated parts of the wombe may bee safely touched with them it is requisite that the remedies which are applyed to the Vlcers of the wombe doe in a moment that which is expected of them for they cannot long adhere or sticke in the wombe as neither to the mouth Galen saith that very drying medicines are exceeding fit for the Vlcers of the wombe that so the putrefaction may be hindred or restrained whereto this part as being hot and moyst is very subject besides that the whole body unto this part as unto a sinke sends downe its excrements If an ulcer take hold of the bottome of the wombe it shall be cleansed and the part also strengthened by making this following injection â„ž hordei integri p. ij guajaci â„¥ j. rad Ireos â„¥ ss absinth plant centaur utriusque an M. j fiat decoct in aqua fabrorum ad lb. ij in quibus dissolve mellis vosati syrupi de absinthio an â„¥ iij. fiat injectio For amending the stinking smell I have often had certaine experience of this ensuing remedy â„ž vinirub lb. j. unguent agyptiaci â„¥ ij bulliant parum Thus the putrifaction may be corrected and the painefull maliciousnesse of the humor abated Vlcers when they are clensed must presently be cicatrized that may be done with Alume water the water of plantaine wherein a little vitrioll or Alume have beene dissolved Lastly if remedies nothing availing the Vlcer turne into a Cancer it must be dressed with anodynes and remedies proper for a Cancer which you may finde set downe in the proper treatise of Cancers The cure of Vlcers of the fundament was to bee joyned to the cure of these of the wombe but I have thought good to referre it to the treatise of Fistula's as I doe the cure of these of the vrinary passage to the Treatise of the Lues venerea CHAP. XX. Of the Varices and their cure by cutting AVarix is the dilatation of a Veine some whiles of one and that a simple branch otherwhiles of many Every Varix is either straight or crooked and as it were infolded into certaine windings within its selfe Many parts of the body are subject to Varices as the temples the region of the belly under the Navill the testicles wombe fundament but principally the thighes and legges The matter of them is usually melancholy blood for Varices often grow in men of a malancholy temper and which usually feed on grosse meates or such as breed grosse and melancholy humors Also women with child are commonly troubled with them by reason of the heaping together of their suppressed menstruall evacuation The precedent causes are a vehement concussion of the body leaping running a painefull journey on foote a fall the carrying of a heavy burden torture or Racking This kind of disease gives manifest signes thereof by the largenesse thicknesse swelling and colour of the Veines It is best not to meddle with such as are inveterate for of such being cured there is to be feared a refluxe of the melancholy blood to the noble parts whence there may be imminent danger of maligne Vlcers a Cancer Madnesse or suffocation When as many Varices and diversly implicite are in the legges they often swell with congealed and dryed blood and cause paine which is increased by going and compression Such like Varices are to be opened by dividing the veine with a Lancet and then the blood must be pressed out and evacuated by pressing it upwards and downewards which I have oft times done and that with happy successe to the patients whom I have made to rest for some few dayes and have applyed convenient medicines A Varix is often cut in the inside of the legge a little below the knee in which place commonly the originall thereof is seene He which goes about to intercept a Varix downewards from the first originall and as it were fountaine thereof makes the cure far more difficult For hence it is divided as it were into many rivelets all which the Chirurgion is forced to follow A Varix is therefore cut or taken away so to intercept the passage of the blood and humors mixed together therewith flowing to an Vlcer seated beneath or else least that by the too great quantitie of blood the vessell should be broken and death bee occasioned by a haemorrhagie proceeding from thence Now this is the manner of cutting it Let the patient lye upon his backe on a bench or table then make a ligature upon the legge in two places the distance of some foure fingers each from other wherein the excision may be made for so the Veine will swell up and come more in sight and besides you may also marke
it with inke then taking the skin up betweene your fingers cut it longwayes according as you have marked it then free the bared veine from the adjacent bodies and put thereunder a blunt pointed needle least you pricke the veine thred with a strong double thred and so binde it fast and then let it be opened with a Lancet in the middle under the Ligature just as you open a veine and draw as much therehence as shall be fit Then straight make a Ligature in the lower part of the forementioned Veine and then cut away as much of the sayd Veine as is convenient betweene the Ligatures and so let the ends thereof withdraw themselves into the flesh above and below let these ligatures alone untill such time as they fall away of themselves The operation being performed let an astringent medicine be applyed to the wound and the neighbouring parts neither must you stirre the wound any more for the space of three dayes Then doe all other things as are fit to be done to other such affects CHAP. XXI Of Fistula's A Fistula is a sinuous white narrow callous and not seldome unperceivable Vlcer It tooke its denomination from the similitude of a reeden Fistula that is a pipe like whose hollownes it is A Fistula is bred in sundry parts of the body and commonly followes upon Abscesses or Vlcers not well cured A Callous is a certaine fleshy substance white solid or dense and hard dry and without paine generated by heaping up of dryed excrementitious phlegme or else adult melancholy encompassing the circuite of the Vlcer and substituting its selfe into the place of laudible flesh The Sinus or cavity of a Fistula is sometimes dry and otherwhile drops with continuall moisture sometimes the dropping of the matter sodainly ceases and the orifice thereof is shut up that so it may deceive both the Chirurgion and the Patient with a false shew of an absolute cure for within a while after it will open againe and run as formerly it did Some Fistula's are bred by the corruption of a bone others of a nerve others of membranes and others of other parts of the body Some run straight in others and that the greater part have turnings and windings some have one others have more orifices and windings some are at the Ioynts others penetrate into some capaoity of the body as into the chest belly guts womb bladder some are easily others difficultly cured and some wholly uncurable There are divers signes of Fistula's according to the variety of the parts they possesse for if that which you touch with the end of your probe make resistance and resound then you may know that it is come to the bone and then if the end of the probe slip up and downe as on a smooth and polite superficies it is a signe that the bone is yet sound but if it stop and stay in any place as in a rough way then know that the bone is eaten rough and perished sometimes the bone lies bare and then you neede not use the probe Besides also it is a signe that the bone is affected if there be a purulent efflux of an unctuous or oily matter not much unlike that marrow wherewith the bone is nourished For every excrement shewes the condition of the nourishment of the part whence it is sent in a Fistula which penetrates to a Nerve the patient is troubled with a pricking paine especially when you come to search it with a probe especially if the matter which flowes downe be more acrid Oft times if it be cold the member is stupified the motion being weakned besides also the matter which flowes from thence is more subtle and somewhat like unto that which flowes from the bones yet not oily nor fat but sanious and viscous resembling the condition of the alimentary humor of the Nerves The same usually appeares and happens in Fistula's which penetrate to the Tendons and those membranes which involve the muscles If the Fistula bee within the flesh the matter flowing thence is more thicke and plentifull smooth white and equall If it descend into the Veines or Arteries the same happen as in those of the Nerves but that there is no such great paine in searching with your probe nor no offence or impediment in the use of any member yet if the matter of the Fistulous Vlcer be so acrid as that it corrode the vessells blood will flow forth and that more thicke if it be from a veine but more subtle and with some murmuring if from an Artery Old Fistula's and such as have run for many yeares if suddainly shut up cause death especially in an ancient and weake body CHAP. XXII Of the cure of Fistula's FOr the cure in the first place it will be expedient to search the Fistula that either with a waxe size a probe of lead gold or silver to find out the depth and windings or corners thereof But if the Fistula be hollowed with two or more orifices and those cuniculous so that you cannot possibly and certainly search or finde them all out with your probe then must you cast an injection into some one of these holes and so observe the places where it comes forth for so you may learne how many and how deepe or superficiary cavities there be then by making incisions you must lay open and cut away the callous parts You must make incisions with an incision knife or razour or else apply actuall or potentiall cauteries for nature cannot unlesse the Callous substance bee first taken away restore or generate flesh or agglutinate the distant bodies For hard things cannot grow together unlesse by the interposition of glue such as is laudible blood but a callous body on all sides possessing the surface of the ulcerated flesh hinders the flowing of the blood out of the capillary veines for the restoring of the lost substance and uniting of the disjoyned parts If you at any time make causticke injections into the Fistula you must presently stop the orifice thereof that so they may have time to worke the effect for which they are intended Which thing we may conjecture by the tumor of the part the digesture of the flowing matter and its lesser quantity Then you must hasten the falling away of the Eschar and then the Vlcer must be dressed like other Vlcers But oft times the Callous which possesses the sinuous cavity of a Fistula overcome by the power of acrid and escharoticke medicines comes whole forth and falls out like a pipe and so leaves a pure Vlcer underneath it Which I observed in a certaine Gentleman when I had washed with strong Aegyptiacum divers times a Fistulous Vlcer in his thigh shot through with a bullet then presently by putting in my Balsame formerly described he grew well in a short time Fistula's which are neare great vessells Nerves or principall intrailes must not bee medled with unlesse with great
for this indication let each one perswade himselfe thus much That the part must be bound up in that figure wherein wee would have it remaine Now for that indication which is drawne from the disease if there be a hollow ulcer sinuous and cuniculous casting forth great store of Sanies then must you begin the ligature and binding from the bottome of the sinus and end at the orifice of the ulcer and this precept must you alwayes observe whether the sinus be sealed in the top bottome middle or sides of the ulcer For thus the filth therein contained shall bee emptied and cast forth and the lippes of the ulcer too farre separated shall bee joyned together otherwise the contained filth will eate into all that lyes neare it increase the ulcer and make it uncurable by rotting the bones which lye under it with this acride sanies or filth But some Ligatures are remedies of themselves as those which performe their duties of themselves and whereto the cure is committed as are these which restore to their native unitie those parts which are dis-joyned others are not used for their owne sakes but only to serve to hold fast such medicines as have a curative facultie This kinde of Ligature is eyther yet a doing and is termed by Hippoc. Deligatio operans or else done and finished and is called Deligatio operata for the first that the Ligature may be well made it is fit that it be close rowled together and besides that the Surgeon hold it stiffe and strait in his hand and not carelesly for so he shall binde up the member the better Also he must in the binding observe that the ends of the Rowler and consequently their fastning may not fall to bee on the affected or grieved part for it is better that they come above or below or else on the side besides also he must have a speciall care that there be no knot tyed upon the same place or upon the region of the backe buttocks sides joynts or backe part of the head or to conclude in any other part upon which the Patient uses to leane rest or lye Also on that part where wee intend to sow or fasten the Rowlers you must double in their ends that so the fastning or suture may be the stronger otherwise how close soever they shall be wrapped or rowled about the member yet will they not remaine firme especially if they be of a great breadth For the second kinde of Ligature to wit that which is already done and finished the Surgeon the performer thereof must consider to what end it was done and whether he hath performed it well and fitly as also neatly and elegantly to the satisfaction both of himselfe and the beholders For it is the part of a skilfull Workeman everie where handsomely and rightly to performe that which may so be done In fractures and luxations all dislocations of bones as also in wounds and contusions you must beginne your bandage with two or three windings or wraps about upon the place and that if you can more straitly than in other places that so the set bones may be the better kept in their places and that the humors if anie be alreadie fallen thither may by this strait compression be pressed forth as also to hinder and prevent the entrance in of any other which may bee readie to fall down But in fractures as those which never happen without contusion the blood flowes and is pressed forth of its proper vessels as those which are violently battered and torne which causes sugillation in the neighbouring flesh which first lookes red but afterwards black and blue by reason of the corruption of the blood poured forth under the skinne Wherefore after these first windings which I formerly mentioned you must continue your rowling a great way from the broken or luxated part he which does otherwise will more and more draw the blood and humors into the affected part and cause Impostumes and other maligne accidents Now the blood which flowes goes but one way downwards but that which is pressed is carried as it were in two pathes to wit from above downwards and from belowe upwards Yet you must have a care that you rather drive it backe into the body and bowels than towards the extremities thereof as being parts which are uncapable of so much matter and not furnished with sufficient strength to suffer that burden which threatens to fall upon it without danger and the increase of prenaturall accidents But when this masse and burden of humors is thrust backe into the bodie it is then ruled and kept from doing harme by the strength and benefit of the faculties remaining in the bowels and the native heat CHAP. III. Of the three kindes of Bandages necessarie in fractures TWo sorts of Ligatures are principally necessarie for the Surgeon according to Hippocrates by which the bones aswell broken as dislocated may be held firme when they are restored to their naturall place Of these some are called Hypodesmides that is Under-binders others Epidesmi that is Over-binders There are sometimes but two under-binders used but more commonly three The first must first of all bee cast over the fracture and wrapped there some three or foure times about then the Surgeon must marke and observe the figure of the fracture for as that shall be so must he vary the manner of his binding For the ligature must be drawne strait upon the side opposite to that whereto the luxation or fracture most inclines that so the bone which stands forth may be forced into its seat and so forced may be the more firmely there contained Therefore if the right side be the more prominent or standing forth thence must you beginne your ligation and so draw your ligature to the left side On the contrarie if the left side be more prominent beginning there you shall goe towards the opposite side in binding and rowling it Here therefore would I require a Surgeon to be Ambidexter .i. having both his hands at command that so he may the more exquisitly performe such variety of ligations But let him in rowling bend or move this first ligature upwards that is towards the bodie for the former reasons But neyther is this manner of ligation peculiar to fractures but common to them with luxations for into what part soever the luxated bone flew then when it is restored that side must be bound the more loosely and gently whence it departed and that on the contrary more hard unto which it went Therefore the ligature must be drawne from the side whereunto the bone went so that on this side it bee more loose and soft and not straitly pressed with boulsters or rowlers that so it may be more inclined to the side opposite to the luxation If the ligation be other-wise performed it succeeds not well for the part is relaxed and moved out of its naturall seat wherefore there will be no small
or mortification but too loose is unprofitable for that it doth not contain the parts in that state we desire It is a signe of a just ligation that is neyther too strait nor too loose if the ensuing day the part be swolne with an oedematous tumor caused by the blood pressed forth of the broken place but of too strait ligation if the part be hard swolne and of too loose if it bee no whit swolne as that which hath pressed no blood out of the affected part Now if a hard tumor caused by too strait binding trouble the patient it must presently bee loosed for feare of more grievous symptomes and the part must be fomented with warme Hydraeleum and another indifferent yea verily more loose ligature must be made in stead thereof as long as the paine and inflammation shall continue in which time and for which cause you shall lay nothing upon the part which is any thing burdensome When the patient beginnes to recover for three or foure dayes space especially if you find him of a more compact habit and a strong man the ligature must be kept firme and not loosed If on the third day and so untill the seventh the spires or windings be found more loose and the part affected more slender then wee must judge it to be for the better For hence you may gather that there is an expression and digestion of the humors causing the tumor made by force of the ligation Verily broken bones fitly bound up are better set and more firmely agglutinated which is the cause why in the place of the fracture the ligation must bee made the straiter in other places more loosely If the fractured bone stand forth in any part it must there be more straitly pressed with boulsters and splints To conclude the seventh day being past we must binde the part more straitly than before for that then inflammation paine and the like accidents are not to bee feared But these things which we have hitherto spoken of the three kindes of Ligatures cannot take place in each fractured part of the body as in the chaps collar-bones head nose ribs For seeing such parts are not round and long a Ligature cannot be wrapped about them as it may on the armes thighes and legges but only bee put on their outsides CHAP. VI. The uses for which Ligatures serve BY that which wee have formerly delivered you may understand that Ligatures are of use to restore those things which are separated and moved forth of their places and joyne together those which gape as in fractures wounds contusions sinewous ulcers and other like affects against nature in which the solution of continuitie stands in neede of the helpe of Bandages for the reparation thereof Besides also by the helpe of Bandages these things are kept asunder or separated which otherwise would grow together against nature as in Burns wherein the fingers and the hams would mutually grow together as also the arme-pits to the chests the chin to the breast unlesse they be hindered by due Ligation Bandages doe also conduce to refresh emaciated parts wherefore if the right legge waste for want of nourishment the left legge beginning at the foote may bee conveniently rowled up even to the groine If the right arme consume binde the left with a strait Ligature beginning at the hand and ending at the arme-pit For thus a great portion of blood from the bound-up part is sent back into the vena cava from whence it regurgitates into the almost emptie vessels of the emaciated part But I would have the sound part to bee so bound that thereby it become not painefull for a dolorifick ligation causes a greater attractation of blood and spirits as also exercise wherefore I would have it during that time to bee at rest and keep holy-day Ligatures also conduce to the stopping of bleedings which you may perceive by this that when you open a veine with your launcet the blood is presently stayed laying on a boulster and making a ligature Also Ligatures are usefull for women presently after their delivery for their womb being bound about with Ligatures the blood wherewith their womb was too much moistened is expelled the strength of the expulsive facultie being by this means stirred up to the expulsion thereof and it also hinders the empty wombe from being swolne up with winde which otherwise would presently enter thereinto This same Ligature is a helpe to such as are with childe for the more easie carrying of their burden especially those whose Childe lyes so farre down-wards that lying as it were in the den of the hippes it hangs betweene the thighes and so hinders the free going of the mother Therefore the woman with childe is not only eased by this binding of her wombe with this Ligature which is commonly termed the navill Ligature but also her childe being held up higher in her wombe she hath frâ—eâ—r and more liberty to walke Ligatures are in like sort good for revulsion and derivation as also for holding of medicines which are layd to a part as the necke breast or belly Lastly there is a triple use of Ligatures in amputation of members as armes and legges The first to draw and hold upwards the skinne and muscles lying under it that the operation being performed they may by their falling downe againe cover the ends of the cut-off bones and so by that meanes helpe forwards the agglutination and cicatrization and when it is healed up cause the lame member to move more freely and with lesse paine and also to performe the former actions this as it were cushion or boulster of musculous flesh lying thereunder The second is they hinder the bleeding by pressing together the veines and arteries The third is they by strait binding intercept the free passage of the animall spirits and so deprive the part which lyes thereunder of the sense of feeling by making it as it were stupid or num CHAP. VII Of Boulsters or Compresses BOulsters have a double use the first is to fill up the cavities and those parts which are not of an equall thicknesse to their ends Wee have examples of cavities in the Arme-pits Clavicles Hams Groines and of parts which grow small towards their ends in the armes towards the wrests in the legges towards the feet in the thighes towards the knees Therefore you must fill these parts with boulsters and linnen cloathes that so they may be all of one bignesse to their ends The second use of boulsters is to defend and preserve the first two or three Rowlers or Under-binders the which we sayd before must be applyed immediately to the fractured part Boulsters according to this two fold use differ amongst themselves for that when they are used in the first mentioned kind they must be applied athwart but when in the latter long-wayes or down-right You may also use Boulsters lest the too strait binding of the Ligatures
shivers of the bone with the residue of the leaden bullet came forth of themselves But if the fracture shall happen in the necke of the shoulder blade or dearticulation of the shoulder there is scarce any hope of recovery as I have observed in Anthony of Burbon King of Navarre Francis of Lorraine Duke of Guise the Count Rhingrave Philibert and many other in these late civill warrs For there are many large vessels about this dearticulation to wit the axillary veine and arterie the nerves arising from the Vertebrae of the necke which are thence disseminated into all the muscles of the arme Besides also inflammation and putrefaction arising there are easily communicated by reason of their neighbour-hood to the heart and other principall parts whence grievous symptomes and oft times death it selfe ensues CHAP. X. Of the fracture and depression of the Sternon or Breast-bone THe Sternum is sometimes broken otherwiles onely thrust in without a fracture The inequality perceivable by your feeling shews a fracture as also the going in with a thrust with your finger and the sound or noise of the bones crackling under your fingers But a manifest cavity in the part a cough spitting of blood and difficultie of breathing by compression of the membrane investing the ribs and the lungs argue the depression thereof For the restoring of this bone whether broken or deprest the patient must be layd on his backe with a cushion stuffed with tow or hay under the vertebrae of the backe as we set downe in the setting of the Collar-bone Then a servant shall lye strongly with both his hands on his shoulders as if he would presse them downe whilst the Surgeon in the meane time pressing the ribs on each side shall restore and set the bone with his hand and then the formerly described medicines shall bee applyed for to hinder inflammation and asswage paine boulsters shall bee fitted thereto and a ligature shall bee made crosse-wayes above the shoulders but that not too strait lest it hinder the Patients breathing I by these meanes at the appointment of Anthony of Burbon King of Navarre cured Anthony Benand a Knight of the Order who had his breast-plate bended and driven in with an iron bullet shot out of a Field-Peece as also his sternum together therewith and he fell down as dead with the blow he did spit blood for three months after I had set the bone yet for all this he lives at this day in perfect health CHAP. XI Of the fracture of the ribs THe true ribs for that they are bonie may be broken in any part of them But the bastard ribs cannot be truly broken unlesse at the backe bone because they are onely bonie in that part but gristly of the foreside towards the breast-bone wherefore there they can only be folded or crooked in These which are subject to fractures may be broken inwards and outwards But oft times it comes to passe that they are not absolutely broken but cleft into splinters and that sometimes inwards but not outwards Thus the fissure doth oft-times not exceede the middle substance of the rib but sometimes it so breakes through it all that the fragments and splinters do prick and wound the membrane which invests and lines them on the inside and then there is great danger But when the fracture is simple without a wound compression puncture of the membrane and lastly without any other symptome then the danger is lesse Therefore Hippocrates wisheth that these who are thus affected fill themselves more freely with meat for that moderate repletion of the belly is as it were a certaine prop or stay for the ribs keeping them well in their place and state which rule chiefly takes place in fractures of the bastard ribs For such as have them broken usually feele themselves better after than before meat For emptinesse of meat or of the stomack makes a suspension of the ribs as not underpropped by the meat Now that fracture which is outwardly is farre more easie to heale than that which is inwardly for that this pricketh the membrane or Pleura and causeth inflammation which may easily end in an Empyema Adde hereunto that this is not so easily to be handled or dealt withall as the other whereby it commeth to passe that it cannot be so easily restored for that these things cannot bee so fully and freely performed in this kinde of fracture which are necessary to the setting of the bone as to draw it out hold it and joyne it together It is therefore healed within twenty dayes if nothing else hinder The signes of fractured ribs are not obscure for by feeling the grieved part with your fingers you may easily perceive the fracture by the inequalitie of the bones and their noyse or crackling especially if they bee quite broke asunder But if a rib be broken on the inside a pricking paine far more grievous than in a Pleurisie troubles the Patient because the sharp splinters pricke the Costall membrane whence great difficulty in breathing a cough and spitting of blood ensue For blood flowing from the vessels broken by the violence of the thing causing the fracture is as it were sucked up by the lungs and so by a dry cough carried into the weazond and at length spit out of the mouth Some to pull up the bone that is quite broken and deprest apply a cupping glasse and that is ill done for there is caused greater attraction of humors and excesse of paine by the pressure and contraction of the adjacent parts by the cupping-glasse wherefore Hippocrates also forbids it Therefore it is better to endeavour to restore it after this following manner Let the Patient lye upon his sound fide and let there be layd upon the fractured side an emplaister made of Turpentine rosin black pitch wheat floure mastick and aloes and spread upon a strong and new cloath When it hath stucke there some time then plucke it suddenly with great violence from below upwards for so the rib will follow together therewith and bee plucked and drawne upwards It is not sufficient to have done this once but you must doe it often untill such time as the Patient shall finde himselfe better and to breathe more easily There will be much more hope of restitution if whilest the Surgeon doe this diligently the Patient forbeare coughing and hold his breath Otherwise if necessitie urge as if sharpe splinters with most bitter tormenting paine pricke the Costall membrane overspred with many nerves veines and arteries which run under the ribs whence difficultie of breathing spitting of blood a cough and fever ensue then the only way to deliver the Patient from danger of imminent death is to make incision on the part where the rib is broken that so laying it bare you may discerne the pricking fragments and take them out with your instrument or else cut them off And if you make a great wound by
especially whereto it fell being made somwhat flat round resembling the whirl-bone its self and it shall bee bound on with ligatures and medicines so fast that it may not stirre a jot After the part shall seeme to have had sufficient rest it is fit that the patient try and accustome by little and little to bend his knee untill at length hee shall find that he may easily and safely move that joint CHAP. XLIX Of the dislocated Knee THe knee also may be dislocated three manner of waies that is into the inner outer and hinde part but very seldom towards the foreside and that not without some grievous and forcible violence for the Whirle-bone lying upon it hinders it from slipping out and holds it in The other wayes are easie because the cavity of the leg-bone is superficiary and very smooth but the cavity of the lower end of the thigh-bone is made in the maner of a spout or gutter besids the head therof is very smooth and slippery but the whole joint is much more laxe than the joint of the Elbow so that as it may be the more easily dislocated so may it the better be restored and as it may be the more easily so may it be the more safely dislocated for that inflammation is lesse to bee feared here as it is observed by Hippocrates Falls from high leaping and too violent running are the causes of this dislocation The signe thereof is the disability of bending or lifting up the legge to the thigh so that the patient cannot touch his buttocke with his heele The dislocation of the knee which is inwardly and outwardly is restored with indifferent extension and forcing of the bones into their seats from those parts whereunto they have fallen But to restore a dislocation made backwards the patient shall be placed upon a bench of an indifferent height so that the Surgeon may be behind him who may bend with both his hands bring to his buttocks the patients leg put betwixt his owne legges But if the restitution doe not thus succeed you must make a clew of yearn and fasten it upon the midst of a staffe let one put this into the cavity of his ham upon the place whereas the bone stands out and so force it forwards then let another cast a ligature of some three fingers breadth upon his knee and draw it upwards with his hands then presently and at once they all shall so bend and crooke the lame legge that the heele thereof may touch his buttocks CHAP. L. Of a knee dislocated forewards BUt if the knee bee dislocated forwards which seldome happens the patient shall be placed upon a table and a convenient ligation made above and another close beneath the knee Then the Surgeon shall so long presse downe with both his hands the bone which is out of joint untill it shall returne to its place againe To which purpose if the strength of the hand will not serve to make just extension each way you may make use of our engine as you may perceive by this following figure A figure shewing the manner of restoring a knee dislocated forwards You shall know that the bone is restored by the free and painelesse extension of the legge then will their bee place for medicines boulsters and strengthening ligatures In the meane space the patient shall forbeare going so long as the part shall seeme to require CHAP. LI. Of the separation of the greater and lesser Focile THe Fibula or lesser Focile is fastened and adheres to the Tibia leg bone or greater Focile without any cavity above at the knee and below at the ankle But it may bee pluckt or drawne aside three manner of waies that is forwards and to each side this chance happens when in going we take no sure footing so that wee slip with our feete this way and that way as in 〈◊〉 slippery place and so wrest it inwards or outwards for then the weight of our body lying upon it drawes the legge as it were infunder so that the one Focile is dislocated or separated from the other The same may happen by a fall from an high place or some grievous and bruising blow besides also their appendices are somtimes separated from them For the restoring of all these into their proper places it is fit they bee drawne and forced by the hand of the Surgeon into their seats then shall they be straitly bound up putting compresses to that part unto which the Fibula flew beginning also your ligation at the very luxation for the forementioned reasons The patient shall rest forty daies to wit as long as shall bee sufficient for the strengthening of the ligaments CHAP. LII Of the Leg-bone or greater Focile dislocated and divided from the Pasterne bone ALso the Leg-bone is sometimes dislocated and divided from the pasterne bone as well inwardly as outwardly which may bee knowne by the swelling out of the bone to this or that part if it be onely a subluxation or straine it may bee easily restored by gently forcing it into the place againe After the bone shall be restored it shall be kept so by compresses and fit deligation by crosse and contrary binding to the side opposite to that towards which the bone fell that so also in some measure it may bee more and more forced into its place In the mean time you must have a care that you doe not too straitly presse the great and large tendon which is at the heele This kinde of dislocation is restored in forty dayes unlesse some accident happen which may hinder it CHAP. LIII Of the dislocation of the Heele WHosoever leaping from an high place have fallen very heavie upon their heele have their heele dislocated and divided from the pasterne bone This dislocation happens more frequently inwardly than outwardly because the prominency of the lesser Focile embraces the pasterne bone whence it is that there it is more straitly and firmely knit It is restored by extension and forcing it in which will be no very difficult matter unlesse some great defluxion or inflammation hinder it For the binding up it must bee straitest in the part affected that so the bloud may be pressed from thence into the neighbouring parts yet using such a moderation that it may not bee painefull nor presse more straitly than is fit the nerves and grosse tendon which runnes to the heele This dislocation is not confirmed before the fortieth day though nothing happen which may hinder it Yet usually it happeneth that many symptomes ensue by the vehemency of the contusion Wherefore it will not be amisse to handle them in a particular chapter CHAP. LIV. Of the Symptomes which follow upon the contusion of the Heel IT happeneth by the vehemency of this contusion that the veines and arteries do as it were vomit up bloud both through the secret passages of their coates as also by their ends or orifices whence an
Ecchymosis or blacknesse over all the heel paine swelling and other the like ensue which implore remedies the Surgeons helpe to wit convenient diet and drawing of bloud by opening a veine of which though Hippocrates makes no mention yet it is here requisite by reason of the feaver and inflammation and if need require purgation principally such as may divert the matter by causing vomit and lastly the application of locall medicines chiefly such as may soften and rarifie the skin under the heel otherwise usually hard and thick such as are fomentations of warme water oile so that divers times wee are forced to scarifie it with a lancet shunning the quicke flesh For so at length the blood poured forth into the part and there heaped up is more easily attenuated and at length resolved But these things must all bee performed before the inflammation seaze upon the part otherwise there will be danger of a convulsion For the bloud when it falls out of the vessels readily putrefies by reason the density of this part hinders it from ventilation and dispersing to the adjacent parts Hereto may be added that the large and great Tendon which covers the heele is endued with exquisite sense and also the part it selfe is on every side spred over with many nerves Besides also there is further danger of inflammation by lying upon the backe and heele as we before admonished you in the Fracture of a leg Therefore I would have the Surgeon to bee here most attentive and diligent to performe these things which we have mentioned lest by inflammation a Gangrene and mortification for here the sanious flesh presently falls upon the bone happen together with a continued and sharp feaver with trembling hicketting and raveing For the corruption of this part first by contagion assailes the next and thence a feaver assailes the heart by the arteryes pressed and growing hot by the putride heat by the nerves and that great and notable tendon made by the concourse of the three muscles of the calfe of the legge the muscles braine and stomach are evilly affected and drawne into consent and so cause convulsions raving and a deadly hicketting CHAP. LV. Of the dislocated pasterre or Ancle-bone THe Astragalus or Pasterne bone may bee dislocated and fall out of its place to every side Wherefore when it falls out towards the inner part the sole of the foot is turned outwards when it flyes out to the contrary the sign is also contrary if it be dislocated to the foreside on the hinde side the broad Tendon comming under the heel is hardened and distended but if it be luxated backwards the whole heel is as it were hid in the foot neither doth this kinde of dislocation happen without much violence It is restored by extending it with the hands and forcing it into the contrary part to that from whence it fell Being restored it is kept so by application of medicines and fit ligation The patient must keepe his bed long in this case lest that bone which susteines and bears up the whole body may againe sinke under the burden and breake out the sinewes being not well knit and strengthened CHAP. LVI Of the dislocation of the Instep and backe of the foot THe bones also of the Instep and backe of the foot may be luxated and that either upwards or downwards or to one side though seldome sidewise for the reason formerly rendred speaking of the dislocation of the like bones of the hand If that they stand upwards then must the patient tread hard upon some plaine or even place and then the Surgeon by pressing them with his hand shall force them into their places on the contrary if they stand out of the sole of the foote then must you presse them thence upwards and restore each bone to its place They may bee restored after the same manner if they bee flowne out to either side But you must note that although the ligatures consist but of one head in other dislocatious yet here Hippocrates would have such used as have two heads for that the dislocation happens more frequently from below upwards or from above downewards than sidewise CHAP. LVII Of the dislocation of the Toes NOw the Toes may bee foure waies dislocated even as the fingers of the hand and they may be restored just after the same manner that is extend them directly forth and then force each joint into its place and lastly bind them up as is fitting The restitution of all of them is easie for that they cannot farre transgresse their bounds To conclude the bones of the feet are dislocated and restored by the same meanes as those of the hands but that when as any thing is dislocated in the foote the patient must keepe his bed but when any thing is amisse in the hand he must carry it in a scarfe The patient must rest twenty dayes that is untill he can firmely stand upon his feet CHAP. LVIII Of the symptomes and other accidents which may befall a broken or dislocated member MAny things may befall broken or dislocated members by the meanes of the fracture or dislocation such as are bruises great paine inflammation a fever impostume gangrene mortification ulcer fistula and atrophia all which require a skilfull and diligent Surgeon for their cure A confusion happens by the fall of some heavie thing upon the part or by a fall from high whence followes the effusion of bloud poured out under the skinne which if it be poured forth in great plenty must be speedily evacuated by scarification and the part eased of that burden lest it should thence gangrenate And by how much the bloud shall appear more thick and the skin more dense by so much the scarification shall be made more deepe You may also for the same purpose apply leaches Concerning paine wee formerly said that it usually happens by reason that the bones are moved out of their places whence it happeneth that they become troublesome to the muscles and nerves by pricking and pressing them Hence ensue inflammations as also impostumation and a feaver oft times a gangrene and in conclusion a mortification corrupting and rotting the bones otherwhiles a sinuousulcer or fistula But an Atrophia and leanenesse ariseth by the sloth and idlenesse of the member decaying all the strength therof and by too strait ligation intercepting the passages of the bloud otherwise ready to fall and flow thither Now the leannesse which is occasioned by too strait ligation receives cure by the slackening of the ligatures wherewith the member was bound That which proceeds from idlenesse is helped by moderate exercise by extending bending lifting up and depressing the member if so bee that he can away with exercise Otherwise he shall use frictions and fomentations with warme water The frictions must be moderate in hardenesse and gentlenesse in length and shortnesse The same moderation shall be observed in
the warmness of the water and in the time of fomenting For too long fomenting resolves the blood that is drawne But that which is too little or short a space drawes little or nothing at all after the fomentation hot and emplastick medicines made of pitch turpentine euphorbium pellitory of Spaine sulphur and the like shall bee applyed They shall bee renued every day more often or seldome as the thing it selfe shall seeme to require These medicines are termed Dropaces whose forme is thus â„ž picis nigrae ammoniaci bdelii gummi elemi in aqua vitae dissolutorum an â„¥ ii olei laurini â„¥ i. pulveris piperis zinziberis granorum paradisi baccarum lauri et juniperi an â„¥ ii fiat emplastrum secundum artem extendatur super alutam It is also good to binde about the opposite sound part with a ligature yet without pain as if the right arme shall decay for want of nourishment the left shall bee bound beginning your ligation at the hand and continuing it to the Arme-pit If this mischance shall seaze upon the right leg then the left shall be swathed up from the sole of the foote to the groine For thus a great portion of the bloud is forced back into the vena cava or hollow veine and from this being distended and over full into the part affected and gaping with the vessels almost empty besides also it is convenient to keepe the sound part in rest that so it may draw the lesse nourishment and by that meanes there will bee more store to refresh the weake part Some wish also to bind up the decaying member with moderate ligation for thus say they the bloud is drawne thither for when as wee intend to let blood by opening a veine with a lancet we bind the arme Also it is good to dip it into water somewhat more than warme and hold it there untill it grow red and swell for thus bloud is drawne into the veines as they find which use to draw blood of the saphena and salvatella Now if when as these things and the like bee done the lame part grow hot red and swollen then know that health is to be hoped for but if the contrary happen the case is desperate wherefore you need attempt nothing further Furthermore there is sometimes hardnesse left in the joints after fractures and dislocations are restored It is fit to soften this by resolving the conteined humor by fomentations liniments cataplasmes emplasters made of the roots of Marsh-mallowes briony lillies line seed fenugreek seed and the like and also of gums dissolved in strong vineger as Ammoniacum bdelium opopanax labdanum sagapenum styrax liquida and Adeps anserinus gallinaceus humanus oleum liliorum and the like Also you must wish the patient to move the part ever now and then every day yet so that it be not painefull to him that so the pent up humour may grow hot bee attenuated and at length discussed and lastly the part it selfe restored as farre as art can perform it for oft times it cannot be helped any thing at all For if the member be weake and lame by reason that the fracture happened neere the joint for the residue of his life the motion thereof useth to bee painefull and difficult and oft times none at all especially if the Callus which grows there be somewhat thick and great and lastly if the joint it selfe shall bee contused and broken by the stroake as it oft-times happens in wounds made by Gun-shot The End of the sixteenth Booke OF DIVERS OTHER PRETER NATURALL AFFECTS WHOSE CURE IS COMMONLY PERFORMED BY SURGERY THE SEVENTEENTH BOOKE CHAP. I. Of an Alopecia or the falling away of the haires of the head AN Alopecia is the falling away of the haire of the head and sometimes also of the eye-browes chin and other parts the French commonly call it the Pelade Phisicians terme it the Alopecia for that old Foxes subject by reason of their age to have the scab are troubled oft times with this disease This affect is caused either through defect of nourishment fit to nourish the haires as in old age through want of the radicall humidity or by the corruption of the alimentary matter of the same as after long fevers in the Lues venerea leprosie the corruption of the whole hody and all the humours whence followeth a corruption of the vapours and fuliginous excrements or else by the vitious constitution of the pores in the skin in rarity and constriction or density as by the too much use of hot oyntments made for colouring the hair or such as are used to take off haire therefore called Depilatoria or by the burning of the skin or losse thereof having a scarre in stead thereof by reason of whose density the haire cannot spring out as by too much laxity the fuliginous matter of the haire stayes not but presenly vanisheth away The Alopecia which comes by old age a consumption burne baldnesse leprosie and a scald head is uncurable that which admits of cure the cause being taken away is helped Wherefore if it proceed from the corruption of humours let a Phisician bee called who as hee shall thinke it fit shall appoint diet purging and phlebotomie Then the Surgeon shall shave off that haire which is remaining and shall first use resolving fomentations apply Leaches and Horns to digest the vicious humour which is under the skin then shall he wash the head to take away the filth with a lye wherein the roots of Orris and Aloes have been boyled Lastly hee shall use both attractive fomentations and medicines for to draw forth the humour which is become laudable in the whole body by the benefit of diet fitly appointed But if the Alopecia shall happen through defect of nourishment the part shall bee rubbed so long with a course linnen cloth or a figge leafe or onions untill it waxe red besides also the skin shall bee pricked in many places with a needle and then ointments applied made of Labdanum pigeons dung stavisager oile of bayes turpentine and waxe to draw the bloud and matter of the haires If the haire be lost by the Lues venerea the patient shall be annointed with quicksilver to sufficient salivation To conclude as the causes of this disease shall be so must the remdies be fitted which are used CHAP. II. Of the Tinea or scalde Head THE Tinea let me soterme it in Latine whilst a fitter word may be found or a scald head is a disease possessing the musculous skin of the head or the hairy scalpe and eating thereinto like a moth There are three differences thereof the first is called by Galen scaly or branlike for that whilst it is scratched it casts many branlike scales some Practitioners terme it a dry scall because of the great adustion of the humour causing it Another is called ficosa a fig-like scall because when it is dispoyled of the crust or
sleepy arteryes and fils the braine disturbing the humours and spirits which are conteyned there tossing them unequally as if one ran round or had drunk too much wine This hot spirit oft-times riseth from the heart upwards by the internall sleepy arteryes to the Rete mirabile or wonderfull net otherwhiles it is generated in the brain its selfe being more hot than is fitting also it oft-times ariseth from the stomack spleen liver and other entrals being too hot The signe of this disease is the sudden darkening of the sight and the closing up as it were of the eyes the body being lightly turned about or by looking upon wheeles running round or whirle pits in waters or by looking downe any deepe or steep places If the originall of the disease proceed from the braine the patients are troubled with the head-ach heavinesse of the head and noyse in the eares and oft-times they lose their smell Paulus Aegineta for the cure bids us to open the arteries of the temples But if the matter of the disease arise from some other place as from some of the lower entrals such opening of an artery little availeth Wherefore then some skilfull Phisitian must be consulted with who may give directions for phlebotomie if the original of the disease proceed from the heat of the entrals by purging if occasioned by the foulenesse of the stomack But if such a Vertigo be a criticall symptome of some acute disease affecting the Crisis by vomit or bleeding then the whole businesse of freeing the patient thereof must be committed to nature CHAP. IV. Of the Hemicrania or Megrim THE Megrim is properly a disease affecting the one side of the head right or left It sometimes passeth no higher than the temporall muscles otherwhiles it reacheth to the toppe of the crowne The cause of such paine proceedeth eyther from the veynes and externall arteryes or from the meninges or from the very substance of the braine or from the pericranium or the hairy scalpe covering the pericranium or lasty from putride vapours arising to the head from the ventricle wombe or other inferiour member Yet an externall cause may bring this affect to wit the too hot or cold constitution of the encompassing ayre drunkennesse gluttony the use of hot and vaporous meates some noysome vapour or smoake as of Antimony quick-silver or the like drawne up by the nose which is the reason that Goldsmythes and such as gilde mettals are commonly troubled with this disease But whence foever the cause of the evill proceedeth it is either a simple distemper or with matter with matter I say which againe is either simple or compound Now this affect is either alone or accompanied with other affects as inflammation and tension The heavinesse of head argues plenty of humour pricking beating and tension shewes that there is plenty of vapours mixed with the humours and shut up in the nervous arterious or membranous body of the head If the paine proceed from the inflamed meninges a fever followeth thereon especially if the humour causing paine doe putresie If the paine be superficiary it is seated in the pericranium If profound deepe and piercing to the botome of the eyes it is an argument that the meninges are affected and a feaver ensues if there be inflammation and the matter putresie and then oft times the tormenting paine is so great and grievous that the patient is affraid to have his head touched if it be but with your finger neither can hee away with any noise or small murmuring nor light nor smels however sweet no nor the fume of Vine The paine is sometimes continuall otherwhiles by fits If the cause of the pain proceed from hot thin vaporous bloud which will yeeld to no medicines a very necessary profitable speedy remedy may be had by opening an artery in the temples whether the disease proceed from the internall or externall vessels For hence alwayes ensueth an evacuation of the conjunct matter bloud and spirits I have experimented this in many but especially in the Prince de la Roche sur-you His Physitians when hee was troubled with this grievous Megrim were Chapaine the Kings and Castellane the Queenes chiefe Phisitians and Lewes Duret who notwithstanding could helpe him nothing by bloud-letting cupping bathes fictions diet or any other kind of remedy either taken inwardly or applyed outwardly I being called said that there was onely hope one way to recover his health which was to open the artery of the temple in the same side that the paine was for I thought it probable that the cause of his pain was not contained in the veins but in the 〈◊〉 in which case by the testimony of the ancients there was nothing better than the opening or bleeding of an artery whereof I had made tryall upon my selfe to my great good When as the Physitians had approved of this my advice I presently betake my selfe to the work and choose out the artery in the pained temple which was both the more swolne and beat more vehemently than the rest I open this as wee use to doe in the bleeding of a veine with one incision and take more than two sawcers of blood flying out with great violence and leaping the paine presently ceased neither did it ever molest him againe Yet this opening of an Artery is suspected by many for that it is troublesome to stay the gushing forth bloud and cicatrize the place by reason of the density hardnesse and continuall pulsation of the artery and lastly for that when it is cicatrized there may be danger of an Aneurisma Wherefore they thinke it better first to divide the skin then to separate the artery from all the adjacent particles and then to binde it in two places and lastly divide it as we have formerly told you must be done in Varices But this is the opinion of men who fear all things where there is no cause for I have learnt by frequent experience that the apertion of an artery which is performed with a Lancet as wee doe in opening a veine is not at all dangerous and the consolidation or healing is somewhat flower than in a veine but yet will bee done at length but that no flux of bloud will happen if so bee that the ligation be fitly performed and remaine so for foure dayes with fitting pledgets CHAP. V. Of certaine affects of the eyes and first of staying up the upper eye-lidde when it is too laxe OF the diseases which befall the eies some possess the whole substance thereof as the Ophthalmia a Phlegmon therof others are proper and peculiar to some parts thereof as that which is termed Gutta ferena to the opticke nerve Whence Galen made a threefold difference of the diseases of the eyes as that some happened to the eye by hurting or offending the chiefe organ thereof that is the crystalline humour others by hindering the animall faculty the chiefe causer of sight from
also to some fistulaes Such weeping fistulaes if they become old cause an Atrophia of the eye sometimes blindnesse a stinking breath Therefore wee must diligently and speedily by phisicall and chirurgicall meanes resist the breeding disease Wherefore having used generall medicines we must come to particulars Therefore if the ulcer be not sufficiently wide it shall bee inlarged by putting tents of spunge therein The flesh of the Glandule encreasing more than is fit shall be corrected by putting therein the cathaereticke pouders of Mercury calcined vitrioll or some aqua fortis or oyle of vitrioll and lastly by a potentiall cautery If you cannot prevaile by these meanes and that the bone begins to rot and the patient bee stout hearted then use an actuall cautery whose use is far more effectuall ready certaine and excellent than a potentiall cautery as I have tryed in many with happy successe In my opinion it makes no matter whether the cautery be of gold silver or iron for the efficacy it hath proceedeth not from the matter but from the fire Yet if wee must religiously observe and make choise of mettals I had rather have it of Iron as that which hath a far more drying and astringent faculty than gold for that the element of earth beareth the chiefe sway thererein as appeareth by the waters which flow through iron mines Wherefore you shall cause to be made a triangular Iron sharpe at the end that it may the more speedily penetrate And then the sound eye and adjacent parts being well covered and defended and the patients head firmely holden in ones hands lest the patient being frighted stirre himselfe in the very instant of the operation But a plate of iron somewhat depressed in the midst for the cavity of the greater corner shall be applyed and fitted to the pained eye This plate shall be perforated that the hot Iron may passe thereby to the fistula lying thereunder and so may onely touch that which is to be cauterized The figure of a cautery and a plate with a hole therein After the bone is burnt with the cautery a collyrium made of the whites of egges beaten in plantaine and nightshade waters must be poured into the hole it selfe the eye and all the neighbouring parts but the patient shall bee layd in bed with his head somewhat high and the collyrium shall be renued as often and as soone as you shall perceive it to grow dry Then the fall of the Eschar shall be procured by annointing it with fresh butter when it is fallen away the ulcer shall be cleansed filled with flesh and lastly cicatrized CHAP. XVI Of the Staphiloma or grape like swelling STaphiloma is the swelling of the horney and grape-like coat bred through the occasion of an humor flowing downe upon the eye or by an ulcer the horney coat being relaxed or thrust forth by the violence of the pustule generated beneath It in shape resembleth a grape whence the Greekes stile it Staphyloma This tumor is sometimes blackish otherwhiles whitish For if the horney coat bee ulcerated and fretted in sunder so that the grapie coat shew it selfe and fall through the ulcer then the Staphyloma will looke blacke like a ripe grape for the utter part of the Uvea is blackish But if the Cornea bee onely relaxed and not broken then the swelling appeares of a whitish colour like an unripe grape The Ancients have made many kindes or differences thereof For if it bee but a small hole of the broken Cornea by which the Uvea sheweth or thrusteth forth its selfe they then termed it Myocephalon that is like the head of a fly But if the hole were large and also callous they called it Clavus or a naile If it were yet larger then they termed it Acinus or a grape But in what shape or figure soever this disease shall happen it bringeth two discommodities the one of blindnesse the other of deformity Wherefore here is no place for surgery to restore the sight which is already lost but onely to amend the deformity of the eie which is by cutting off that which is prominent But you must take heed that you cut away no more than is fit for so there would be danger of pouring out the humors of the eye CHAP. XVII Of the Hypopyon that is the sappurate or putrefied eye PUS or Quitture is sometimes gathered between the horny and grapy coate from an internall or externall cause From an internall as by a great defluxion and oft times after an inflammation but externally by a stroake through which occasion a veine being opened hath poured forth blood thither which may presently be turned into Quitture For the cure universall remedies being premised cupping-glasses shall bee applied with scarification and frictions used Anodine and digestive collyria shall be poured from above downewards Galen writes that he hath sometimes evacuated this matter the Cornea being opened at the Iris in which place all the coats meet concurre and are terminated I have done the like and that with good successe James Guillemeau the the Kings Surgeon being present the Quitture being expressed and evacuated after the apertion The Ulcer shall be clensed with Hydronel or some other such like medicine CHAP. XVIII Of the Mydriasis or dilatation of the pupill of the eye MYdriasis is the dilatation of the pupill of the eye and this happeneth either by nature or chance the former proceedeth from the default of the first conformation neither is it curable but the other is of two sorts for it is either from an internall cause the off-spring of an humour flowing downe from the braine wherefore Phisicall meanes must bee used for the cure thereof Now that which commeth by any externall occasion as a blow fall or contusion upon the eye must bee cured by presently applying repercussive and anodyne medicines the defluxion must be hindred by diet skilfully appointed phlebotomie cupping scarification frictions and other remedies which may seeme convenient Then must you come to resolving medicines as the bloud of a Turtle Dove Pigeon or Chicken reeking hot out of the veine being poured upon the eye and the neighbouring parts Then this following cataplasme shall be applyed thereto â„ž farinae fabar hordei an â„¥ iiii ol rosar myrtillor an â„¥ i. ss pul ireos flor Ê’ii cum sapa fiat cataplasma You may also use the following fomentation â„ž rosar rub myrtill an m. i. florum melil chamam an p. i. nucum cupress â„¥ i. vini austeri lb. ss aq rosar plantag an â„¥ iii. make a decoction of them all for a fomentation to be used with a sponge CHAP. XIX Of a Cataract A Cataract is called also by the Greeks Hypochyma by the Latines suffusic Howsoever you terme it it is nothing else but the concretion of an humour into a certaine thin skin under the horny coat just against the apple or pupill and as it
blow they must not bee taken forth but restored and fastened to the next that remaine firme for in time they will be confirmed in their sockets as I tryed in Anthony de la Rue a tailour who had his jaw broken with the pommell of a dagger and three of his teeth loosened and almost shaken out of their sockets the jaw being restored the teeth were also put in their places and bound to the rest with a double waxed thread for the rest I fed the patient with broths gellyes and the like and I made astringent gargarismes of cypresse nuts myrtle berries and a little alum boyld in oxycrate and I wished him to hold it a good while in his mouth by these means I brought it so to passe that hee within a while after could chaw as easily upon those teeth as upon the other I heard it reported by a credible person that he saw a Lady of the prime nobility who instead of a rotten tooth she drew made a sound tooth drawne from one of her waiting maids at the same time to be substituted and inserted which tooth in processe of time as it were taking roote grew so firme as that she could chaw upon it as well as upon any of the rest But as I formerly said I have this but by heare-say Now the teeth are corroded or eaten in by an acride and thinne humour penetrating by a plenteous and frequent defluxion even to their roots and being there conteined it putrefies and becomming more acride it doth not only draw the teeth into the contagion of its putrefaction but also perforats and corrodes them The putrefaction may bee corrected if after generall medicines you put oile of vitrioll or aqua fortis into the hole of the eaten tooth or else if you burne the tooth it selfe to the roote with a small iron wyar being red hot you shall thrust this hot iron through a pipe or cane made for the same purpose lest it should harm any sound part by the touch therof and thus the putrefaction the cause of the arrosion may be stayed But if the hole bee on the one side between two teeth then shall you file away so much of the sound tooth as that you may have sufficient liberty to thrust in your wiar without doing any harme The formes of Files made for filing the teeth Wormes breeding by putrefaction in the roots of the teeth shall be killed by the use of causticks by gargles or lotions made of vinegar wherein either pellitory of Spain hath bin steeped or Treacle dissolved also Aloes and Garlike are good to be used for this purpose Setting the teeth on edge happens to them by the immoderate eating of acride or tart things or by the continuall ascent of vapours endued with the same quality from the orifice of the ventricle to the mouth or by a cold defluxion especially of acride phlegme falling from the braine upon the teeth or else by the too excessive use of cold or stupising liquors This affect is taken away if after generall medicines and shunning those things that cherish the disease the teeth bee often washed with aqua vitae or good wine wherein sage rosemary cloves nutmegs and other things of the like nature have bin boyled CHAP. XXVII Of drawing of teeth TEeth are drawne either for that they cause intolerable paines which will not yeeld to medicines or else for that they are rotten and hollowed so that they cause the breath to smell or else for that they infect the sound and whole teeth and draw them into the like corruption or because they stand out of order Besides when they are too deep and strongly rooted so that they cannot be plucked out they must oft times be broken of necessity that so you may drop some caustick thing into their roots which may take away the sense and consequently the paine The hand must be used with much moderation in the drawing out of a tooth for the Jaw is sometimes dislocated by the too violent drawing out of the lower teeth But the temples eyes and braine are shaken with greater danger by the too rude drawing of the upper teeth Wherefore they must first be cut about that the gums may be loosed from them then shake them with your fingers and doe this untill they begin to be loose for a tooth which is fast in and is plucked out with one pull oft-times breaks the jaw and brings forth the piece together therewith whence follow a feaver and a great fluxe of bloud not easily to be stayed for bloud or pus flowing out in great plenty is in Celsus opinion the sign of a broken bone many other maligne and deadly symptoms some have had their mouthes drawne so awry during the rest of their lives so that they could scarce gape Besides if the tooth be much eaten the hole thereof must be filled either with Lint or a corke or a piece of lead well fitted thereto lest it be broken under your forceps when it is twitched more straightly to be plucked out and the root remain ready in a short time to cause more grievous paine But judgement must be used and you must take speciall care lest you take a sound tooth for a pained one for oft-times the patient cannot tell for that the bitternesse of paine by neighbour-hood is equally diffused over all the jaw Therefore for the better plucking out a tooth observing these things which I have mentioned the patient shall be placed in a low seat bending back his head between the Tooth-drawers legs then the Tooth-drawer shall deeply scarifie about the tooth separating the gums therfrom with the instruments marked with this letter A. and then if spoyled as it were of the wall of the gums it grow loose it must be shaken and thrust out by forcing it with the three-pointed levatory noted with this letter B. but if it sticke in too fast and will not stirre at all then must the tooth be taken hold of with some of these toothed forcipes marked with these letters C. D. E. now one then another as the greatnesse figure and site shall seeme to require I would have a tooth-drawer expert and diligent in the use of such toothed mullets for unlesse one know readily and cunningly how to use them he can scarce so carry himself but that he will force out three teeth at once oft-times leaving that untoucht which caused the paine The effigies of Forcipes or mullets for the drawing of teeth Instruments for scraping the teeth and a three-pointed levatory The forme of another Instrument for drawing of teeth After the tooth is drawn let the blood flow freely that so the part may be freed from pain and the matter of the tumor discharged Then let the tooth-drawer presse the flesh of the gums on both sides with his fingers whereas hee tooke out the tooth that so the socket that was too much dilated and oft times torne by
midst of the wine yet so that they do not mixe themselves but the one take possess the place of the other If this may be done by art by things only naturall to be discernd by our eyes what may be done in our bodies in which by reason of the presence of a more noble soule all the works of nature are far more perfect What is it which we may despair to be done in the like case For doth not the laudible blood flow to the guts kidneyes spleen bladder of the gall by the impulse of nature together with the excrements which presently the parts themselves separate from their nutriment Doth not milke from the breasts flow sometimes forth of the wombes of women lately delivered Yet that cannot bee carryed downe thither unlesse by the passages of the mamillary veines and arteryes which meete with the mouthes of the vessels of the wombe in the middle of the streit muscles of the Epigastrium Therefore no marvaile if according to Galen the pus unmixt with the bloud flowing from the whole body by the veines and arteryes into the kidneyes and bladder bee cast forth together with the urine These and the like things are done by nature not taught by any counsell or reason but onely assisted by the strength of the segregating and expulsive faculty and certainely we presently dissecting the dead body observed that it all as also all the bowels thereof were free from inflammation and ulceration neither was there any signe or impression of any purulent matter in any part thereof CHAP. L. By what externall causes the urine is supprest and prognostickes concerning the suppression thereof THere are also many externall causes through whose occasion the urine may be supprest Such are bathing and swimming in cold water the too long continued application of Narcoticke medicines upon the Reines perinaeum and share the use of cold meats and drinkes and such other like Moreover the dislocation of some Vertebra of the loines to the inside for that it presseth the nerves disseminated thence into the bladder therefore it causeth a stupidity or numnesse of the bladder Whence it is that it cannot perceive it selfe to bee vellicated by the acrimony of the urine and consequently it is not stirred up to the expulsion thereof But from whatsoever cause the suppression of the urine proceeds if it persevere for some dayes death is to bee feared unlesse either a feaver which may consume the matter of the urine or a scouring or fluxe which may divert it shall happen thereupon For thus by stay it acquireth an acride and venenate quality which flowing by the veines readily infecteth the masse of blood and carryed to the braine much molests it by reason of that similitude and sympathy of condition which the bladder hath with the Meninges But nature if prevalent easily freeth it selfe from this danger by a manifest evacuation by stoole otherwise it must necessarily call as it were to its aide a feavourish heat which may send the abounding matter of this serous humidity out through the skinne either by a sensible evacuation as by sweat because sweate and urine have one common matter or else disperse and breath it out by transpiration which is an insensible excretion CHAP. LI. Of bloody Urine SOME pisse pure blood others mixt and that either with urine then that which is expelled resembles the washing of flesh newly killed or else with pus or matter and that either alone or mixed with the urine There may be divers causes of this symptome as the too great quantity of blood gathered in the body which by the suppression of the accustomed periodicall evacuation by the courses or haemorrhoids now turns its course to the reins bladder the fretting asunder of some vessell by an acride humour or the breaking thereof by carrying or lifting of some heavie burden by leaping falling from high a great blow the falling of some wait upon the loins riding post too violently the too immoderate use of venery lastly from any kind of painful more violent exercise by a rough sharp stone in the kidneys by the weaknesse of the retentive faculty of the kidneys by a wound of some of the parts belonging to the urine by the too frequent use of diureticke and hot meats and medicines or else of things in their whole nature contrary to the urenary parts for by these and the like causes the reins are oft times so enflamed that they necessarily impostumate and at length the impostume being broken it turnes into an ulcer casting forth quitture by the urine In so great variety of the causes of bloody urine we may gather whence the causes of this symptome may arise by the depraved action of this or that part by the condition of the flowing blood to wit pure or mixt and that either with the urine alone or with pus For example if this bloody matter flow from the lungs liver kidneies dislocated Vertebrae the streight gut or other the like part you may discerne it by the seat of the paine and symptomes as a feaver and the propriety of the paine and other things which have preceded or are yet present And we may gather the same by the plenty and quality for if for example the pus flow from an ulcer of the arm the purulent matter will flow by turnes one while by the urine so that little is cast forth by the ulcer then presently on the contrary the urine becomes more cleere That purulent matter which flows from the lungs by reason of an Empyema or from the liver or any other bowell placed above the midriffe the pus which is cast forth with the urine is both in greater plenty and more exactly mixed with the urine than that which flowes from the kidneyes and bladder It neither belongs to our purpose or a Surgeons office either to undertake or deliver the cure of this affect It shall suffice onely to note that the cure of this symptome is not to bee hoped for so long as the cause remaines And if this blood flow by the opening of a vessell it shall bee stayed by astringent medicines if broken by agglutinative if corroded or fretted asunder by sarcoticke CHAP. LII Of the signes of ulcerated Kidneyes I Had not determined to follow or particularly handle the causes of bloody urines yet because that which is occasioned by the ulcerated reines or bladder more frequently happens therefore I have thought good briefly to speake thereof in this place The signes of an ulcer of the reines are pain in the loines matter howsoever mixt with the urine never evacuated by it selfe but alwaies flowing forth with the urine and residing in the botome of the chamberpot with a sanious and redde sediment fleshy and as it were bloody fibres swimming up and downe in the urine the smell of the filth is not so great as that which flowes from the ulcerated bladder
in plantaine water and injected into the bladder Let the patient abstaine from wine and instead thereof let him use barly water or hydromel or a ptisan made of an ounce of raisins of the sun stoned and boyled in five pints of faire water in an earthen pipkin well leaded or in a glasse untill one pinte be consumed adding thereto of liquorice scraped and beaten â„¥ i. of the cold seeds likewise beaten two drams Let it after it hath boyled a little more be strayned through an hypocras bagge with a quarterne of sugar and two drams of choice cinamon added thereto and so let it be kept for usuall drinke CHAP. LVI Of the Diabete or inabilty to hold the Urine THe Diabete is a disease wherein presently after one hath drunke the urine is presently made in great plenty by the dissolution of the retentive faculty of the reines and the depravation of immoderation of the attractive faculty The externall causes are the unseasonable and immoderate use of hot and diureticke things and all more violent and vehement exercises The internall causes are the inflammation of the liver lungs spleen but especially of the kidneyes and bladder This affect must be diligently distinguished from the excretion of morbifick causes by urine The loines in this disease are molested with a pricking and biting pain and there is a continuall unquenchable thirst and although this disease proceed from a hot distemper yet the urine is not coloured red troubled or thick but thin and white or waterish by reason the matter thereof makes very small stay in the stomacke liver and hollow veine being presently drawn away by the heat of the kidneyes or bladder If the affect long endure the patient for want of nourishment falleth away whence certaine death ensues For the cure of so great a disease the matter must be purged which causes or feedes the inflammation or phlegmon and consequently blood must be let We must abstain from the foure cold seedes for although they may profit by their first quality yet will they hurt by their diuretick faculty Refrigerating and astringent nourishments must bee used and such as generate grosse humours as Rice thicke and astringent wine mixed with much water Exceeding cold yea Narcotick things shall be applyed to the loins for otherwise by reason of the thickness of the muscles of those parts the force unless of exceeding refrigerating things will not be able to arrive at the reins of this kind are oile of white poppy henbain opium purslain and lettuce seed mandrage vinegar and the like of which cataplasmes plaisters and ointments may be made fit to corroberate the parts and correct the heat CHAP. LVII Of the Strangury THe Strangury is an affect having some affinity with the Diâ—beâ—e as that wherin the water is unvoluntarily made but not together at once but by drops continually and with paine The externall causes of a strangury are the too abundant drinking of cold water all too long stay in a cold place The internall causes are the defluxion of cold humours into the urenary parts for hence they are resolved by a certain palsie and the sphincter of the bladder is relaxed so that he cannot hold his water according to his desire inflammation also all distemper causeth this affect and whatsoever in some sort obstructs the passage of the urine as clotted blood thick phlegme gravell and the like And because according to Galens opinion all sorts of distemper may cause this discase divers medicines shall be appointed according to the difference of the distemper Therfore against a cold distemper fomentations shall be provided of a decoction of mallows roses origanum calamint and the like so applied to the privities then presently after let them be anointed with oile of bayes and of Castoreum and the like Strong and pure wine shall be prescribed for his drinke and that not onely in this cause but also when the Strangury happens by the occasion of obstruction caused by a grosse and cold humor if so be that the body be not plethoricke But if inflammation together with a Plethora or fulnesse hath caused this affect wee may according to Galens advice heale it by blood-letting But if obstruction bee in fault that shall be taken away by diuretickes either hot or cold according to the condition of the matter obstructing We here omit to speake of the Dysuria or difficulty of making water because the remedies are in generall the same with those which are used in the Ischuria or suppression of urine CHAP. LVIII Of the Cholike WHensoever the Guts being obstructed or otherwise affected the excrements are hindred from passing forth if the fault bee in the small guts the affect is termed Volvulus Ileos miserere mei but if it be in the greate rguts it is called the Cholick from the part affected which is the Colon that is the continuity of the greater guts but especially that portion of the greater guts which is properly and especially named Colon or the cholicke Gut Therefore Avicen rightly defines the Cholicke A paine of the Guts wherein the excrements are difficultly evacuated by the fundament Paulus Aegineta reduceth all the causes of the Colicke how various soever to foure heads to wit to the grossenesse or toughnesse of the humours impact in the coates of the guts flatulencies hindred from passage forth the inflammation of the guts and lastly the collection of acride and biting humors Now we will treat of each of these in particular Almost the same causes produce the grossenesse of humors and flatulencies in the guts to wit the use of flatulent and phlegmaticke â—ough and viscide meats yea also of such as are of good nourishment if sundry thereof and of sundry kinds be eaten at the same meale and in greater quantity than is fit For hence crudity and obstruction and at length the collection of flatulencies whereon a tensive paine ensues This kind of Cholick is also caused by the use of crude fruits and too cold drink drunken especially when as any is too hot by exercise or any other way for thus the stomacke and the guts continued thereto are refrigerated and the humours and excrements therein conteined are congealed and as it were bound up The Cholicke which is caused by the inflammation of the kidneyes happens by the Sympathy of the reines pained or troubled with the stone or gravell conteined in them or the ureters Therefore then also paine troubles the patient at his hips and loynes because the nerves which arising from the vertebrae of the loins are oppressed by the weight of the stones and gravell about the joint of the hippe are disseminated into the muscles of the loines and thigh Also the ureters are pained for they seeme nothing else but certaine hollow nerves and also the cremaster muscles so that the patients testicles may seeme to be drawne upwards with much violence Hence great phlegmaticke
feavers we open a veine to breathe out that bloud which is heated in the vessels and cooling the residue which remaines behind The fift is to prevent imminent diseases as when in the Spring and Autumne we draw bloud by opening a veine in such as are subject to spitting of bloud the squinancie pleurisie falling sicknesse apoplexie madnesse gout or in such as are wounded for to prevent the inflammation which is to be feared Before bloud letting if there bee any old excrements in the guts they shall bee evacuated by a gentle glyster or suppository lest the mesaraicke veines should thence draw unto them any impuritie Bloud must not be drawne from ancient people unlesse some present necessity require it lest the native heat which is but languid in them should be brought to extreme debility and their substance decay neither must any in like sort be taken from children for feare of resolving their powers by reason of the tendernesse of their substance rareness of their habit The quantity of bloud which is to be let must bee considered by the strength of the patient and greatnesse of the disease therefore if the patient bee weake and the disease require large evacuation it will bee convenient to part the letting of bloud yea by the interposition of some dayes The veine of the forehead being opened is good for the paine of the hind part of the head yet first we foment the part with warme water that so the skin may be the foster and the bloud drawne into the veines in greater plenty In the squinancie the veines which are under the tongue must be opened assant without putting any ligatures about the neck for feare of strangling Phlebotomie is necessary in all diseases which stop or hinder the breathing or take away the voice or speech as likewise in all contusions by a heavie stroake or fall from high in an apoplexie squinancie and burning feaver though the strength be not great nor the bloud faulty in quantity or quality bloud must not be let in the height of a fever Most judge it fit to draw bloud from the veines most remote from the affected and inflamed part for that thus the course of the humours may be diverted the next veines on the contrary being opened the humours may be the more drawne into the affected part and so increase the burden and paine But this opinion of theirs is very erroneous for an opened veine alwaies evacuates and disburdens the next part For I have sundry times opened the veines and arteries of the affected part as of the hands feet in the Gout of these parts of the temples in the Megrim whereupon the paine alwayes was somewhat asswaged for that together with the evacuated bloud the malignitie of the Gout and the hot spirits the causers of the head-ach or Megrim were evacuated For thus Galen wisheth to open the arteries of the temples in a great and contumacious defluxion falling upon the eyes or in the Megrim or head-ach CHAP. LX. How to open a veine and draw bloud from thence THE first thing is to seat or place the patient in as good a posture as you can to wit in his bed if he be weak but in a chaire if strong yet so that the light may fall directly upon the veine which you intend to open Then the Surgeon shall rub the arme with his hand or a warme linnen cloth that the bloud may flow the more plenitfully into the vein Then he shall bind the veine with a ligature a little above the place appointed to be opened and hee shall draw back the bloud upwards towards the ligature from the lower part and if it be the right arme he shall take hold thereof with his left hand but if the left then with his right hand pressing the veine in the meane time with his thumbe a little below the place where you meane to open it lest it should slip away and that it may bee the more swolne by forcing up the bloud Then with his naile hee shall marke or designe the place to be opened and shall annoint it being so marked with butter or oyle whereby the skin may be relaxed and the lancet enter more easily and therefore the section may be the lesse painefull He shal hold his lancet between his thumb and fore finger neither too neer nor too far from the point he shall rest his other three fingers upon the patients arme that so his hand may be the more steddy lesse trembling Then shall he open the vein with an incision agreeable to the magnitude of the vessell the indifferent thicknesse of the conteined bloud somewhataslant diligently avoiding the artery which lies under the basilica the nerve or tendon of the two-headed muscle which lyes under the Median veine But for the Cephalicke it may be opened without danger As much bloud as is sufficient being drawne according to the minde of the Physician he shall loose the ligature and laying a little boulster under hee shall with a ligature bind up the wounded part to stay the bleeding the ligation shall be neither too strait nor loose but so that the patient may freely bend and extend his arme wherefore whilest that is in doing he must not hold his arme streight out but gently bended otherwise he cannot freely bend it The figure of a Lancet to let bloud withall CHAP. LXI Of Cupping-glasses or ventoses CUpping-glasses are applyed especially when the matter conjunct and impact in any part is to be evacuated and then chiefly there is place for sacrification after the cupping-glasses yet they are also applyed for revulsion and divertion for when an humour continually flowes down into the eyes they may be applyed to the shoulders with a great flame for so they draw more strongly and effectually They are also applyed under womens breasts for to stop the courses flowing too immoderately but to their thighes for to provoke them They are also applyed to such as are bit by venemous beasts as also to parts possessed by a pestiferous Bubâ— or Carbuncle so to draw the poyson from within outwards For as Celsus saith a Cupping-glasse where it is fastned on if the skin be first scarified drawes forth bloud but if it bee whole then it draws spirit Also they are applyed to the belly when any grosse or thick windinesse shut up in the guts or membraines of the muscles of the Epigaâ—trium or lower belly causing the Collick is to bee discussed Also they are fastned to the Hypocondry's when as flatulency in the liver or spleene swels up the entraile lying thereunder or in too great a bleeding at the nose Also they are set against the Reines in the bottome of the belly whereas the ureters run downe to draw downe the stone into the bladder when as it stops in the middle or entrance of the ureter You shall make choice of greater and lesser Cupping-glasses according
from unordinate diet especially in the use of meat drink exercise and Venerie Lastly by unprofitable humours which are generated and heaped up in the body which in processe of time acquire a virulent malignity for these fill the head with vapours raised up from them whence the membranes nerves and tendons and consequently the joynts become more laxe and weake They offend in feeding who eat much meat and that of sundry kindes at the same meale who drink strong wine without any mixture who sleep presently after meat and which use not moderate exercises for hence a plenitude an obstruction of the vessels crudities and the encrease of excrements especially serous Which if they flow downe unto the joynts without doubt they cause this disease for the joints are weake either by nature or accident in comparison of the other parts of the body by nature as if they be loose and soft from their first originall by accident as by a blow fall hard travelling running in the sun by day in the cold by night racking too frequent venery especially suddenly after meat for thus the heat is dissolved by reason of the dissipation of the spirits caused in the effusion of seed whence many crude humours which by an unseasonable motion are sent into the sinews joints Through this occasion old men because their native heat is the more weak are commonly troubled with the gout Besides also the suppression of excrements accustomed to be avoided at certaine times as the courses haemorrhoides vomit scowring causeth this disease Hence it is that in the opinion of Hippocrates A woman is not troubled with the gout unlesse her courses faile her They are in the same case who have old and running ulcers suddenly healed or vaâ—ices cut and healed unlesse by a strict course of diet they hinder the generation and increase of accustomed excrements Also those which recover of great and long diseases unlesse they be fully and perfectly purged either by nature or art these humours falling into the joynts which are the relicks of the disease make them to become goutie and thus much for the primitive cause The internall or antecedent cause is the abundance of humours the largenesse of the vessels and passages which run to the joynts the strength of the amandating bowels the loosenesse softnesse and imbecility of the receiving joints The conjunct cause is the humour it selfe impact and shut up in the capacities and cavities of the joynts Now the unprofitable humour on every side sent downe by the strength of the expulsive faculty sooner lingers about the joynts for that they are of a cold nature and dense so that once impact in that place it cannot be easily digested and resolved This humour then causeth paine by reason of distension or solution of continnity distemper and besides the virulency and malignity which it acquires But it savours of the nature somtimes of one sometimes of more humors whence the gout is either phlegmonous or â—rysipilatous oedematous or mixt The concourse of flatulencies together with the flowing down humours and as it were tumult by the hinderance of transpiration encreaseth the dolorificke distension in the membranes tendons ligaments and other bodies wherein the joint consists CHAP. IV. Out of what part the matter of the Gout may flow downe upon the joints THE matter of the gout commeth for the most part from the liver or brain that which descends from the braine is phlegmatick serous thin and cleare such as usually drops out of the nose endued with a maligne and venenate quality Now it passeth out by the musculous skin and pericranium as also through that large hole by which the spinall marrow the braines substitute is propagated into the spine by the coats and tendons of the nerves into the spaces of the joints and it is commonly cold That which proceeds from the liver is diffused by the great veine and arteries filled and puffed up and participates of the nature of the foure humours of which the masse of the bloud consists more frequently accompanied with a hot distemper together with a gouty malignity Besides this maner of the gout which is caused by defluxion there is another which is by congestion as when the too weak digestive faculty of the joints cannot assimulate the juices sent to them CHAP. V. The signes of the arthritick humour flowing from the braine WHen the defluxion is at hand there is a heavinesse of the head a desire to rest and a dulnesse with the paine of the outer parts then chiefly perceptible when the hairs are turned up or backwards moreover the musculous skin of the head is puffed up as swolne with a certain oedematous tumour the patients seem to be much different from themselves by reason of the functions of the minde hurt by the malignity of the humour from whence the naturall faculties are not free as the crudities of the stomack and the frequent and acride belchings may testifie CHAP. VI. The signes of a gouty humour proceeding from the liver THe right Hypocondrie is hot in such gouty persons yea the inner parts are much heated by the bowell bloud and choler carry the sway the veins are large and swoln a defluxion suddenly falls down especially if there be a greater quantity of choler than of other humours in the masse of the bloud But if as it often falls out the whole bloud by meanes of crudities degenerate into phlegme and a wheyish humour then will it come to passe that the gout also which proceeds from the liver may be pituitous or phlegmatick and participate of the nature of an oedema like that which proceeds from the braine As if the same masse of bloud decline towards melancholy the gout which thence ariseth resembles the nature of a scirrhus yet that can scarce happen that melancholy by reason of the thicknesse and slownesse to motion may fall upon the joynts Yet notwithstanding because we speake of that which may bee of these it will not bee unprofitable briefly to distinguish the signes of each humour and the differences of gouts to be deduced from thence CHAP. VII By what signes we may understand this or that humour to accompany the gouty malignity YOu may give a guesse hereat by the patients age temper season of the yeare condition of the country where he lives his diet and condition of life the encrease of the paine in the morning noone evening or night by the propriety of the beating pricking sharpe or dull paine by numness as in a melancholy gout or itching as in that which is caused by tough phlegme by the sensible appearance of the part in shape and colour as for example sake in a phlegmaticke gout the colour of the affected part is very little changed from its selfe and the neighbouring well parts in a sanguine gout it lookes red in a cholerick it is fiery or pale in a melancholy livid or blackish by the heat
in what daies in what houres of the day the length of these â—its the urine and other excrements comming from the patients body But for that not a few are in that heresie that they thinke that we must neither purge nor let blood in the Gout we must here convince that opinion For seing that Physicke is the addition of that which wants and the taking away of those things that are superfluous and the Gout is a disease which hath its essence from the plenty of abounding humours certainely without the evacuation of them by purging and bleeding wee cannot hope to cure either it or the paine which accompanies it Metrius in his Treatise of the Gout writes that it must be cured by purging used not onely in the declination but also in the height of the disease which wee have found true by experience and it is consonant to this saying of Hippocrates in paines wee must purge by the stoole Besides also Galen professeth that in great inflammations feavers and paines he knew no greater nor surer remedy than to let blood even to the fainting of the patient If those which are in this case shall not become better by purging and phlebotomy conveniently prescribed then it happens by meanes of drunkennesse gluttony and the like distemper For hence abundance of crude humors are heaped up which by their contumacy yeeld themselves lesse obedient to medicines Therefore such gouty persons as are intemperate and given to gluttony and venery may hope for no health by use of medicines CHAP. XV. Of locall medicines which may be used to a cold Gout LIttle doe to picke medicines availe unlesse the body of the gouty patient shall be purged from excrementitious humours besides also there is danger lest by the use of repelling medicines the virulency of the humours may be driven into the entrailes which thing hath bin the cause of sodaine death to many Now in the first place we will speake of locall medicines which are thought meet for a phlegmatick juice because this is more frequent than that which is from a hot cause At the beginning in every gout the sciatica excepted wee must use astringent things which have a faculty to binde or strengthen the joints and to dry and waste the excrementitious humour As â„ž fol. sabinae m. ss nucum cupressi â„¥ iii. aluminis roch â„¥ i. gum tragacanthae â„¥ iiii mucaginispsilii cydon quantum sufficit fiat cataplasma Or â„ž â—â—ercoris bubuli recentis lb. i. mellis ros â„¥ iiii olei ros aceti an â„¥ ii bulliant simulparum fiat cataplasma Or else â„ž olei rosar myrtill an â„¥ ii pulveris myrrhae aloes an â„¥ i. acaciae â„¥ liss incorporentur cum aqua gallarum coctarum fiat unguentum Some boyle sage camomile and melilote flowers wormewood and dane-wort of each a handfull in a sufficient quantity of vinegar then they put the grieved part into this decoction being warme by frequent using this medicine it hath beene found to repell and consume the noxious humour not onely cold but also cholericke and also to strengthen the part The fresh faeces of Olives layd to the part asswage paine dryed Oranges boiled in vinegar beaten and applyed doethe same Or â„ž medii corticis ulmi lb. ss caudae equin stoechad consolid majoris an m. ss aluminis roch thuris an Ê’iii hordeiÊ’v lixivii com quantum sufficit fiat cataplasma ad formampultis satis liquidae Commonly then when as the part swelleth up the paine is lessened for that the expulsive faculty driveth the humour from the center into the circumference of the part that is from within outwards for in like sort such as have the tooth ach have lesse paine when their cheekes begin to swell After repercussives wee must come to those which evacuate the conteyned humour by evacuating or resolving it For every defluxion of humours remaining in any part requires evacuation Neither must we marvaile thereat if the digested humour doth not vanish at the first time for we must have regard to the cold phlegme which is thick and viscide as also of the part which is ligamentous membranous and nervous and consequently more dense than fleshy parts â„ž rad Bryon sigilli beat Mariae an â„¥ iv bulliant in lixivio postea terantur colentur per setaceum addendo farin hordei faburum an â„¥ i. olei chamaem â„¥ iii. fiat cataplasma Or â„ž farin hordei lupin an â„¥ iii. sulphuris vivi salis com an â„¥ i. mellis com â„¥ v. pul aloës myrrhae an â„¥ ss aq vit â„¥ i. cum lixivio fiat cataplasma Or â„ž succi caulium rub aceti boni an â„¥ iiii farin hordei â„¥ iss pul Hermodactyl â„¥ ss vitellos ovorum nu iii. olei chamaem â„¥ iii. croci ℈ ii some burne the roots and stalkes of colworts and mixe the ashes with hogs greace and the powder of Orris and so make a pultis Or â„ž Lactis vaccini lb. ii micae panis albi quantum sufficit bulliant simul addendo pulveris subtilis florumâ—homaem meliloti an m. ss croci ℈ i. vitellos ovorum nu iiii ol rosar â„¥ iii. butyri recentis â„¥ i. terebinth â„¥ ii fiat cataplasma ad formam pultis satis liquidae This Cataplasme may be applyed with good successe not only to phlegmatick cold but also to any gout at any time to mitigate the extremity of the pain in men of any temper and it must bee changed twice or thrice a day Also Treacle dissolved in wine and annoy ted on the part is sayd to asswage this paine You may for the same purpose make and apply emplasters unguents cerats and liniments This may bee the forme of an emplaster â„ž gummi ammoniaci bdelii sâ—yracis an â„¥ ii cum aceto aqua vit dissolve adde farin foenugr â„¥ ss olei chamaem anethi an â„¥ ii cerae quantum sufficit fiat emplastrum molle Or â„ž rad bryon sigill beat Mariae an â„¥ v. bulliant in lixivio completè colentur per setaceum addendo olei cham â„¥ iiii sevi hircini â„¥ iiii cerae nov quantum sufficit fiat emplastrum molle Or â„ž anÊ’ii dissolvantur in aceto postâ—a colentur adde olei liâ—iorum ierebinth venet an â„¥ i. picis navalis cer nov quantum sufficit fiat emplastrum molle Or else â„ž succi râ—d enul camp ebuli an â„¥ iii. rad alth lb. ss coquantur colentur per setaceum addendo storum cham melil sambuci rorismar hyperici an p. ii nucum cupressi nu iiii ol cham aneth hyper liliorum de spica an Ê’ii piâ—guedinis anatis gallin anseris an Ê’ss ranas virides vivas nu vi catellos duos nuper natos bulliant omnia simul in lb. ii ss vini oderiferi unâ aquae vit ad consumptionem succorum vini ossium catellorum dissolutionem
be a great dissipation of the vapours and venenate spitits by infensible transpiration for the Lues venerea by the onely communication of these often times catcheth hold and propagates it selfe in lying with a bedfellow tainted therewith But as it is requisite to have let blood and purged the body by the advise of a physitian before the taking of the decoction of Guajacum so whilest hee doth take it it much conduceth to keepe the belly soluble which is much bound by the heat drinesse of such a drink and to preserve the purity of the first veines by a glyster or laxative medicine taken every fifth or sixt day But for the use of it we must warily observe taking indication not onely from the malignity and contumacy of the disease but also from the particular nature of the patient for such as have their body wasted by heat and leanenesse and their skinne dry and scaily whence you may gather a great adustion of the humours and as it were a certaine incineration of the habit of the body must more sparingly make use of these things but rather temper the body by humecting things taken inwardly and applyed outwardly as bathes ointments without quicksilver and other such like things And then a very weake decoction of Guajacum shall bee used for a few dayes before your unction with Quicke-silver A more plentifull diet as it drawes forth the disease which of its owne nature is long so a more sparing and slender diet makes the ulcers more rebellious and contumacious by a hecticke drinesse Therefore a middle course must be kept and meats made choice of which are fit and naturally engender good and laudible juice in the body For it is not only great ignorance but much more cruelty to goe about to conteine all patients without any difference within the strait allowance of four ounces of Ship-bisket and twelve damaske prunes for I judge it farre better to diet the patient with Lambe Veale Kid Pullets fat Larkes and Blacke-birds as those which have a farre greater familiarity with our bodies than Prunes and the like Junkets Let his bread bee made of white wheat well leavened neither too new or tough neither too old or hard Let his drinke be made of the masse or strainings of the first decoction of Guajacum boiled with more water as was formerly mentioned yet if there arise any great weakenesse of the faculties you may permit the use of some little wine drinking especially before each mealea cup of the last mentioned decoction Let him avoyd sleepe presently after meat for so the head is filled with grosse vapoures Passions or perturbations of the mind must also be avoyded for that by these the spirits are inflamed and dissipated all delights of honest pleasure are to be desired but venety wholly avoyded as that which weakens all the nervous parts Many in stead of a decoction of Guajacum use a decoction of China Now this China is the roote of a certain rush knotty rare heavie when it is fresh but light when it is waxed old it is also without smell whence many judge it voyd of any effectuall quality it is brought into use out of India it is thus prepared it is cut into thin round slices boyld in fountaine or river water and is given to patients to drink morning and evening after this manner â„ž rad chin in taleol sect â„¥ ii aquoe font lb xii infundantur per hor. xii coquantur ad consumption tertiae partis Let him take â„¥ vi in the morning and so much at night let him expect a sweat in his bed a second decoction may be made of the masse remaining of the first but with a lesse quantity of water put thereto which also by longer boyling may draw forth the strength remaining in the masse be used at meals for ordinary drink There are some who make a third decoction therof buthat is wholy unprofitable and unusefull Sarsaparilla is prepared also just after the same manner CHAP. IX Of the second manner of curing the Lues venerea which is performed by friction or unction THe cure of the Lues venerea which is performed by unction and friction is more certaine yet not in every kinde condition and season thereof For if the disease bee inveterate from an humour tough grosse viscous and more tenaciously fixed inthe solid parts as you may gather by the knotty tumours of the bones for then we are so farre from doing any good with a friction used at the first that on the contrary wee bring the patient in danger of his life unlesse we shall have first prepared the humour to expulsion by emollient digesting things first used But if it be lately taken with moveable paines pustles and ulcers in the jawes throate and privie parts then may it be easily cured without such preparatives especially if the humour be sufficiently obedient and as it were prepared of it selfe and its owne nature Therefore first using generall medicines you may afterwards come to use the unction with Hydrargyrum CHAP. X. Of the choice preparation and mixing of Hydrargyrum HYdrargum which is cleere thinne white and fluide is the best on the contrary that which is livid and not so fluide is thought to be adulterated by the admixture of some lead That it may be the purer straine it through some sheepes leather for by pressing it when it is bound up it passeth through by its subtlety and leaves the filth and leaden drosse behinde it on the inside Then it may be boyled in vinegar with sage rosemary time chamomile melilote and strained againe that so many waies cleansed it may enter into ointments and plaisters To kill it more surely it shall bee long wrought and as it were ground in a mortar that it may bee broken and separated into most small particles thatby this meanes it may not bee able to gather it selfe into the former body to which purpose you may also adde some sulphur or sublimate as we shall shew hereafter It is most usually mixed with hogs grease adding thereto some oyle of turpentine nutmegs cloves sage and Galens treacle If a Leucophlegmatia together with the Lues venerea affect the body then hot attenuating cutting and drying things shall be added to the medicine which shall be provided for unction the same shall be done when as we would have it to enter into the substance of the bones But if the patient be of a cholericke temper and his blood easie to be inflamed you shall make choice of lesse hot attractive and discussing things As when the body shall be replenished with knotty and scirrhous tumours or squalide by excessive drynesse then shall emollient and humecting things bee mixed therewith But that such ointments may have a better consistence I use to adde to each pound thereof four five or sixe yolkes of hard egges Therefore this shall be the forme of the ointment called Vigoes
to these remedies then must we come to the friction or unction of the groines perinaum and ulcers with the ointments formerly prescribed for the generall friction Also fumigations may bee made as wee mentioned in the former chapter For thus at length the malignity of the virulent humour will be overcome and the callous hardnesse mollified and lastly the ulcers themselves cleansed and being cleansed consolidated Sometimes after the perfect cure of such ulcers there will appeare manifest signes of the Lues venerea in many which shewed not themselves before for that the virulency flowed forth of the running ulcers and now this vent being stopt it flowes backe into the body and shewes signes thereof in other parts and these men have need of a generall unction CHAP. XVI by us vulgarly in English the running of the 〈◊〉 How a Gonnorhoea differeth from a virulent strangury EVen to this day very many have thought that the virulent strangury hath some affinity with the Gonnorhoea of the Ancients but you shall understand by that which followes that they are much different For a Gonnorhoea is an unvoluntary effusion of seed running from the whole body to the genitals by reason of the resolution and palsey of the retentive faculty of these parts as it is delivered by Galen lib. de loc affect This disease befalleth others by the collection of the bloud and seminall matter by the vessels of the whole body which not turning into fat and good flesh takes its course to the genitals but on the contrary a virulent strangury is a running or rather dropping out of the urenary passage of a yellowish livide bloudy filthy saâ—ies like to pus or matter not well concocted oftentimes fretting and exulcerating the passage with the acrimony and causing a painefull erection of the yard and distension of all the genitall parts For in this erection there is caused as it were a convulsive contraction of these parts And hence it is that the patients complaine that they feele as it were a string stretched stiffe in that part which drawes the yard as it were downewards The cause hereof is a grosse and flatulent spirit filling and distending by its plenty the whole channell or hollow nerve yea verily the whole porous substance of the yard If to these symptomes this be added that the urenary passage be exulcerated a grievous paine afflicts the patient whilest he makes water for that the ulcers are irritated by the sharpe urine passing that way Such a virulent strangury or running of the reines oft-times continueth for two or three yeares space but the Gonnorhaea or running of the seed cannot endure so long but that it will bring the body to an extreme and deadly leanenesse for that the matter of the seed is of the more benigne and laudible portion of the bloud as you may perceive by those who have too immoderately used copulation but the space of one night For such have their faces more leane and lanke and the rest of their bodies enervated languisheth and becommeth dull By this we have delivered it may be perceived that the running of a virulent strangury is not the running of a seminall humour fit for generation of issue but rather of a viscous and acride filth which hath acquired a venenate malignity by the corruption of the whole substance CHAP. XVII Of the causes and differences of the scalding or sharpenesse of the urine THe heat or scalding of the water which is one kinde of the virulent strangury ariseth from some one of these three causes to wit repletion inanition and contagion That which proceeds from repletion proceeds either from too great abundance of bloud or by a painefull and cedious journey in the hot sunne or by feeding upon hot acride diureticke and â—larulent meats causing tension and heat in the urenary parts whence proceeds the inflammation of them and the genitall parts whence it happens that not onely a seminall but also much other moisture may flow unto these parts but principally to the prostatae which are glandules situate at the roots or beginning of the necke of the bladder in which place the spermaticke vessels end also abstinence from venery causeth this plenitude in some who have usually had to doe with women especially the expulsive faculty of the seminall and urenary parts being weake so that they are not of themselves able to free themselves from this burden For then the suppressed matter is corrupted and by its acrimony contracted by an adventitious and putredinous heat it causeth heate and paine in the passage forth The prostata swelling with such inflamed matter in processe of time become ulcerated the abscesse being broken The purulent sanies dropping and flowing hence alongst the urinary passage causes ulcers by the acrimonie which the urine falling upon exasperates whence sharpe paine which also continueth for some short time after making of water and together there with by reason of the inflammation the paines attraction and the vaporous spirits distension the yard stands and is contracted with paine as wee noted in the former chapter But that which happens through inanition is acquired by the immoderate and unfit use of venery for hereby the oily and radicall moisture of the forementioned glandules is exhausted which wasted and spent the urine cannot but be troublesome and sharpe by the way to the whole urethra From which sense of sharpe paine the scalding of the urine hath its denomination That which comes by contagion is caused by impure copulation with an unclean person or with a woman which some short while before hath received the tainted seed of a virulent person or else hath the whites or her privities troubled with hidden and secret ulcers or carrieth a virulent spirit shut up or hidden there which heated and resuscitated by copulâ—tion presently infects the whole body with the like conâ—agion no otherwise than the sting of a Scorpion or Phalangium by casting a little poison into the skinne presently infects the whole body the force of the poison spreading further than one would believe so that the partie falls downe dead in a short while after Thus therefore the seminall humour conteined in the prostatae is corrupted by the tainture of the ill drawne thence by the yard and the contagion infects the part it selfe whence followes an abcesse which casting forth the virulency by the urenary passage causeth a virulent strangury and the maligne vapour carryed up with some portion of the humour unto the entrailes and principall parts cause the Lues venerea CHAP. XVIII Prognosticks in a virulent strangury WEE ought not to be negligent or carelesse in curing this affect for of it proceed pernicious accidents as wee have formerly told you and neglected it becomes uncurable so that some have it run out of their urenary passage during their lives oft-times to their former misery is added a suppression of the urine the prostatae and neck of the bladder
Guts the wormes doe lurk you must note that when they are in the small guts the patients complain of a paine in their stomacke with a dogge-like appetite whereby they require many and severall things without reason a great part of the nourishment being consumed by the wormes lying there they are also subject to often fainting by reason of the sympathy which the stomacke being a part of most exquisite sense hath with the heart the nose itches the breath stinkes by reason of the exhalations sent up from the meat corrupting in the stomacke through which occasion they are also given to sleep but are now and then waked therefrom by suddaine startings and feares they are held with a continued and slow feaver a dry cough a winking with their eielids and often changing of the colour of their faces But long and broad wormes being the innates of the greater guts shew themselves by stooles replenished with many sloughes here and there resembling the seedes of a Musk-melon or cucumber Ascarides are knowne by the itching they cause in the fundament causing a sense as if it were Ants running up and downe causing also a tenesmus and falling downe of the fundament This is the cause of all these symptomes their sleepe is turbulent and often clamorous when as hot acride and subtle vapors raised by the wormes from the like humor and their foode are sent up to the head but sound sleep by the contrary as when a misty vapour is sent up from a grosse and cold matter They dream they eate in their sleepe for that while the wormes doe more greedily consume the chylous matter in the guts they stirre up the sense of the like action in the phantasie They grate or gnash their teeth by reason of a certaine convulsisick repletion the muscles of the temples and jawes being distended by plenty of vapours A dry cough comes by the consent of the vitall parts serving for respiration which the naturall to wit the Diaphragma or midriffe smit upon by acride vapoures and irritated as though there were some humour to bee expelled by coughing These same acride fumes assailing the orifice of the ventricle cause either a hicketting or else a fainting according to the condition of their consistence grosse or thin these carryed up to the parts of the face cause an itching of the nose a darkenesse of the fight and a suddaine changing of the colour in the cheeks Great wormes are worse than little ones red than white living than dead many than few variegated than those of one collour as those which are signes of a greater corruption Such as are cast forth bloody and sprinkled with blood are deadly for they shew that the substance of the guts is eaten asunder for oft-times they corrode and perforate the body of the gut wherein they are conteined and thence penetrare into divers parts of the belly so that they have come forth sometimes at the Navell having eaten themselves a passage forth as Hollerius affirmeth When as children troubled with the wormes draw their breath with difficulty and wake moist over all their bodies it is a signe that death is at hand If at the beginning of sharpe feavers round wormes come forth alive it is a signe of a pestilent feaver the malignity of whose matter they could not endure but were forced to come forth But if they be cast forth dead they are signes of greater corruption in the humours and of a more venenate malignity CHAP. V. What cure to bee used for the Wormes IN this disease there is but one indication that is the exclusion or casting out of the wormes either alive or dead forth of the body as being such that in their whole kinde are against nature all things must bee shunned which are apt to heap up putrefaction in the body by their corruption such as are crude fruits cheese milke-meats fishes and lastly such things as are of a difficult and hard digestion but prone to corruption Pappe is fit for children for that they require moist things but these ought to answer in a certaine similitude to the consistence and thicknesse of milke that so they may the more easily be concocted assimulated such only is that pap which is made with wheat flower not crude but baked in an oven that the pappe made therewith may not be too viscide nor thicke if it should onely bee boyled in a panne as much as the milke would require or else the milke would bee too terrestriall or too waterish all the fatty portion thereof being resolved the cheesy and whayish portion remaining if it should boile so much as were necessary for the full boiling of the crude meate they which use meale otherwise in pappe yeild matter for the generating of grosse and viscide humours in the stomacke whence happens obstruction in the first veines and substance of the liver by obstruction wormes breede in the guts and the stone in the kidneyes and bladder The patient must be fed often and with meates of good juice lest the worms through want of nourishment should gnaw the substance of the guts Now when as such things breed of a putride matter the patient shall be purged and the putrefaction represt by medicines mentioned in our treatise of the plague For the quick killing and casting of them forth syrupe of Succory or of lemmons with rubarbe a little Treacle or Mithridate is a singular medicine if there be no feaver you may also for the same purpose use this following medicine ℞ cornu cervi pul rasur eboris an ʒ i ss sem tanacet contra verm an ʒ i. fiat decoctio pro parva dofi in colatur a infunde rhei optimi ʒ i. cinam ℈ i. dissolve syrupi de absinthio ℥ ss make a potion give it in the morning three houres before any broath Oyle of Olives drunke kills wormes as also water of knot-grasse drunke with milke and in like manner all bitter things Yet I could first wish them to give a glyster made of milke hony and sugar without oyles and bitter things lest shunning thereof they leave the lower guts and come upwards for this is naturall to wormes to shunne bitter things and follow sweet things Whence you may learne that to the bitter things which you give by the mouth you must alwaies mixe sweet things that allured by the sweetnesse they may devour them more greedily that so they may kill them Therefore I would with milke and Sugar mixe the seeds of centaury rue wormewood aloes and the like harts-horne is very effectuall against wormes wherefore you may infuse the shavings thereof in the water or drinke that the patient drinkes as also to boile some thereof in his brothes So also treacle drunke or taken in broth killeth the wormes purslaine boiled in brothes and destilled and drunke is also good against the worms as also succory and mints also a decoction of the lesser house-leek and sebestens given with
the gums by acride vapours rising to the mouth but the lips of Leprous persons are more swolne by the internall heat burning and incrassating the humours as the outward heat of the Sun doth in the Moores The eighth signe is the swelling blacknesse of the tongue and as it were varicous veins lying under it because the tongue being by nature spongious and rare is easily stored with excrementitious humours sent from the inner parts unto the habit of the body which same is the cause why the grandules placed about the tongue above and below are swolne hard round no otherwise than scrophulous or meazled swine Lastly all their face riseth in red bunches or pushes and is over-spread with a duskie and obscure redness the eies are fiery fierce and fixed by a melancholick chachectick disposition of the whole body manifest signes whereof appeare in the face by reason of the forementioned causes yet some leprous persons have their faces tinctured with a yellowish others with a whitish colour according to the condition of the humor which serves for a Basis to the leprous malignity For hence Physicians affirme that there are three sorts of Leprosies one of a redish black colour consisting in a melancholick humour another of a yellowish greene in a cholericke humour another in a whitish yellow grounded upon adust phlegme The ninth signe is a stinking of the breath as also of all the excrements proceeding from leprous bodies by reason of the malignity conceived in the humours The tenth is a hoarsnesse a shaking harsh and obscure voyce comming as it were out of the nose by reason of the lungs recurrent nerves and muscles of the throttle tainted with the grossenesse of a virulent and adust humour the forementioned constriction obstruction of the inner passage of the nose and lastly the asperity and inequality of the weazon by immoderate drynesse as it happens to such as have drunk plentifully of strong wines without any mixture This immoderate drinesse of the muscles serving for respiration makes them to bee trouled with a difficulty of breathing The eleventh signe is very observable which is a Morphew or defaedation of all the skin with a dry roughnesse and grainy inequality such as appears in the skins of plucked geese with many tetters on every side a filthy scab and ulcers not casting off onely a branlike scurfe but also scailes and crusts The cause of this dry scab is the heat of the burning bowels humours unequally contracting and wrinkling the skin no otherwise than as leather is wrinkled by the heat of the Sun or fire The cause of the filthy scab serpiginous ulcers is the eating and corroding condition of the melancholy humour and the venenate corruption it also being the author of corruption so that it may be no marvell if the digestive faculty of the liver being spoyled the assimulative of a maligne and unfit matter sent into the habit of the body cannot well nor fitly performe that which may be for the bodies good The twelfth is the sense of a certain pricking as it were of goads or needles over all the skin caused by an acride vapour hindred from passing forth and intercepted by the thicknesse of the skin The thirteenth is a consumption and emaciation of the muscles which are betweene the thumbe and fore-finger not onely by reason that the nourishing and assimulating faculties want fit matter wherewith they may repaire the losse of these parts for that is common to these with the rest of the body but because these muscles naturally rise up unto a certaine mountanous tumor therefore their depression is the more manifest And this is the cause that the shoulders of leprous persons stand out like wings to wit the emaciation of the inner part of the muscle Trapezites The fourteenth signe is the diminution of sense or a numnesse over all the body by reason that the nerves are obstructed by the thicknesse of the melancholick humour hindring the free passage of the animal spirit that it cannot come to the parts that should receive sense these in the interim remaining free which are sent into the muscles for motions sake and by this note I chiefly make tryall of leprous persons thrusting a somewhat long and thick needle somewhat deep into the great tendon endued with most exquisite sense which runs to the heel which if they do not well feele I conclude that they are certainly leprous Now for that they thus lose their sense their motion remaining entire the cause hereof is that the nerves which are disseminated to the skin are more affected and those that run into the muscles are not so much therefore when as you prick them somewhat deep they feel the prick which they do not in the surface of the skin The fifteenth is the corruption of the extreme parts possessed by putrefaction and a gangrene by reason of the corruption of the humours sent thither by the strength of the bowels infecting with the like tainture the parts wherein they remain adde hereto that the animal sensitive faculty is there decayed and as often as any faculty hath forsaken any part the rest presently after a manner neglect it The sixteenth is they are troubled with terrible dreames for they seeme in their sleep to see divels serpents dungeons graves dead bodies and the like by reason of the black vapours of the melancholie humour troubling the phantasie with black and dismall visions by which reason also such as are bitten of a mad dog feare the water The seventeenth is that at the beginning and in the increase of the disease they are subtle crafty and furious by reason of the heat of the humours bloud but at length in the state and declension they become crafty and suspicious the heat and burning of the bloud and entrailes decaying by little and little therefore then fearing all things whereof there is no cause distrusting of their owne strength they endeavour by craft maliciously to circumvent those with whom they deal for that they perceive their powers to faile them The eighteenth is a desire of venery above their nature both for that they are inwardly burned with a strange heat as also by the mixture of flatulencies therewith for whose generation the melancholick humour is most fit which are agitated violently carried through the veins and genitall parts by the preternaturall heat but at length when this heate is cooled and that they are fallen into a hot and dry distemper they mightily abhor venery which then would bee very hurtfull to them as it also is at the beginning of the disease because they have small store of spirits and native heat both which are dissipated by venery The nineteenth is the so great thicknesse of their grosse and livide bloud that if you wash it you may finde a sandy matter therein as some have found by experience by reason of the great adustion and
be applyed and the rather if they bee violently plucked off because they by that meanes leave their teeth fastned in the part Now hee which by chance hath swallowed a Horse-leach must bee asked in what part bee feeleth her that is the sense of her sucking For if shee sticke in the top of the Throate or Gullet or in the middest thereof the part shall bee often washed with mustard dissolved in vinegar If shee bee neare the orifice of the ventricle it is fit that the patient by little and little swallow downe oyle with a little vinegar But if shee fasten to the stomacke or the bottome of the ventricle the patient by the plucking of the part shall perceive a certaine sense of sucking the patient will spit bloud and will for feare become melancholicke To force her thence hee shall drinke warme water with oyle but if shee cannot so bee loosed then shall you mixe Aloes therewith or some thing endued with the like bitternesse for shee will by that meanes leave her hold and so bee cast forth by vomit You may perceive this by such as are applyed to the skinne on the externall parts for by the aspersion of bitter things whether they bee full or empty they will forsake their hold Then shall the patient take astringent things which may stoppe the bloud flowing forth of the bitten part such is conserve of Roses with terra sigillata bole armenicke and other more astringent things if need so require For if they shall adhereto some greater branch of some veine or artery it will bee more difficult to stop the flowing bloud But for that not the earth onely but the sea also produceth venemous creatures wee will in like sort treat of them as wee have already done of the other beginning with the Lampron CHAP. XXX Of the Lampron THE Lampron called in Latine Muraena is a sea fish something in shape resembling a Lamprey but shee is bigger and thicker and hath a larger mouth with teeth long sharpe and bending inwards she is of a duskie colour distinguished with whitish spots and of some two cubits length the Ancients had them in great esteem because they yeeld good nourishment and may be kept long alive in pooles or ponds and so taken as the owners please to serve their table as it is sufficiently knowne by the historie of the Roman Crassus Shee by her biting induceth the same symptomes as the viper and it may bee helped by the same meanes Verily the Lampron hath such familiarity with the Viper that leaving her naturall element the sea she leapeth a shoare and seeketh out the Viper in her den to joyne with her in copulation as it is written by AElian and Nicander CHAP. XXXI Of the Draco-marinus or sea-Dragon THE sea-Dragon called by the French Viva for his vivacity and by the English a Viver or as some say a Qua-viver because being taken in fishing and drawne out of the sea shee is said long to survive Her pricks are poysonous but chiefly those that are at the edges of her gils Which is the reason that Cookes cut off their heads before they serve them up to the table and at Roven the fishermen lay them not upon their stalles to sell before they have cut off their heads The wounded part of such as are hurt paines them much with inflammation a feaver sowning gangrene and deadly mortification unlesse it be quickly withstood Not very long agoe the wife of Monsieur Fromaget Secretary of the requests was wounded with a prick of this fish in her middle finger there followed a swelling and rednesse of the part without much paine but perceiving the swelling to encrease being made more wary by the mischance of her neighbour the wife of Monsieur Bargelonne Lievtenant particulier in the Chastelet of Paris who died not long before by the like accident being neglected sent for mee I understanding the cause of her disease laid to her pained finger and her whole hand besides a pultis made of a great Onion roasted under the coales leaven and a little treacle The next day I wished her to dip her whole hand into warme water so to draw forth the poyson then I divided the skin about it with much scarification but onely superficiarily to the gashes I applyed Leaches which by sucking drawing a sufficient quantity of bloud I put thereto treacle dissolved in aqua vitae The next day the swelling was asswaged and the paine eased and within a few daies shee was perfectly well Dioscorides writes that this fish divided in the midst and applyed to the wound will cure it CHAP. XXXII Of the Pastinaca marina or Sting-Ray which some call the Fierce-claw SUch as are stung by a Sting-Ray as Aëtius hath written the place of the wound doth manifestly appeare there ensues thereon lasting paine and the numnesse of the whole body And seeing that it hath a sharpe and firme sting whereby the nerves by the deepnesse of the stroake may be wounded it so happens that some die forthwith their whole bodies suffering convulsions Moreover it wil kil even the very trees into whose roots it is fastned Yet Pliny affirmes that it is good against the paine of the teeth if the gums bee scarified therewith yea and it being made into powder with white hellebore or of it selfe will cause teeth to fall out without any pain or any violence offered to them This fish is good meat the head and taile excepted some of them have two stings othersome but one these stings are sharpe like a Saw with the teeth turned towards their heads Oppianus writes that their stings are more poysonous than the Persians arrowes for the force of the poyson remaineth the fish being dead which will kill not onely living creatures but plants also Fishermen when they catch this fish presently spoile him of his sting lest they should bee hurt therewith But if by chance they bee hurt therewith then take they forth his Liver and lay it to the wound furthermore the fish being burnt and made into powder is the true Antidote of his wound The Sting-Ray lives in muddy places neare the shoare upon the fishes that hee hunteth and catcheth with his sting having the teeth thereof turned towards his head for the same purpose Hee is not unlike a Ray and I have here given you his figure The figure of a Sting-Ray CHAP. XXXIII Of the Lepus marinus or Sea-hare PLINY cals the Sea-hare a masse or deformed peece of flesh Galen saith that it is like a Snaile taken forth of the shell It is exceeding poysonous in the judgement of the Antients wherefore it is not amisse to set downe the description of it left wee might eate it at unawares too earnestly view it or smell thereto as also that we may use it against the poyson thereof it is an inhabitant not only of the Sea but also of Lakes of Sea-water especially such as are muddy
a horse as Avicen writes The Antidote is pistick nuts eaten in great plenty treacle also and mithridate dissolved in sacke also wormewood rue and milke Of Mushromes some are deadly and hurtfull of their owne kinde and nature as those which broken presently become of divers colours and forth with putrefie such as Avicen saith those are which be found of a grayish or blewish colour others though not hurtfull in qualitie yet eaten in greater measure than is fitting become deadly for seeing by nature they are very cold and moist and consequently abound with no small viscosity as the excrementitious phlegme of the earth or trees whereon they grow they suffocate and extinguish the heat of the body as overcome by their quantity and strangle as if one were hanged and lastly kill Verily I cannot chuse but pittying Gourmondizers who though they know that Mushromes are the seminary and gate of death yet doe they with a great deale of doo most greedily devoure them I say pitying them I will shew them and teach them the art how they may feed upon this so much desired dish without the endangering of their health Know therfore that Mushromes may be eaten without danger if that they be first boyled with wild peares but if you have no wilde peares you may supply that defect with others which are the most harsh either newly gathered or dryed in the sun The leaves as also the bark of the same Tree are good especially of the wild for peares are their Antidote yet Conciliator gives another to wit Garlick eaten crude whereto in like sort vineger may bee fitly added so to cut and attenuate the tough viscous and grosse humors heaped up and in danger to strangle one by the too plentifull eating of Mushromes as it is delivered by Galen Ephemerum which some call Colchicum or Bulbus sylvestris that is medow saffron being taken inwardly causeth an itching over all the bodie no otherwise than those that are netled or rubbed with the juice of a Squill Inwardly they feelegnawings their stomacke is troubled with a great heavinesse and the disease encreasing there are streakes of blood mixed with the excrements The Antidote thereof is womans milke Asses or Cowes milk drunken warme and in a large quantity Mandrage taken in great quantity either the root or fruit causeth great sleepinesse sadnesse resolution and languishing of the body so that after many scritches and gripings the patient falls asleep in the same posture as hee was in just as if hee were in a Lethargie Wherefore in times past they gave Mandrage to such as were to bee dismembred The apples when as they are ripe and their seeds taken forth may be safely eaten for being green and with their seeds in them are deadly For there ariseth an intolerable heate which burnes the whole surface of the bodie the tongue and mouth waxe dry by reason whereof they gape continually so to take in the cold aire in which case unlesse they be presently helped they die with convulsions But they may be easily helped if they shall presently drinke such things as are convenient therefore Amongst which in Conciliators opinion excell radish seeds eaten with salt and bread for the space of three dayes Sneesing shall be procured if the former remedy do not quickly refresh them and a decoction of Coriander or Penny-royall in faire water shall be given them to drinke warme The ungratefull taste of the juice of blacke poppy which is termed Opium as also of Mandrage easily hinders them from being put into meate or drinke but that they may be discerned and chiefly for that neither of them can kill unlesse they be taken in a good quantity But because there is danger lest they bee given in greater quantity than is fitting by the ignorance of Physitians or Apothecaries you may by these signes finde the errour There ensues heavie sleepe with a vehement itching so that the patient oft times is forced thereby to cast off his dull sleepe wherein hee lay yet keepes his eye-lids shur being unable to open them But by this agitation there flowes out sweat which smels of Opium the bodie waxeth pale the lippes burne the Jaw-bone is relaxed they breath little and seldome When as their eyes waxe livid unlesse they bee drawne aside and that they are depressed in their orbe we must know that death is at hand The remedy against this is two drammes of the pouder of Castoreum given in wine Hemlocke drunken causeth Vertigo's troubleth the minde so that the patients may bee taken for mad men it darkeneth the sight causeth hicketting and benums the extreme parts lastly strangles with convulsions by supressing or stopping the breath of the Arterie Wherefore at the first as in other poysons you must endevour to expell it by vomit then inject glysters to expell that is got into the guts then use wine without mixture which is very powerfull in this case Peter Aponensis thinks the Bezoar or Antidote thereof to bee a potion of two drams of Treacle with a decoction of Dictamnus or Gentian in wine He which further desires to enform himselfe of the effects of Hemlock let him read Mathiolus his commentary upon Dioscorides where as he treats of the same subject Aconitum called so of Aconis a towne of the Periendines where as it plentifully growes According to Mathiolus it kils Wolves Foxes Dogges Cats Swine Panthers Leopards and all wilde beasts mixed with flesh and so devoured by them but it kills mice by onely smelling thereto Scorpions if touched by the roote of Aconite grow numme and torpid and so die thereof arrowes or darts dipped therein make uncurable wounds Those who have drunke Aconite their tongue forthwith waxeth sweet with a certaine astriction which within a while after turneth to bitternesse it causeth a Vertigo and shedding of teares and a heavinesse or straitnesse of the chest and parts about the heart it makes them breake wind downewards and makes all the body to tremble Pliny attributes so great celerity and violence to this poyson that if the genitalls of female creatures bee touched therewith it will kill them the same day there is no presenter remedy than speedy vomiting after the poison is taken But Conciliator thinks Aristolochia to be the Antidote thereof Yet some have made it usefull for man by experimenting it against the stinging of Scorpions being given warme in wine For it is of such a nature that it killeth the party unlesse it finde something in him to kill for then it strives therewith as if it had found an adversary But this fight is onely when as it finds poyson in the body and this is marvellous that both the poisons being of their own nature deadly should dye together that man may by that meanes live There are divers sorts thereof one wherof hath a flower like an helmet as if it were armed to mans destruction
resembleth silver in the colour and is in perpetuall motion as if it had a spirit or living soule There is a great controversie amongst authors concerning it For most of them affirme it hot amongst whom is Galen Halyabas Rhases Aristotle Constantine Isack Platearius Nicholas Massa they maintain their opinion by an argument drawn from things helping and hurting besides from this that it is of such subtle parts that it penetrates dissolves and performeth all the actions of heate upon dense and hard mettals to wit it attenuateth incideth dryeth causeth salivation by the mouth purgeth by the stoole moveth urine and sweat over all the body neither doth it stirre up the thinner humours onely but in like sort the grosse tough and viscous as those which have the Lues Venerea find by experience using it either in ointments or plasters Others affirme it very cold and moyst for that put into emplasters and so applyed it asswageth paine by stupefaction hindring the acrimony of pustles and cholerick inflammations But by its humidity it softeneth scirrhous tumours dissolveth and dissipateth knots and tophous knobs besides it causeth the breath of such as are anointed therewith to stinke by no other reason than that it putrefies the obvious humours by its great humidity Avicens experiment confirmes this opinion who affirmeth that the bloud of an Ape that drunke Quicksilver was found concrete about the heart the carcasse being opened Mathiolus moved by these reasons writes that Quicksilver killeth men by the excessive cold and humide quality if taken in any large quantity because it congeales the bloud and vitall spirits and at length the very substance of the heart as may bee understood by the history of a cetaine Apothecary set downe by Conciliator who for to quench his feaverish heat in stead of water drunke off a glasse of Quicksilver for that came first to his hands hee dyed within a few houres after but first hee evacuated a good quantity of the Quicksilver by stoole the residue was found in his stomack being opened and that to the weight of one pound besides the bloud was found concrete about his heart Others use another argument to prove it cold and that is drawne from the composition thereof because it consists of lead and other cold mettals But this argument is very weak For unquencht Lime is made of flints and stony matter which is cold yet neverthelesse it exceeds in heat Paracelsus affirmeth that quicksilver is hot in the interior substance but cold in the exterior that is cold as it comes forth of the mine But that coldnesse to bee lost as it is prepared by art and heat onely to appeare and bee left therein so that it may serve in stead of a tincture in the transmutation of mettals And verily it is taken for a rule amongst Chymists that all metals are outwardly cold by reason of the watery substance that is predominant in them but that inwardly they are very hot which then appeares when as the coldnesse together with the moysture is segregated for by calcination they become caustick Moreover many account quicksilver poyson yet experience denyes it For Marianus Sanctus Baralitanus tels that hee saw a woman who for certaine causes and affects would at severall times drink one pound and an halfe of quicksilver which came from her againe by stoole without any harme Moreover he affirmeth that hee hath knowne sundry who in a desperate Cholick which they commonly call miserere mei have beene freed from imminent death by drinking three pounds of quicksilver with water only For by the weight it opens and unfolds the twined or bound up gut and thrusts forth the hard and stopping excrements he addeth that others have found this medicine effectuall against the cholick drunke in the quantity of three ounces Antonius Musa writes that hee usually giveth quicksilver to children ready to dye of the wormes Avicen confirmeth this averring that many have drunke quicksilver without any harme wherefore hee mixeth it in his ointments against scaules and scabs in children whence came that common medicine amongst the countrey people to kill lice by anointing the head with quicksilver mixed with butter or axungia Mathiolus affirmeth that many think it the last and chiefest remedy to give to women in travaile that cannot bee delivered I protest to satisfie my selfe concerning this matter I gave to a whelpe a pound of quicksilver which being drunke downe it voyded without any harme by the belly Whereby you may understand that it is wholly without any venemous quality Verily it is the onely and true Antidote of the Lues Venerea and also a very fit medicine for maligne ulcers as that which more powerfully impugnes their malignity than any other medicines that worke onely by their first qualities Besides against that contumacious scabbe which is vulgarly called Malum sancti manis there is not any more speedy or certaine remedy Moreover Guido writes that if a plate of lead bee besmeared or rubbed therewith and then for some space laid upon an ulcer and conveniently fastned that it will soften the callous hardnesse of the lips thereof and bring it to cicatrization which thing I my selfe have oftimes found true by experience Certainely before Guido Galen much commended quicksilver against maligne ulcers cancers Neither doth Galen affirm that lead is poysonous which many affirm poysonous because it consists of much quicksilver but hee onely saith thus much that water too long kept in leaden pipes cisternes by reason of the drossinesse that it useth to gather in lead causeth bloudy fluxes which also is familiar to brasse and copper Otherwise many could not without danger beare in their bodies leaden bullets during the space of so many yeares as usually they doe It is declared by Theodoricke Herey in the following histories how powerfull quicksilver is to resolve and asswage paines and inflammations Not long since saith hee a certaine Doctor of Physick his boy was troubled with parotides with great swelling heat pain beating to him by the common consent of the Physicians there present I applyed an anodine medicine whose force was so great that the tumor manifestly subsided at the first dressing and the paine was much asswaged At the second dressing all the symptomes were more mitigated At the third dressing I wondring at the so great effects of an Anodine Cataplasme observed that there was quicksilver mixed therewith and this happened through the negligence of the Apothecarie who mixed the simple Anodine medicine prescribed by us in a mortar wherein but a while before he had mixed an oyntment whereinto quicksilver entred whose reliques and some part thereof yet remained therein This which once by chance succeeded well I afterwards wittingly and willingly used to a certaine Gentlewoman troubled with the like disease possessing all the region behind the eares much of the throate and a great part of the cheeke when as nature helped by common
St. Dennis For all wounds by what weapon soever they were made degenerated into great and filthy putrefactions corruptions with feavers of the like nature were commonly determined by death what medicines how diligently soever they were applyed which caused many to have a false suspicion that the weapons on both sides were poisoned But there were manifest signes of corruption and putrefaction in the bloud let the same day that any were hurt and in the principall parts dissected afterwards that it was from no other cause than an evill constitution of the Aire and the minds of the Souldiers perverted by hate anger and feare CHAP. V. What signes in the Aire and Earth prognosticate a Plague WEE may know a Plague to bee at hand and hang over us if at any time the Aire and seasons of the yeare swarve from their naturall constitution after those wayes I have mentioned before if frequent and long continuing Meteors or sulphureous Thunders infect the Aire if fruits seeds and pulse be worme-eaten If Birds forsake their nests egges or Young without any manifest cause if we perceive women commonly to abort by continuall breathing in the vaporous Aire being corrupted and hurtfull both to the Embrion and originall of life and by which it being suffocated is presently cast forth and expelled Yet notwithstanding those airy impressions doe not solely corrupt the Aire but there may be also others raysed by the Sunne from the filthy exhalations and poysonous vapours of the earth and waters or of dead carcasses which by their unnaturall mixture easily corrupt the Aire subject to alteration as which is thin and moyst from whence divers Epidemiall diseases and such as every-where seaze upon the common sort according to the sevâ—…l kinds of corruptions such as that famous Catarrhe with difficulty of breathing which in the yeare 1510. went almost over the World and raged over all the Cities and Townes of France with great heavinesse of the head whereupon the French named it Cuculla with a straitnesse of the heart and lungs and a Cough a continuall Feaver and sometimes raving This although it seazed upon many more than it killed yet because they commonly dyed who were either let bloud or purged it shewed it selfe pestilent by that violent and peculiar and unheard of kinde of malignity Such also was the English Sweating-sicknesse or Sweating-feaver which unusuall with a great deale of terrour invaded all the lower parts of Germany and the Low Countryes from the yeare 1525. unto the yeare 1530. and that chiefly in Autumne As soone as this pestilent disease entred into any City suddenly two or three hundred fell sick on one day then it departing thence to some other place The people strucken with it languishing fell down in a swoune and lying in their beds sweat continually having a feaver a frequent quick and unequall pulse neither did they leave sweating till the disease left them which was in one or two dayes at the most yet freed of it they languished long after they all had a beating or palpitation of the heart which held some for two or three yeeres and others all their life after At the first beginning it killed many before the force of it was knowne but afterwards very few when it was found out by practice and use that those who furthered and continued their sweats and strengthened themselves with Cordials were all restored But at certaine times many other popular diseases sprung up as putrid feavers fluxes bloudy-fluxes catarrhes coughes phrenzies squinances pleurisies inflammations of the lungs inflammations of the eyes apoplexies lithargies small pocks and meazels scabs carbuncles and maligne pustles Wherefore the plague is not alwayes nor every-where of one and the same kind but of divers which is the cause that divers names are imposed upon it according to the variety of the effects it brings and symptomes which accompany it and kinds of putrefaction and hidden qualities of the Aire They affirme when the Plague is at hand that Mushromes grow in greater abundance out of the earth and upon the surface thereof many kindes of poysonous insecta creepe in great numbers as Spiders Caterpillers Butter-flyes Grasse-hoppers Beetles Hornets Waspes Flyes Scorpions Snailes Locusts Toads Wormes and such things as are the off-spring of putrefaction And also wilde beasts tyred with the vaporous malignity of their Dennes and Caves in the earth forsake them and Moles Toads Vipers Snakes Lizzards Aspes and Crocodiles are seene to flee away and remove their habitations in great troopes For these as also some other creatures have a manifest power by the gift of God and the instinct of Nature to presage changes of weather as raines showers and faire weather and seasons of the yeare as the Spring Summer Autumne Winter which they testifie by their singing chirping crying flying playing and beating their wings and such like signes so also they have a perception of a Plague at hand And moreover the carcasses of some of them which tooke lesse heed of themselves suffocated by the pestiferous poyson of the ill Aire contained in the earth may bee every where found not onely in their dens but also in the plaine fields These vapours corrupted not by a simple putrefaction but an occult malignity are drawne out of the bowels of the earth into the Aire by the force of the Sun and Starres and thence condensed into clouds which by their falling upon corne trees and grasse infect and corrupt all things which the earth produceth and also kils those creatures which feed upon them yet brute beasts sooner than men as which stoope and hold their heads downe towards the ground the maintainer and breeder of this poyson that they may get their food from thence Therefore at such times skilfull husbandmen taught by long experience never drive their Cattell or Sheep to pasture before that the Sun by the force of his beames hath wasted and diffipated into Aire this pestiferous dew hanging and abiding upon boughes and leaves of trees herbs corne and fruits But on the contrary that pestilence which proceeds from some maligne quality from above by reason of evill and certaine conjunction of the Stars is more hurtfull to men and birds as those who are neerer to heaven CHAP. VI. By using what cautions in Aire and Diet one may prevent the Plague HAving declared the signes fore-shewing a Pestilence now wee must shew by what meanes we may shun the imminent danger thereof and defend our selves from it No prevention seemed more certaine to the Ancients than most speedily to remove into places farre distant from the infected place and to be most slow in their returne thither againe But those who by reason of their businesse or employments cannot change their habitation must principally have care of two things The first is that they strengthen their bodies and the principall parts thereof against the daily imminent invasions of the poyson or the pestiferous and venenate
Clisters and with opening the Cephalicke veine in the arme the arteries of the temples must be opened taking so much bloud out of them as the greatnesse of the Symptomes and the strength of the patient shall require and permit Truly the incision that is made in opening of an arterie will close and joyne together as readily and with as little difficulty as the incision of a veine And of such an incision of an artery commeth present helpe by reason that the tensive and sharpe vapours do plentifully breath out together with the arterious bloud It were also very good to provoke a fluxe of bloud at the nose if nature be apt to exoneâ—ate herselfe that way For as Hippocrates saith when the head is grieved or generally aketh if matter water or bloud flow out at the nostrils mouth or eares it presently cures the disease Such bleeding is to be provoked by strong blowing or striving to cleanse the nose by scratching or picking of the inner sides of the nostrils by pricking with an horse haire and long holding downe of the head The Lord of Fontains a Knight of the Order when we were at Bayon had a bleeding at the nose which came naturally for the space of two dayes and thereby hee was freed of a pestilent Feaver which he had before a great sweat rising therewithall and shortly after his Carbuncles came to suppuration and by Gods grace he recovered his health being under my cure If the bloud doe flow out and cannot be stopped when it ought the hands armes and legges must be tyed with bands and sponges wet in Oxycrate must be put under the arme-holes cupping-glasses must be applyed unto the dugges the region of the liver and spleen and you must put into the nostrils the doune of the willow tree or any other astringent medicine incorporated with the haires pluckt from the flanke belly or throat of a Hare bole Armenicke Terra Sigillata the juice of Plantain and Knot-grasse mixed together and furthermore the patient must be placed or laied in a coole place But if the pain bee nothing mitigated not withstanding all these fluxes of bloud we must come to medicines that procure sleep whose formes are these Take of green Lettuce one handfull flowers of water Lillies and Violets of each two pugils one head of white Poppy bruised of the foure cold seeds of each two drams of Liquorice and Raisons of each one dram make thereof a decoction and in the straining dissolve one ounce and an halfe of Diacodion make thereof a large potion to be given when they goe to rest Also a Barly-creame may be prepared in the water of water-Lillies and of Sorrell of each two ounces adding thereto sixe or eight graines of Opium of the foure cold seeds and of white Poppy seeds of each halfe an ounce and let the same be boyled in broths with Lettuce and Purslaine also the Pils de Cynoglosso id est Hounds tongue may be given Clisters that provoke sleep must be used which may be thus prepared Take of Barly-water halfe a pinte oyle of Violets and water-Lillies of each two ounces of the water of Plantaine and Purslaine or rather of their juices three ounces of Camphire seven graines and the whites of three egges make thereof a Clister The head must be fomented with Rose-vinegar the haire being first shaven away leaving a double cloth wet therein on the same and often renewed Sheepes lungs taken warme out of the bodies may be applyed to the head as long as they are warme Cupping-glasses with and without scarification may be applyed to the neck and shoulder-blades The armes and legs must be strongly bound being first wel rubbed to divert the sharpe vapours and humours from the head Frontals may also bee made on this manner Take of the oyle of Roses and water-Lillies of each two ounces of the oyle of Poppy halfe an ounce of Opium one dram of Rose-vinegar one ounce of Camphire halfe a dram mixe them together Also Nodules may bee made of the flowers of Poppies Henbane water-Lillies Mandrakes beaten in Rose-water with a little Vinegar and a little Camphire and let them be often applyed to the nostrils for this purpose Cataplasmes also may be laid to the forehead As Take of the mucilage of the seeds of Psilium id est Flea-wort and Quince seeds extracted in Rose-water three ounces of Barly-meale foure ounces of the powder of Rose-leaves the flowers of water-Lillies and Violets of each halfe an ounce of the seeds of Poppies and Purslaine of each two ounces of the water and vinegar of Roses of each three ounces make thereof a Cataplasme and apply it warme unto the head Or take of the juice of Lettuce water-Lillies Henbane Purslaine of each half a pint of Rose-leaves in powder the seeds of Poppy of each halfe an ounce oyle of Roses three ounces of Vinegar two ounces of Barly-meale as much as shall suffice make thereof a Cataplasme in the forme of a liquid Pultis When the heate of the head is mitigated by these medicines and the inflammation of the braine asswaged wee must come unto digesting and resolving fomentations which may disperse the matter of the vapours But commonly in paine of the head they doe use to bind the forehead and hinder part of the head very strongly which in this case must bee avoyded CHAP. XXVII Of the heat of the Kidnies THe heat of the kidnies is tempered by anointing with unguent refrigerans Galen newly made adding therto the whites of egs wel beaten that so the ointment may keep moyst the longer let this liniment bee renewed every quarter of an houre wiping away the reliques of the old Or â„ž aq ros lb. ss sucti plant â„¥ iv alb ovorum iv olei rosacei nenuph. an â„¥ ii aceti ros â„¥ iii. misce ad usum When you have anointed the part lay thereon the leaves of water-Lillies or the like cold herbs then presently thereupon a double linnen cloth dipped in oxycrate wrung out againe and often changed the patient shall not lye upon a feather bed but on a quilt stuffed with the chaffe of oates or upon a matte with many doubled clothes or Chamelet spread thereon To the region of the heart may in the meane time bee applyed a refrigerating and alexiteriall medicine as this which followeth â„ž ung rosat â„¥ iii. olei nenupharini â„¥ ii aceti ros aquaerosar an â„¥ i. theriacae Ê’i croci Ê’ ss Of these melted and mixed together make a soft ointment which spred upon a scarlet cloth may be applyed to the region of the heart Or â„ž theriacae opt Ê’i ss succi citri acidi limonis an â„¥ ss coral rub sem rosar rub an Ê’ ss caphurae croci an gra iiii let them bee all mixed together and make an ointment or liniment At the head of the patient as he lies in his bed shall be set an Ewre or cocke with
growne unto its full ripenesse and bignesse but if presently after the beginning there bee great inflammation with sharpe paine as it often happeneth especially when the abscesses be of the kinde of Carbuncles wee must abstaine from those remedies that are hot and attractive and also from those that are very emplasticke and clammy because they doe altogether close the pores of the skin or because they resolve the thinner part of the collected matter which if it might remain would bring the other sooner to suppuration or else because they may perchance draw more quantity of the hot matter than the part can beare whereof commeth rather corruption than maturation and last of all because they encrease the feaver and pain which inferreth danger of a convulsion or mortall Gangrene Therefore in such a case it is best to use cold and temperate locall medicines as the leaves of Henbane and Sorrell roasted under the coales Galens pultis and such like There are many that for feare of death have with their owne hands pulled away the Bubo with a paire of Smithes Pincers others have digged the flesh round about it and so gotten it wholly out And to conclude others have become so mad that they have thrust an hot iron into it with their owne hand that the venome might have a passage forth of all which I doe not allow one for such abscesses doe not come from without as the bitings of virulent beasts but from within and moreover because pain is by these means encreased and the humour is made more maligne and fierce Therefore I think it sufficient to use medicines that relaxe open the pores of the skinne and digest portion of the venome by transpiration as are these that follow Take the roots of Marsh-mallowes and Lillies of each sixe ounces of Chamomill and Melilote flowers of each halfe a handfull of Linseeds halfe an ounce of the leaves of Rue halfe a handfull boyle them and straine them dip sponges in the straining and therewith let the tumour bee fomented a long time Or Take the crum of hot bread and sprinkle it with Treacle-water or with aqua vitae and Cowes milk or Goates milke and the yolks of three egges put them all one stupes or flaxe and apply them warme unto the place Or Take of soure Rie leaven foure ounces of Basilicon two ounces three yolkes of egges oyle of Lillies two ounces Treacle one dram let it be received on stupes and applyed in like manner Or Take of Diachylon and Basilicon of each two ounces oyle of Lillies one ounce and an halfe let them be melted and mixed together and let it be applyed as is abovesaid When you see feele and know according to reason that the Bubo is come to perfect suppuration it must be opened with an incision knife or an actuall or potentiall Cautery but it is best to be done with a potentiall Cautery unlesse that happely there be great inflammation because it doth draw the venome from beneath unto the superficiall parts and maketh a larger orifice for the matter that is contained therein neither must it be looked for that nature should open it of her selfe for then it were danger that lest while nature doth worke slowly a venemous vapour should bee stirred up which striking the heart by the arteries the braine by the nerves and the liver by the veines should cause a new increase of the venemous infection For feare whereof there be some that will not expect the perfect maturation and suppuration but as it were in the midst of the crudity and maturity will make an orifice for it to passe forth at yet if it be done before the tumour be at his perfect maturity paine a Feaver and all accidents are stirred up and enraged whereof commeth a maligne ulcer that often degenerats into a Gangrene For the most part about the tenth or eleventh day the work of suppuration seemeth perfected and finished but it may be sooner or later by reason of the application of medicines the condition of the matter and state of the part when the matter commeth forth you must yet use suppurative and mollifying medicines to maturate the remains thereof in the mean while cleansing the ulcer by putting mundificatives into it as we shall declare in the cure of Carbuncles But if the tumour seeme to sinke in or hide it selfe again it must be revoked and procured to come forth againe by applying of Cupping-glasses with scarification and with sharpe medicines yea and with Cauteries both actuall and potentiall When the Cauteries are applyed it shall be very good to apply a vesicatory a little below it that there may be some passage open for the venome while the Eschar is in falling away For so they that are troubled with the French Pocks so long as they have open and flowing ulcers so long are they voyd of any paine that is worth the speaking of which ulcers being closed and cicatrized they doe presently complain of great paine If you suspect that the Bubo is more maligne by reason that it is of a greene or blacke and inflamed colour as are those that come of a melancholy humour by adustion turned into a grosse and rebellious melancholy humour so that by the more copious influxe thereof into the part there is danger of a gangrene and mortification then the places about the abscesse must bee armed with repercussives but not the abscesse it selfe and this may be the forme of the repercussives Take of the juice of house-leeke Purslaine Sorrell Night-shade of each two ounces of Vinegar one ounce the whites of three egges of oyle of Roses and water-Lillies of each two ounces and a halfe stirre them together and apply it about the Bubo and renew it often or boyle a Pomgranate in vinegar beat it with Unguentum Rosatum or Populeon newly made and apply it as is aforesaid If these things doe not stop the influxe of other humours the abscesse it selfe and the places about it must bee scarified round about if the part will permit it that the part exonerated of portion of the venome may not stand in danger of the extinction of the proper and naturall heat by the greater quantity and malignity of the humours that flow unto it In scarrifying you must have care of the great vessels for feare of an irrepugnable fluxe of bloud which in this case is very hard to bee stayed or resisted both because the part it selfe is greatly inflamed and the humour very fierce for the expulsion whereof nature carefull for the preservation of the part and all the body besides seemeth to labour and worke But yet you must suffer so much of the bloud humour to flow out as the patient is able to abide without the losse of his strength Moreover you may spend forth the superfluous portion of the malignity with relaxing mollifying and resolving fomentations as Take the roots of Marsh-Mallowes Lillies and Elicampaine of each one
pound of Linseeds and Faenugreek of each one ounce of Fennell-seeds and Anise-seeds of each halfe an ounce of the leaves of Rue Sage Rosemary of each one handfull of Chamomill and Melilote flowers of each three handfuls boyle them all together and make thereof a decoction for a fomentation use it with a spunge according to Art Also after the aforesaid scarification wee may put Hens or Turkies that lay egs which therefore have their fundaments more wide and open and for the same purpose put a little salt into their fundaments upon the sharpe top of the Bubo that by shutting their bils at severall times they may draw and suck the venome into their bodies farre more strongly and better than cupping-glasses because they are endued with a naturall property against poyson for they eat and concoct Toads Efts and such like virulent beasts when one hen is killed with the poyson that she hath drawne into her body you must apply another and then the third fourth fift and sixt within the space of half an houre There be some that will rather cut them or else use whelps cut asunder in the midst and applyed warme unto the place that by the heate of the creature that is yet scarce dead portion of the venome may be dissipated and exhaled But if neverthelesse there be any feare of a Gangrene at hand you must cut the flesh with a deeper scarification not onely avoyding the greater vessels but also the nerves for feare of convulsion and after the scarification and a sufficient flux of bloud you must wash it with Aegyptiacum Treacle and Mithridate dissolved in sea-water Aquavitae and Vinegar For such a lotion hath vertue to stay putrefaction repell the venome and prohibite the bloud from concretion but if the Gangrene cannot be avoyded so cauteries may be applied to the part especially actual because they do more effectually repel the force of the poison strengthen the part Presently after the impression of the hot iron the eschar must bee cut away even unto the quicke flesh that the venemous vapours and the humours may have a free passage forth for it is not to bee looked for that they will come forth of themselves With these inunctions they are wont to hasten the falling away of the Eschar Take of the mucilage of Marsh-mallowes and Linseeds of each two ounces fresh butter or Hogs-grease one ounce the yolks of three egges incorporate them together and make thereof an ointment butter Swines grease oyle of Roses with the yolks of egges performe the selfe same thing When the Eschar is fallen away we must use digestives As take of the juice of Plantaine water-Bettony and Smallage of each three ounces hony of Roses foure ounces Venice Turpentine five ounces Barly-slower three drams Aloes two drams oyle of Roses foure ounces Treacle halfe a dram make a mundificative according to Art Or Take Venice Turpentine foure ounces Syrupe of dryed Roses and Wormewood of each one ounce of the powder of Aloes Mastick Myrthe Barly-flower of each one dram of Mithridate halfe an ounce incorporate them together This unguent that followeth is very meet for putrefied and corroding ulcers Takered Orpiment one ounce of unquenched Lime burnt Alome Pomgranate pills of each sixe drams of Olibanum Galls of each two drams of Waxe and Oile as much as shall suffice make thereof an unguent This doth mundifie strongly consume putrefied flesh and dry up virulent humidities that engender Gangrenes But there is not a more excellent unguent than Aegyptiacum encreased in strength for besides many other vertues that it hath it doth consume and waste the proud flesh for there is neither oyle nor waxe that goeth into the composition thereof with which things the vertue of sharpe medicines convenient for such ulcers is delayed and as it were dulled and hindered from their perfect operation so long as the ulcer is kept open There have bin many that being diseased with this disease have had much matter venemous filth come out at their abscesses so that it seemed sufficient and they have bin thought wel recovered yet have they dyed suddenly In the mean while when these things are in doing cordial medicines are not to be omitted to strengthen the heart And purgations must be renewed at certaine seasons that nature may be every way unloaded of the burthen of the venenate humors CHAP. XXXII Of the Nature Causes and Signes of a pestilent Carbuncle APestilent Carbuncle is a small tumour or rather a maligne pustle hot and raging consisting of bloud vitiated by the corruption of the proper substance It often commeth to passe through the occasion of this untameable malignity that the Carbuncle cannot be governed or contained within the dominion of nature In the beginning it is scarce so big as a seed or grain of Millet or a Pease sticking firmly unto the part and immoveable so that the skinne cannot be pulled from the flesh but shortly after it encreaseth like unto a Bubo unto a round and sharpe head with great heat pricking paine as if it were with needles burning and intolerable especially a little before night and while the meate is in concocting more than when it is perfectly concocted In the midst thereof appeareth a bladder puffed up and filled with sanious matter If you cut this bladder you shall finde the flesh under it parched burned and blacke as if there had bin a burning cole layed there whereby it seemeth that it took the name of Carbuncle but the flesh that is about the place is like a Rainebow of divers colours as red darke green purple livid and black but yet alwaies with a shining blacknesse like unto stone pitch or like unto the true precious stone which they call a Carbuncle whereof some also say it tooke the name Some call it a Naile because it inferreth like paine as a naile driven into the flesh There are many Carbuncles which take their beginning with a crusty ulcer without a pustle like to the burning of a hot iron and these are of a blacke colour they encrease quickly according to the condition of the matter whereof they are made All pestilent Carbuncles have a Feaver joyned with them and the grieved part seemeth to be so heavie as if it were covered or pressed with lead tyed hard with a ligature there commeth mortall swounings faintings tossing turning idle-talking raging gangrenes and mortifications not onely to the part but also to the whole bodie by reason as I thinke of the oppression of the spirits of the part the suffocation of the naturall heat as we see also in many that have a pestilent Bubo For a Bubo and Carbuncle are tumours of a near affinity so that the one doth scarce come without the other consisting of one kinde of matter unlesse that which maketh the Bubo is more grosse and clammy and that which causeth the Carbuncle more sharpe burning and raging by reason of its greater subtlety so
that it maketh an Eschar on the place where it is as we noted before CHAP. XXXIII What Prognosticks may bee made in pestilent Buboes and Carbuncles SOme having the Pestilence have but one Carbuncle and some more in divers parts of their body and in many it happeneth that they have the Bubo and Carbuncle before they have any Feaver which giveth better hope of health if there be no other maligne accident therewith for it is a signe that nature is the victor and hath gotten the upper hand which excluded the pestilent venome before it could come to assault the heart But if a Carbuncle and Bubo come after the Feaver it is mortall for it is a token that the heart is affected moved and incensed with the furious rage of the venome whereof presently commeth a feaverish heat or burning and corruption of the humours sent as it were from the center unto the superficies of the body It is a good signe when the patients minde is not troubled from the beginning untill the seventh day but when the Bubo or Carbuncle sinketh downe againe shortly after that it is risen it is a mortall signe especially if ill accidents follow it If after they are brought to suppuration they presently waxe dry without any reason thereof it is an ill signe Those Carbuncles that are generated of bloud have a greater Eschar than those that are 〈◊〉 choler because that bloud is of a more grosse consistence and therefore ocâ—… 〈◊〉 â—â—eater roome in the flesh contrariwise a cholerick humour is more small 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and thinne and it taketh little roome in the upper part of the flesh onely as you may see in an Erysipelas And I have seene Carbuncles whose Eschars were as broad and as large as halfe the backe also I have seene others which going up by the shoulders to the throat did so eate away the flesh that was under them that the rough artery or wind-pipe might be seen bare when the Eschar was fallen away I had once a Carbuncle which was in the midst of my belly so that when the Eschar was fallen away I might very plainly see the Piritonaeum or Rim the cicatrice that remaineth is as broad as my hand but they doe not spread themselves so far without the great danger or death of the patient There are also some Carbuncles which beginning at the parts under the chin disperse themselves by little little unto the pattell bones and so strangle the patient So in many the Buboes in the groin arise above a great part of the muscles of the Epigastrium Truly of those abscesses that are so large great in quantity so terrible to be seen there is great danger of death to the patient or at least to the grieved part For after the consolidation the part remaineth as if it were leprous which abolisheth the action of the part as I have seene in many Oftentimes also the corruption of the matter is so great that the flesh leaveth the bones bare but Carbuncles often leave the joints and ligaments quite resolved through the occasion of the moisture that is soaked sunk in unto them for they often cast out putrefied virulent sanious matter whereby eating and creeping ulcers are bred many blisters pustles arising up in the parts round about it which shortly breaking into one make a great ulcer These come very seldome and slowly unto suppuration or at least to cast out laudible matter especially if thy have their original of choler because the matter is sooner burned with heat than suppurated Therefore then if they can bee brought to suppuration by no medicines if the tumour still remaine blacke if when they are opened nothing at all or else a very little sharpe moisture doth come forth they are altogether mortall and there is scarce one of a thousand who hath these accidents that recovereth health dispersed small blisters comming of vapours stirred up by the matter that is under the skinne and are there stayed and kept from passage forth doe not necessarily fore-shew death in Carbuncles But if the part be swolne or puffed up if it be of a green or black colour and if it feele neither pricking nor burning it is a signe of a mortall Gangrene Buboes or Carbuncles seldome or never come without a Feaver but the Feaver is more vehement when they are in the emunctories or nervous parts than when they are in the fleshy parts yet it is lesse and all Symptomes are lesse and more tolerable in a man that is strong and of a good temperature Carbuncles not onely affect the outward but also the inward parts and oftentimes both together If the heart be vexed in such sort with a Carbuncle that nothing thereof appeareth forth on the superficiall parts all hope of life is past and those dye suddenly eating drinking or walking and not thinking any thing of death If the Carbuncle be in the mid driffe or lungs they are soon suffocated If it be in the braine the patient becommeth frantick and so dyeth If it be in the parts appointed for the passage of the urine they dye of the suppression of their water as it happened in the Queene mothers waiting maide at the Castle of Rossilion of whom I spake before If it be in the stomacke it inferreth the accidents that are shewed in this history following While I was Surgeon in the Hospitall of Paris a young and strong Monke of the order of St. Victor being overseer of the women that kept the sicke people of that place fell into a continuall Feaver very suddenly with his tongue blacke dry rough by reason of the putrefied and corrupted humours and the vapours rising from the whole body unto that place and hanging out like unto an hounds with unquenchable thirst often swouning and desire to vomit He had convulsions over all his body through the vehemency and malignity of the disease and so hee dyed the third day wherefore those that kept the sicke people in the Hospitall thought that he had been poysoned for the certaine knowledge whereof the Governours of the Hospitall commanded his body to be opened I therefore calling to mee a Physician and Surgeon wee found in the bottome of his stomack a print or impression as if it had been made with an hot Iron or potentiall Cauterie with an Eschar or crust as broad as ones naile all the rest of his stomack was greatly contracted and shrunke up together and as it were horny which wee considering and especially the Eschar which was deepe in the substance of the stomacke we all said with one voice that he was poysoned with Sublimate or Arsenick But behold while I was sowing up his belly I perceived many blacke spots dispersed diversly throughout the skin then I asked my company what they thought of those spots truely said I it seemeth unto me that they are like unto the purple spots or markes that are in the pestilence The Physician and the
alum roch an ʒii bulliant omnia simul fiat decoctio of this make injection into the wombe In the performance of all these things I would have the Surgeon depend upon the advice of a Physitian as the occasion and place shall permit But if nature endeavour to free it selfe of the pestilent matter by the hoemorrhoides you may provoke them by frictions and strong ligatures in the lower parts as if the thighes or legs were broken by ventoses applyed with great flame to the inner side of the thigh by application of hot and attractive things to the fundament such as are fomentations emplasters unguents such as is usually made of an onion rosted under the embers and incorporated with Treacle and a little oile of Rue after the hoemorrhoid veines by these meanes come to shew themselves they shal be rubbed with rough linnen cloths or fig leaves or a raw onion or an oxe gall mixt with some pouder of Coloquintida lastly you may apply horse-leaches or you may open them with a Lancet if they hang much forth of the fundament and be swolne with much blood But if they flow too immoderately they may be stayed by the same meanes as the courses CHAP. XXXIX Of procuring evacuation by stoole or a fluxe of the belly NAture often times both by it selfe of its owne accord as also helped by laxative and purging medicines casts into the belly and guts as into the sinke of the body the whole matter of a pestilent disease whence are caused Diarrhaea's Lienteries and Dysenteries you may distinguish these kindes of fluxes of the belly by the evacuated excrements For if they be thinne and sincere that is reteine the nature of one and that a simple humour as of choler melancholy or phlegme and if they be cast forth in a great quantity without the ulceration or excoriation of the guts vehement or fretting paine then it is a Diarrhaea which some also call fluxus humoralis It is called a Lienteria when as by the resolved retentive faculty of the stomacke and guts caused by ill humours either there collected or flowing from some other place or by a cold moist distemper the meat is cast forth crude almost as it was taken A Dysenteria is when as many and different things and oft times mixt with blood are cast forth with pain gripings and an ulcer of the guts caused by acride choler fretting insunder the coats of the vessels But if in any kinde of disease certainely in a pestilent one fluxes of the belly happen immoderate in quantity and horrible in the quality of their contents as liquid viscous frothy as from melted greace yellow red purple greene ash-coloured blacke and exceeding stinking The cause is various and many sorts of ill humours which taken hold of by the pestilent malignity turne into divers species differing in their whole kinde both from their particular as also from nature in generall by reason of the corruption of their proper substance whose inseparable signe is stinch which is oft times accompanied by wormes In the campe at Amiens a pestilent Dysentery was overall the Campe in this the strongest Souldiers purged forth meere blood I dissecting some of their dead bodies observed the mouths of the Mesaraike Veines and Arteries opened and much swollen and whereas they entered into the guts were just like little Catyledones out of which as I pressed them there flowed blood For both by the excessive heat of the summers sunne and the mindes of the enraged souldiers great quantity of acride and cholericke humour was generated and so flowed into the belly but you shall know whether the greater or the lesser guts be ulcerated better by the mixture of the blood with the excrements than by the site of the paine therefore in the one you must rather worke by Glysters but in the other by Medicines taken by the mouth Therefore if by gripings a tenesmus the murmuring and working of the guts you suspect in a pestilent disease that nature endeavours to disburden it self by the lower parts neither in the meane while doe it succeed to your desire then must it be helped forward by art as by taking a potion of ℥ ss of hiera simplex and a dramme of Diaphaenicon dissolved in worme-wood water Also Glysters are good in this case not onely for that they asswage the gripings and paines and draw by continuation or succession from the whole body but also because they free the mesaraike veines and guts from obstruction and stuffing so that by opening and as it were unlocking of the passages nature may afterwards more freely free it selfe from the noxious humours In such glysters they also sometimes mixe two or three drammes of Treacle that by one and the same labour they may retunde the venenate malignity of the matter There may also be made for the same purpose suppositories of boyled hony ℥ i. of hier a picra and common salt of each ʒss or that they may bee the stronger of hony ℥ iii. of oxe gall ℥ i. of Scammony euphorbium and coloquintida poudred of each ʒss The want of these may be supplied by nodula's made in this forme ℞ vitell ovor nu iii. fellis bubuli mellis an ℥ ss salis com ʒss let them be stirred together and well incorporated and so parted into linnen ragges and then bound up into nodula's of the bignesse of a filberd and so put up into the fundament you may make them more acride by adding some powder of Euphorbium or Coloquintida CHAP. XL. Of stopping the fluxe of the belly VIolent and immoderate scourings for that they resolve the faculty and lead the patient into a consumption and death therefore if they shall appear to be such they must be stayed in time by things taken and injected by the mouth and fundament To this purpose may a pudding be made of wheat flower boyled in the water of the decoction of one pomegranate berberies bole armenick terra figillata and white poppie seeds of each ʒi The following Almond milke strengthens the stomacke and mitigates the acrimony of the cholericke humour provoking the guts to excretion Take sweet Almonds boiled in the water of barly wherein steele or Iron hath been quenched beat them in a marble motter and so with some of the same water make them into an Almond milk wherto adding ʒi of Diarhodon Abbat is you may give it to the patient to drink This following medicine I learnt of Dr. Chappelaine the Kings chiefe physitian who received it of his father and held it as a great secret was wont to prescribe it with happy successe to his patients It is thus ℞ boli à rmen terrae sigil lapid haemat an ʒi picis navalis ʒiss coral rub marg elect corn cervi ust loti in aq plant an ℈ i. sacchar ros ℥ ii fiat pulvisc of this let the patient take a spoonefull before meat or with the
may be tempered by conjunction commistion confusion with the mans seed and so reduced or brought unto a certaine equality for generation or conception cannot follow without the concourse of two feeds well and perfectly wrought in the very same moment of time nor without a laudible dispoâ—… the wombe both in temperature and complexion if in this mixture of â—… mans seed in quality and quantity exceed the womans it will be a man chilâ—… a woman childe although that in either of the kindes there is both the mans and womans seed as you may see by the daily experience of those men who by their first wives have had boyes onely and by their second wives had girles onely the like you may see in certaine women who by their first husbands have had males onely and by their second husbands females onely Moreover one and the same 〈◊〉 is not alwaies like affected to get a man or a woman childe for by reason of his age temperature and diet hee doth sometimes yeeld forth seed endued with a masculine vertue and sometimes with a feminine or weake vertue so that it is no marvaile if men get sometimes men and sometimes women children CHAP. II. Of what quality the seed is whereof the male and whereof the female is engendered MAle children are engendered of a more hot and dry seed and women of a more cold and moist for there is much lesse strength in cold than in heat and likewise in moisture than in drynesse and that is the cause why it will be longer before a girle is formed in the womb than a boy In the seed lyeth both the procreative and the formative power as for example In the power of the Melon seed are situate the stalkes branches leaves flowers fruite the forme colour smell taste seed and all The like reason is of other seeds so Apple grafts engrafted in the stock of a Pearetree beare Apples and we doe alwaies finde and see by experience that the tree by vertue of grafting that is grafted doth convert it selfe into the nature of the Sions wherewith it is grafted But although the childe that is borne doth resemble or is very like unto the father or the mother as his or her seed exceedeth in the mixture yet for the most part it happeneth that the children are more like unto the father than the mother because that in the time of copulation the minde of the woman is more fixed on her husband than the minde of the husband on or towards his wife for in the time of copulation or conception the formes or the likenesses of those things that are conceived or kept in minde are transported and impressed in the childe or issue for so they affirme that there was a certain Queene of the Aethiopians who brought forth a white child the reason was as she confessed that at the time of copulation with her King she thought on a marvellous white thing with a very strong imagination Therefore Hesiod advertiseth all married people not to give them selves to carnall copulation when they return from burialls but when they come from feasts and plaies lest that their sad heavie and pensive cogitations should bee so transfused and engrafted in the issue that they should contaminate or infect the pleasant joyfulnesse of his life with sad pensive and passionate thoughts Sometimes it happeneth although very seldome the childe is neither like the father nor the mother but in favour resembleth his Grandfather or any other of his kindred by reason that in the inward parts of the parents the engrafted power and nature of the grandfather lieth hidden which when it hath lurked there long not working any effect at length breakes forth by means of some hidden occasion wherein nature resembleth the Painter making the lively portraiture of a thing which as far as the subject matter will permit doth forme the issue like unto the parents in every habit so that often times the diseases of the parents are transferred or participated unto the children as it were by a certaine hereditary title for those that are crooke-backt get crooke-backt children those that are lame lame those that are leprous leprous those that have the stone children having the stone those that have the ptisicke children having the ptisick and those that have the gout children having the gout for the seed followes the power nature temperature and comnlexion of him that engendereth it Therefore of those that are in health and sound â—…thy and sound and of those that are weake and diseased weake and diseased children are begotten unlesse happely the seed of one of â—…ents that is sound doth correct or amend the diseased impression of the oâ—…t is diseased or else the temperate and sound wombe as it were by the genâ—… pleasant breath thereof CHAP. III. What is the cause why the Females of all brute beasts being great with young doe neither desire nor admit the males untill they have brought forth their Young THe cause hereof is that forasmuch as they are moved by sense only they apply themselves unto the thing that is present very little or nothing at all perceiving things that are past and to come Therfore after they have conceived they are unmindfull of the pleasure that is past and doe abhor copulation for the sense or feeling of lust is given unto them by nature onely for the preservation of their kinde and not for voluptuousnesse or delectation But the males raging swelling and as it were stimulated by the provocations of the heat or fervency of their lust do then runne unto them follow and desire copulation because a certaine strong odour or smell commeth into the aire from their secret or genitall parts which pierceth into their nostrills and unto their braine and so inferreth an imagination desire and heat Contrariwise the sense and feeling of venereous actions seemeth to be given by nature to women not onely for the propagation of issue and for the conservation of mankinde but also to mitigate and asswage the miseries of mans life as it were by the entisements of that pleasure also the great store of hot blood that is about the heart wherewith men abound maketh greatly to this purpose which by impulsion of imagination which ruleth the humours being driven by the proper passages downe from the heart and entralls into the genitall parts doth stirre up in them a new lust The males of brute beasts being provoked or moved by the stimulations of lust rage and are almost burst with a Tentigo or extension of the genitall parts and sometimes waxe mad but after that they have satisfied their lust with the female of their kinde they presently become gentle and leave off such fiercenesse CHAP. IIII. What things are to be observed as necessary unto generation in the time of copulation WHen the husband commeth into his wives chamber hee must entertaine her with all kinde of dalliance wanton behaviour and
allurements to venery but if he perceive her to be slow and more cold he must cherish embrace and tickle her and shall not abruptly the nerves being suddenly distended breake into the field of nature but rather shall creepe in by little and little intermixing more wanton kisses with wanton words and speeches handling her secret parts and dugs that she may take fire and bee enflamed to venery for so at length the wombe will strive and waxe fervent with a desire of casting forth its owne seed and receiving the mans seed to bee mixed together therewith But if all these things will not suffice to enflame the woman for women for the most part are more slow and slack unto the expulsion or yeelding forth of their seed it shall be necessary first to foment her secret parts with the decoction of hot herbes made with Muscadine or boiled in any other good wine and to put a little muske or civet into the neck or mouth of the wombe and when shee shall perceive the efflux of her seed to approach by reason of the tickling pleasure shee must advertise her husband thereof that at the very instant time or moment hee may also yeeld forth his seed that by the concourse or meeting of the seeds conception may be made and so at length a child formed and borne And that it may have the better successe the husband must not presently separate himselfe from his wives embraces lest the aire strike into the open wombe and so corrupt the seeds before they are perfectly mixed together When the man departs let the woman lye still in quiet lying her legges or her thighes acrosse one upon another and raising them up a little lest that by motion or downeward situation the seed should be shed or spilt which is the cause why she ought at that time not to talk especially chiding nor to cough nor sneese but give herselfe to rest and quietnesse if it be possible CHAP. V. By what signes it may bee knowne whether the woman have conceived or not IF the seed in the time of copulation or presently after be not spilt if in the meeting of the seedes the whole body doe somewhat shake that is to say the wombe drawing it selfe together for the compression entertainment therof if a little feeling of pain doth runne up and downe the lower belly and about the navell if shee be sleepy if she loath the embracings of a man and if her face bee pale it is a token that she hath conceived In some after conception spots or freckles arise in their face their eyes are depressed and sunke in the white of their eyes waxeth pale they waxe giddy in the head by reason that the vapours are raised up from the menstruall blood that is stopped sadnesse heavinesse grieve their mindes with loathing and way wardnesse by reason that the spirits are covered with the smoaky darkenesse of the vapoures paines in the teeth and gummes and swouning often times commeth the appetite is depraved or overthrown with aptnesse to vomit and longing whereby it happeneth that they loath meats of good juice and long for and desire illaudable meates and those that are contrary to nature as coales dirt ashes stinking salt-fish sowre austere and taâ—t fruits pepper vinegar and such like acride things and other altogether contrary to nature and use by reason of the condition of the suppressed humour abounding falling into the orifice of the stomack This appetite so depraved or overthrown endureth in some untill the time of childe-birth in others it commeth in the third moneth after their conception when haires do grow on the childe and lastly it leaveth them a little before the fourth moneth because that the child being now greater and stronger consumes a great part of the excrementall and superfluous humour The suppressed or stopped tearms in women that are great with childe are divided into three parts the more pure portion maketh the nutriment for the childe the second ascendeth by little and little into the dugs and the impurest of all remaineth in the womb about the infant and maketh the secundine or after-birth wherein the in fant lieth as in a sâ—…ed Those women are great with child whose urine is more sharpe fervent and somewhat bloody the bladder not only waxing warme by the compression of the wombe servent by reason of the blood conteined in it but also the thinner portion of the same blood being expressed and sweating out into the bladder A swelling and hardnesse of the dugs and veines that are under the dugs in the breastes and about them and milke comming out when they are pressed with a certaine stirring motion in the belly are certaine infallible signes of greatnesse with childe Neither in this greatnesse of childe bearing the veines of the dugges onely but of all the whole body appeare full and swelled up especially the veines of the thighes and legges so that by their manifold folding and knitting together they do appeare varicous whereof commeth fluggishnesse of the whole body heavinesse impotency or difficulty of going especially when the time of deliverance is at hand Lastly if you would know whether the woman have concerved or not give unto her when she goeth to sleepe some meed or honyed water to drink and if she have agriping in her guts or belly she hath conceived if not she hath not conceived CHAP. VI. That the wombe so soone as it hath received the seede is presently contracted or drawne together AFter that the seeds of the male and female have both met and are mixed together in the capacity of the wombe then the orifice thereof doth draw it selfe close together lest the seedes should fall out There the females seede goeth and turneth into nutriment and the encrease of the males seede because all things are nourished and doe encrease by those things that are most familiar and like unto them But the similitude and familiarity of seede with seede is farre greater than with bloud so that when they are perfectly mixed and eoagulated and so waxe warme by the straight and narrow inclosure of the wombe a certaine thinne skinne doth grow about it like unto that that will bee over unscimmed milke Moreover this concretion or congealing of the seede is like unto an egge layed before the time that it should that is to say whose membrane or tunicle that compasseth it about hath not as yet encreased or growne into a shelly hardnesse about it in folding-wise are seene many small threads dividing themselves over-spread with a certaine clammy whitish or red substance as it were with blacke bloud In the middest under it appeareth the navell from whence that small skinne is produced But a man may understand many things that appertaine unto the conception of mankinde by the observation of twenty egges setting them to bee hatched under an Henne and taking one every day and breaking it and diligently considering it
pierce the wombe so do they equally and in like manner penetrate the tunicle Chorion And it is carried this way being a passage not only necessary for the nutriment and conformation of the parts but also into the veines diversly woven and dispersed into the skin Chorion For thereby it commeth to passe that the seed it selfe boileth and as it were fermenteth or swelleth not onely through occasion of the place but also of the bloud and vitall spirits that flow unto it and then it riseth into the bubbles or bladders like unto the bubbles which are occasioned by the raine falling into a river or channell full of water These three bubbles or bladders are certain rude or new formes or concretions of the three principall entrals that is to say of the liver heart and braine All this former time it is called seed and by no other name but when those bubbles arise it is called an embrion or the rude forme of a body untill the perfect conformation of all the members on the fourth day after that the veine of the navell is formed it sucketh grosser bloud that is of a more fuller nutriment out of the Cotylidons And this bloud because it is more grosse easily congeales curdles in that place where it ought to prepare the liver fully absolutely made For then it is of a notable great bignesse above all the other parts therfore it is called parenchyma because it is but only a certain congealing or concretion of bloud brought together thither or in that place From the gibbous part thereof springeth the greater part or trunke of the hollow veine called commonly vena cava which doth disperse his small branches which are like unto haires into also the substance thereof and then it is divided into two branches whereof the one goeth upwards the other downwards unto all the particular parts of the body In the meane season the Arteries of the navell suck spirituous bloud out of the eminences or Cotylidons of the mothers arteries whereof that is to say of the more servent and spirituous bloud the heart is formed in the second bladder or bubble being endued with a more fleshy sound and thicke substance as it behooveth that vessell to bee which is the fountaine from whence the heate floweth and hath a continuall motion In this the vertue formative hath made two hollow places one on the right side another on the left In the right the root of the hollow veine is infixed or ingraffed carrying thither necessary nutriment for the heart in the left is formed the stamp or roote of an artery which presently doth divide it selfe into two branches the greater whereof goeth upwards to the upper parts and the wider unto the lower parts carrying unto all the parts of the body life and vitall heat CHAP. X. Of the third bubble or bladder wherein the head and the braine is formed THe farre greater portion of the seede goeth into this third bubble that is to say yeelding matter for the conformation of the braine and all the head For a greater quantity of seede ought to goe unto the conformation of the head and braine because these parts are not sanguine or bloudy as the heart and liver but in a manner without bloud bonie marrow cartilaginous nervous and membranous whose parts as the veines arteries nerves ligaments panicles and skinne are called spermaticke parts because they obtaine their first conformation almost of seede onely although that afterwards they are nourished with bloud as the other fleshy and musculous parts are But yet the bloud when it is come unto those parts degenerateth and turneth into a thing somewhat spermatick by vertue of the assimulative faculty of those parts All the other parts of the head forme and fashion themselves unto the forme of the braine when it is formed and those parts which are situated and placed about it for defence especially are hardened into bones The head as the seate of the senses and mansion of the minde and reason is situated in the highest place that from thence as it were from a lofty tower or turret it might rule and governe all the other members and their functions and actions that are under it for there the soule or life which is the rectresse or governesse is situated and from thence it floweth and is dispersed into all the whole body Nature hath framed these three principall entrals as proppes and sustentations for the weight of all the rest of the body for which matter also shee hath framed the bones The first bones that appeare to bee formed or are supposed to be conformed are the bones called ossa Illium connexed or united by spondils that are betweene them then all the other members are framed proportioned by their concavities hollownesses which generally are seaven that is to say two of the eares two of the nose one of the mouth and in the parts beneath the head one of the fundament and another of the yard or conduit of the bladder and furthermore in women one of the necke of the wombe without the which they can never bee made mothers or beare children When all these are finished nature that shee might polish her excellent worke in all sorts hath covered all the body and every member thereof with skinne Into this excellent work or Microcosmos so perfected God the author of nature and all things infuseth or ingrafteth a soule or life which St. Augustine proveth by this sentence of Moses If any man smite a woman with child so that there by she be delivered before her naturall time and the child bee dead being first formed in the wombe let him die the death but if the child hath not as yet obtained the full proportion and conformation of his body and members let him recompence it with mony Therefore it is not to bee thought that the life is derived propagated or taken from Adam or our parents as it were an haereditary thing distributed unto all mankinde by their parents but we must believe it to be immediately created of God even at the very instant time when the child is absolutely perfected in the lineaments of his body and so given unto it by him So therefore the rude lumpes of flesh called molae that engender in womens wombes and monsters of the like breeding and confused bignesse although by reason of a certaine quaking and shivering motion they seeme to have life yet they cannot bee supposed to bee endued with a life or a reasonable soule but they have their motion nutriment and increase wholly of the naturall and infixed faculty of the wombe and of the generative or procreative spirit that is engraffed naturally in the seed But even as the infant in the wombe obtaineth not perfect conformation before the thirtieth day so likewise it doth not move before the sixtieth day at which time it is most commonly not perceived by women by reason of the smallnesse of
the intestines or guts is voyded by the fundament The second commeth from the liver and it usually is three-fold or of three kinds one cholericke whereof a great portion is sent into the bladder of the gall that by sweating out there hence it might stirre up the expulsive faculty of the guts to expell and exclude the excrements The other is like unto whay which goeth with the bloud into the veines and is as it were a vehicle thereto to bring it unto all the parts of the body and into every Capillar veine for to nourish the whole body and after it hath performed that function it is partly expelled by sweate and partly sent into the bladder and so excluded with the urine The third is the melancholicke excrement which being drawn by the milt the purer and thinner part thereof goeth into the nourishment of the milt and after the remnant is partly purged out downe-wards by the haemorrhoidall veines and partly sent to the orifice of the stomacke to instimulate and provoke the appetite The last commeth of the last concoction which is absolved in the habit of the body and breatheth out partly by insensible transpiration is partly consumed by sweating and partly floweth out by the evident and manifest passages that are proper to every part as it happeneth in the braine before all other parts for it doth unloade it selfe of this kinde of excrement by the passages of the nose mouth eares eyes pallat bone and sutures of the scull Therefore if any of those excrements bee stayed altogether or any longer than it is meete they should the default is to bee amended by diet and medicine Furthermore there are other sorts of excrements not naturall of whom wee have entreated at large in our booke of the pestilence When the infant is in the mothers wombe untill hee is fully and absolutely formed in all the liniments of his body hee sends forth his urine by the passage of the navell or urachus But a little before the time of childe-birth the urachus is closed and then the man childe voydeth his urine by the conduit of the yard and the woman childe by the necke of the wombe This urine is gathered together and contained in the coate Chorion or Allantoides together with the other excrements that is to say sweat such whayish superfluities of the menstruall matter for the more easie bearing up of the floting or swimming childe But in the time of child-birth when the infant by kicking breaketh the membranes those humous runne out which when the mydwifes perceive they take it as a certaine signe that the childe is at hand For if the infant come forth together with those waters the birth is like to be more easie and with the better successe for the necke of the wombe and all the genitalls are so by their moisture relaxed and made slippery that by the endeavour and stirring of the infant the birth will be the more easie and with the better successe contratiwise if the infant bee not excluded before all these humours bee wholly flowed out and gone but remaineth as it were in a dry place presently through drinesse the necke of the wombe and all the genitalls will be contracted and drawne together so that the birth of the childe will bee very difficult and hard unlesse the necke of the wombe to amend that default be anointed with oile or some other relaxing liquor Moreover when the childe is in the wombe he voideth no excrements by the fundament unlesse it be when at the time of the birth the proper membranes and receptacles are burst by the striving of the infant for hee doth not take his meat at the mouth wherefore the stomacke is idle then and doth not execute the office of turning the meats into Chylus nor of any other concoction wherefore nothing can goe downe from it into the guts Neither have I seldome seene infants borne without any hole in their fundament so that I have beene constrained with a knife to cut in sunder the membrane or tunicle that grew over and stopped it And how can such excrements be engendered when the child being in the wombe is nourished with the more laudable portion of the menstruall blood therefore the issue or child is wont to yeeld or avoyd two kindes or sorts of excrements so long as he is in the womb that is to say sweat and urine in both which he swimmes but they are separated by themselves by a certaine tunicle called Allantoides as it may be seene in kids dogges sheepe and other brute beasts for as much as in mankinde the tunicle Chorion and Allantoides or Farciminalis be all one membrane If the woman be great of a man childe she is more merry strong and better coloured all the time of her child bearing but if of a woman childe she is ill coloured because that women are not so hot as men The males begin to stirre within three moneths and an halfe but females after if a woman conceive a male child she hath all her right parts stronger to every work wherefore they do begin to set forwards their right foot first in going when they arise they leane on the right arme the right dug will sooner swell and waxe hard the male children stirre more in the right side than in the left and the female children rather in the left than in the right side CHAP. XIII With what travell the Childe is brought into the world and of the cause of this labour and travell WHen the naturall prefixed and prescribed time of child-birth is come the childe being then growne greater requires a greater quantity of food which when he cannot receive in sufficient measure by his navell with great labour and striving hee endeavoureth to get forth therefore then free is moved with a stronger violence and doth breake the membranes wherein he is contained Then the wombe because it is not able to endure such violent motions nor to sustaine or hold up the childe any longer by reason that the conceptacles of the membranes are broken asunder is relaxed And then the childe pursuing the aire which hee feeleth to enter in at the mouth of the wombe which then is very wide and gaping is carried with his head downewards and so commeth into the world with great pain both unto it selfe and also unto his mother by reason of the tenderness of his body also by reason of the extension of the nervous necke oâ—… mothers wombe and separation of the bone called Os Ilium from the bone calâ—… Os sacrum For unlesse those bones were drawne in sunder how could not onely twinnes that cleave fast together but also one childe alone come forth at so narrow a passage as the necke of the wombe is Not onely reason but also experience confirmeth it for I have opened the bodies of women presently after they have died of travell in childe-birth in whom I have found the
that it sucketh will be worse and more depraved than otherwise it would bee by reason that the more laudable bloud after the conception remaineth about the wombe for the nutriment and increasing of the infant in the wombe and the more impure bloud goeth into the dugges which breedeth impure or uncleane milke but to the conceived childe because it will cause it to have scarcity of foode for so much as the sucking childe sucketh so much the child conceived in the wombe wanteth Also shee ought to have a broad breast and her dugges indifferently bigge not slacke or hanging but of a middle consistence betweene soft and hard for such dugges will concoct the bloud into milke the better because that in firme flesh the heate is more strong and compact You may by touching try whether the flesh bee solid and firme as also by the dispersing of the veines easily to bee seene by reason of their swelling and blewnesse through the dugges as it were into many streams or little rivelers for in flesh that is loose and slacke they lie hidden Those dugges that are of a competent bignesse receive or containe no more milke than is sufficient to nourish the infant In those dugges that are great and hard the milke is as it were suffocated stopped or bound in so that the childe in sucking can scarce draw it out and moreover if the dugges bee hard the childe putting his mouth to the breast may strike his nose against it and so hurt it whereby hee may either refuse to sucke or if hee doth proceede to sucke by continuall sucking and placing of his nose on the hard breast it may become flat and the nostrils turned upwards to his great deformity when hee shall come to age If the teates or nipples of the dugges doe stand somewhat low or depressed inwards on the toppes of the dugges the childe can hardly take them betweene its lippes therefore his sucking will bee very laborious If the nipples or teats bee very bigge they will so fill all his mouth that he cannot well use his tongue in sucking or in swallowing the milke Wee may judge of or know the nature and condition of the milke by the quantity quality colour savour and taste when the quantity of the milke is so little that it will not suffice to nourish the infant it cannot bee good and laudable for it argueth some distemperature either of the whole body or at least of the dugges especially a hot and dry distemperature But when it super-aboundeth and is more than the infant can spend it exhausteth the juice of the nurses body and when it cannot all bee drawne out by the infant it cluttereth and congealeth or corrupteth in the dugges Yet I would rather wish it to abound than to bee defective for the super-abounding quantity may bee pressed out before the child be set to the breast That milke that is of a meane consistence betweene thicke and thinne is esteemed to bee the best For it betokeneth the strength and vigour of the faculty that ingendereth it in the breasts Therefore if one droppe of the milke bee layd on the naile of ones thumbe being first made very cleane and faire if the thumbe bee not moved and it runne off the naile it signifieth that it is watery milke but if it sticke to the naile although the end of the thumbe bee bowed downewards it sheweth that it is too grosse and thicke but if it remaine on the naile so long as you hold it upright and fall from it when you hold it a little aside or downewards by little and little it sheweth it is very good milke And that which is exquisitely white is best of all For the milke is no other thing than bloud made white Therefore if it bee of any other colour it argueth a default in the bloud so that if it bee browne it betokeneth melancholy bloud if it be yellow it signifieth cholericke bloud if it bee wanne and pale it betokeneth phlegmaticke bloud if it bee somewhat hat red it argueth the weakenesse of the faculty that engendreth the milke It ought to be sweet fragrant and pleasant in smell for if it strike into the nostrills with a certaine sharpenesse as for the most part the milke of women that have red haire and little freckles on their faces doth it prognosticates a hot and cholerick nature if with a certaine sowernesse it portendeth a cold and melancholy nature In taste it ought to be sweet and as it were sugred for the bitter saltish sharp and stipticke is naught And here I cannot but admire the providence of nature which hath caused the blood wherewith the childe should be nourished to be turned into milke which unlesse it were so who is he that would not turne his face from and abhorre so grievous and terrible a spectacle of the childes mouth so imbrued and besmeared with blood What mother or nurse would not be astonished or amazed at every moment with the feare of the blood so often shedde out or sucked by the infant for his nourishment Moreover we should want two helps of sustentation that is to say butter and cheese Neither ought the childe to bee permitted to sucke within five or sixe dayes after it is borne both for the reason before alledged and also because he hath need of so much time to rest quiet and ease himselfe after the paines hee hath sustained in his birth in the meane season the mother must have her breasts drawne by some maide that drinketh no wine or else she may sucke or draw them her selfe with an artificiall instrument which I will describe hereafter That nurse that hath borne a man childe is to be preferred before another because her milke is the better concocted the heate of the male childe doubling the mothers heate And moreover the women that are great with childe of a male childe are better coloured and in better strength and better able to doe any thing all the time of their greatnesse which proveth the same and moreover the blood is more laudable and the milke better Furthermore it behoveth the Nurse to bee brought on bed or to travell at her just and prefixed or naturall time for when the childe is born before his time of some inward cause it argueth that there is some default lurking and hidden in the body and humours thereof CHAP. XXII What diet the Nurse ought to use and in what situation shee ought to place the infant in the cradle BOth in eating drinking sleeping watching exercising and resting the nurses diet must be divers according as the nature of the childe both in habit and temperature shall be as for example if the childe bee altogether of a more hot blood the nurse both in feeding and ordering her selfe ought to follow a cooling diet In generall let her eat meates of good juice moderate in quantity and quality let her live in a pure and cleere aire let her abstaine from
all spices and all salted and spiced meats and all sharpe things wine especially that which is not allayed or mixed with water and carnall copulation with a man let her avoyd all perturbations of the minde but anger especially let her use moderate exercise unlesse it be the exercise of her armes and upper parts rather than the legges and lower parts whereby the greater attraction of the blood that must be turned into milke may bee made towards the dugges Let her place her childe so in the cradle that his head may be higher than all the body that so the excrementall humours may bee the better sent from the braine unto the passages that are beneath it Let her swathe it so as the neck and all the back-bone may be straight and equall As long as the childe sucketh and is not fed with stronger meat it is better to lay him alway on his backe than any other way for the backe is as it were the Keele in a ship the ground-worke and foundation of all the whole body whereon the infant may safely and easily rest But if hee lye on the side it were danger lest that the bones of the ribs being soft and tender not strong enough and united with slacke bands should bow under the waight of the rest and so waxe crooked whereby the infant might become crooke-backed But when he beginneth to breed teeth and to bee fed with more strong meat and also the bones and connexions of them begin to waxe more firme and hard hee must bee layed one while on this side another while on that and now and then also on his backe And the more hee groweth the more let him be accustomed to lye on his sides and as hee lieth in the cradle let him bee turned unto that place whereat the light commeth in lest that otherwise he might become poore-blind for the eye of its owne nature is bright and light-some and therefore alwaies desireth the light and abhorreth darkenesse for all things are most delighted with their like and shunne their contraries Therefore unlesse the light come directly into the childes face he turneth himselfe every way being very sorrowfull and striveth to turne his head and eyes that hee may have the light and that often turning and rowling of his eyes at length groweth into a custome that cannot bee left and so it commeth to passe that the infant doth either become poore-blind if hee set his eyes stedfastly on one thing or else his eyes doe become trembling alwaies turning and unstable if hee cast his eyes on many things that are round about him which is the reason that nurses being taught by experience cause over the head of the childe lying in the cradle an arch or vault of wickers covered with cloath to be made thereby to restraine direct and establish the uncertaine and wandering motions of the childes eyes If the nurse be squint-eyed she cannot look upon the childe but side-waies whereof it commeth to passe that the childe being moist tender flexible and prone to any thing with his body and so likewise with his eye by a long and daily custome unto his nurses sight doth soone take the like custome to looke after that sort also which afterwards he cannot leave or alter For those evill things that we learn in our youth do stick firmly by us but the good qualities are easily changed into worse In the eies of those that are squint-eyed those two muscles which do draw the eyes to the greater or lesser corner are chiefly or more frequently moved Therefore either of these being confirmed in their turning aside by long use as the exercise of their proper office encreaseth the strength soone overcomes the contrary or withstanding muscles called the Antagonists and brings them into their subjection so that will they nill they they bring the eye unto this or that corner as they list So children become left-handed when they permit their right hand to languish with idlenesse and sluggishnesse and strengthen their left hand with continuall use and motion to do every action therewithall and so bring by the exercise thereof more nutriment unto that part But if men as some affirme being of ripe yeers and in their full growth by daily society and company of those that are lame and halt doe also halt not minding so to doe but it commeth against their wills and when they thinke nothing thereof why should not the like happen in children whose soft and tender substance is as flexible and pliant as waxe unto every impression Moreover children as they become lame and crook-backt so doe they also become squint-eyed by the hereditary default of their parents CHAP. XXIII How to make pappe for children PAppe is a most meet foode or meat for children because they require moist nourishment and it must bee answerable in thickenesse to the milke that so it may not be difficult to be concocted or digested For pap hath these three conditions so that it be made with wheaten flower and that not crude but boiled let it be put into a new earthen pot or pipkin and so set into an oven at the time when bread is set thereinto to bee baked and let it remaine there untill the bread bee baked and drawne out for when it is so baked it is lesse clammy and crude Those that mixe the meale crude with the milke are constrained to abide one of these discommodities or other either to give the meale grosse clammy unto the child if that the pap be onely first boiled over the fire in a pipkin or skillet so long as shall bee necessary for the milke hence come obstructions in the mesaraike veines and in the small veines of the liver fretting and wormes in the guts and the stone in the reines Or else they give the child the milk despoiled of its butterish and whayish portion and the terrestriall and cheeselike or curdlike remaining if the pap be boiled so long as is necessary for the meale for the milke requireth not so great neither can it suffer so long boyling as the meale Those that doe use crude meale and have no hurt by it are greatly bound to nature for so great a benefit But Galen willeth children to bee nourished onely with the nurses milke so long as the nurse hath enough to nourish and feed it And truely there are many children that are contented with milke only and will receive no pappe untill they are three moneths old If the child at any time bee costive and cannot voide the excrements let him have a cataplasme made with one dramme of Aloes of white and blacke Hellebore of each fifteene graines being all incorporated in as much of an oxe gall as is sufficient and extended or spread on cotton like unto a pultis as broad as the palme of ones hand and so apply it upon the navell warme moreover this cataplasme hath also vertue to kill the wormes in the belly Many
dilatations of the artery of the navell But when the mother is dead the lungs doe not execute their office and function therefore they cannot gather in the aire that compasseth the body by the mouth or aspera arteria into their owne substance or into the arteries that are dispersed throughout the body thereof by reason whereof it cannot send it unto the heart by the veiny artery which is called arteria venalis for if the heart want aire there cannot bee any in the great artery which is called arteria aorta whose function it is to draw it from the heart also by reason thereof it is wanting in the arteries of the wombe which are as it were the little conduits of that great artery whereinto the aire that is brought from the heart is derived and floweth in unto these little ones of all the body and likewise of the wombe Wherefore it must of necessity follow that the aire is wanting to the cotyledons of the secundines to the arterie of the infants navell the iliacke arteries also and therefore unto his heart and so unto all his body for the aire being drawne by the mothers lungs is accustomed to come to the infant by this continuation of passages Therefore because death maketh all the motions of the mothers body to cease it is farre better to open her body so soone as shee is dead beginning the incision at the cartelage Xiphoides or breast-blade and making it in a forme semicircular cutting the skinne muscles and peritonaeum not touching the guts then the wombe being lifted up must first be cut lest that otherwise the infant might perchance be touched or hurt with the knife You shall oftentimes finde the childe unmoveable as though hee were dead but not because he is dead indeed but by reason that he being destitute of the accesse of the spirits by the death of the mother hath contracted a great weakenesse yet you may know whether hee be dead indeed or not by handling the artery of the navell for it will beat and pant if he be alive otherwise not but if there be any life yet remaining in him shortly after he hath taken in the aire and is recreated with the accesse thereof he will move all his members and also all his whole body In so great a weakenesse or debility of the strength of the childe the secundine must not bee separated as yet from the childe by cutting the navell string but it must rather be laid close to the region of the belly thereof that thereby the heat if there be any jor remaining may bee stirred up againe But I cannot sufficiently marvaile at the insolency of those that affirme that they have seene women whose bellies and wombe have bin more than once cut and the infant taken out when it could no otherwise be gotten forth and yet notwithstanding alive which thing there is no man can perswade me can be done without the death of the mother by reason of the necessary greatnesse of the wound that must be made in the muscles of the belly and substance of the wombe for the wombe of a woman that is great with childe by reason that it swelleth and is distended with much blood must needs yeeld a great flux of blood which of necessity must be mortall And to conclude when that the wound or incision of the wombe is cicatrized it will not permit or suffer the womb to be dilated or extended to receive or beare a new birth For these and such like other causes this kinde of cure as desperate and dangerous is not in mine opinion to be used CHAP. XXXII Of superfoetation SUperfoetation is when a woman doth beare two or more children at one time in her wombe and they bee enclosed each in his severall secundine but those that are included in the same secundine are supposed to bee conceived at one and the same time of copulation by reason of the great and copious abundance of seed and these have no number of daies between their conception birth but all at once For as presently after meat the stomacke which is naturally of a good temper is contracted or drawn together about the meate to comprehend it on every side though small in quantity as it were by both hands so that it cannot rowle neither unto this or that side so the wombe is drawne together unto the conception about both the seeds as soone as they are brought into the capacity thereof and is so drawne in unto it on every side that it may come together into one body not permitting any portion thereof to goe into any other region or side so that by one time of copulation the seed that is mixed together cannot engender more children than one which are devided by their secundines And moreover because there are no such cells in the wombes of women as are supposed or rather knowne to bee in the wombs of beasts which therefore bring forth many at one conception or birth But now if any part of the womans wombe doth not apply and adjoine it selfe closely to the conception of the seed already received lest any thing should be given by nature for no purpose it must of necessity follow that it must be filled with aire which will alter and corrupt the seeds Therefore the generation of more than one infant at a time having every one his severall secundine is on this wise If a woman conceave by copulation with a man as this day and if that for a few daies after the conception the orifice of the wombe be not exactly shut but rather gape a little and if shee doe then use copulation againe so that at both these times of copulation there may be an effusion or perfect mixture of the fertile seed in the wombe there will follow a new conception or superfoetation For superfoetation is no other thing than a certaine second conception when the woman already with childe againe useth copulation with a man and so conceiveth againe according to the judgement of Hippocrates But there may be many causes alledged why the wombe which did joyne and close doth open and unlose it selfe againe For there bee some that suppose the wombe to be open at certaine times after the conception that there may be an issue out for certaine excrementall matters that are contained therein and therefore that the woman that hath so conceived already and shall then use copulation with a man againe shall also conceive againe Others say that the wombe of it selfe and of its own nature is very desirous of seed or copulation or else being heated or enflamed with the pleasant motion of the man moving her thereto doth at length unclose it selfe to receive the mans seed for like-wise it happeneth many times that the orifice of the stomack being shut after eating is presently unloosed again when other delicate meats are offered to be eaten even so may the wombe unclose it selfe againe at certain seasons
opinion of Galen who saith that Scrophulaes are nothing else but indurate scirrhous kernels But the Mesenterium with his glandules being great and many making the Pancreas doth establish strengthen and confirme the divisions of the vessels Also the scirrhus of the proper substance of the wombe is to bee distinguished from the mola for in the bodies of some women that I have opened I have found the wombe annoyed with a scirrhous tumour as big as a mans head in the curing whereof Physicians nothing prevailed because they supposed it to bee a mola contained in the capacity of the wombe and not a scirrhous tumour in the body thereof CHAP. XXXVII Of the cause of barrennesse in men THere are many causes of barrenness in men that is to say the too hot cold dry or moyst distemper of the seed the more liquid and flexible consistence thereof so that it cannot stay in the womb but will presently flow out again for such is the seed of old men and striplings and of such as use the act of generation too often and immoderately for thereby the seed becommeth crude and waterish because that it doth not remaine his due and lawfull time in the testicles wherein it should be perfectly wrought and concocted but is evacuated by wanton copulation Furthermore that the seed may be fertile it must of necessity be copious in quantity but in quality well concocted moderately thicke clammy and puffed up with the abundance of spirits both these conditions are wanting in the seed of them that use copulation too often and moreover because the wives of those men never gather a just quantity of seede laudible both in quality and consistence in their testicles whereby it commeth to passe that they are the lesse provoked or delighted with venereous actions and performe the act with lesse alacrity so that they yeeld themselves lesse prone to conception Therefore let those that would be parents of many children use a mediocrity in the use of venery The woman may perceive that the mans seed hath some distemperature in it if when shee hath received it into her wombe shee feeleth it sharpe hot or cold if the man be more quick or slow in the act Many become barren after they have beene cut for the stone and likewise when they have had a wound behind the eares whereby certaine branches of the jugular veines and arteries have been cut that are there so that after those vessels have been cicatrized there followed an interception of the seminall matter downewards and also of the community which ought of necessity to be betweene the braine and the testicles so that when the conduits or passages are stopped the stones or testicles cannot any more receive neither matter nor lively spirits from the braine in so great quantity as it was wont whereof it must of necessity follow that the seed must bee lesser in quantity and weaker in quality Those that have their testicles cut off or else compressed or contused by violence cannot beget children because that either they want the help that the testicles should minister in the act of generation or else because the passage of the seminall matter is intercepted or stopped with a Callus by reason whereof they cannot yeeld forth seed but a certaine clammy humour conteyned in the glandules called prostatae yet with some feeling of delight Moreover the defects or imperfections of the yard may cause barrennesse as if it be too short on if it bee so unreasonable great that it renteth the privie parts of the woman and so causeth a fluxe of bloud for then it is so painefull to the woman that shee cannot voyde her seed for that cannot bee excluded without pleasure and delight also if the shortnesse of the ligament that is under the yard doth make it to bee crooked and violate the stiffe straightnesse thereof so that it cannot be put directly or straightly in the womans privie parts There bee some that have not the orifice of the conduit of the yard rightly in the end thereof but a little higher so that they cannot ejaculate or cast out their seed directly into the wombe Also the particular palsie of the yard is numbred among the causes of barrennesse and you may prove whether the palsie be in the yard by dipping the genitals in cold water for except they do draw themselves together or shrinke up after it it is a token of the palsie for members that have the palsie by the touching of cold water do not shrinke up but remaine in their accustomed laxity and loosenesse but in this case the genitals are endued with small sense the seed commeth out without pleasure or stiffenesse of the yard the stones in touching are cold and to conclude those that have their bodies daily waxing leane through a consumption or that are vexed with an evill habit or disposition or with the obstruction of some of the entrals are barren and unfertile and likewise those in whom some noble part necessary to life and generation exceedeth the bounds of nature with some great distemperature and lastly those who by any meanes have their genitall parts deformed Here I omit those that are witholden from the act of generation by inchantment magick witching and enchanted knots bands and ligatures for those causes belong not to physick neither may they bee taken away by the remedies of our art The Doctors of the Cannons lawes have made mention of those magick bands which may have power in them in the particular title De frigidis maleficiatis impotentibus incantatis also St. August hath made mention of them Tract 7. in Joan. CHAP. XXXVIII Of the barrennesse or unfruitfulnesse of women A Woman may become barren or unfruitfull through the obstruction of the passage of the seed or through straightnesse or narrownesse of the necke of the wombe comming either through the default of the formative facultie or else afterwards by some mischance as by an abscesse scirrhus warts chaps or by an ulcer which being cicatrized doth make the way more narrow so that the yard cannot have free passage thereinto Moreover the membrane called Hymen when it groweth in the midst or in the bottome of the neck of the wombe hinders the receiving of the mans seede Also if the womb be over slippery or moreloose or slack or over wide it maketh the woman to bee barren so doth the suppression of the menstruall fluxes or the too immoderate flowing of the courses or whites which commeth by the default of the wombe or some entrall or of the whole body which consumeth the menstruall matter and carrieth the seed away with it The cold and moyst distemperature of the wombe extinguishes and suffocates the mans seed and maketh it that it will not stay or cleave unto the wombe and stay till it be conconcted but the more hot and dry doth corrupt for want of nourishment for the seeds that are sowne
veine great sweats ulcers flowing much and long scabbinesse of the whole skinne immoderate grossenesse and clamminesse of the blood and by eating of raw fruites and drinking of cold water by sluggishnesse and thicknesse of the vessels and also the obstruction of them by the defaults and diseases of the wombe by distemperature an abscesse an ulcer by the obstruction of the inner orifice thereof by the growing of a Callus caruncle cicatrize of a wound or ulcer or membrane growing there by injecting of astringent things into the necke of the wombe which place many women endeavour foolishly to make narrow I speake nothing of age greatnesse with child nursing of children because these causes are not besides nature neither doe they require the helpe of the Physitian Many women when their flowers or tearmes be stopped degenerate after a manner into a certaine manly nature whence they are called Viragines that is to say stout or manly women therefore their voice is more loud and bigge like unto a mans and they become bearded In the city Abdera saith Hippocrates Phaethusa the wife of Pytheas at the first did beare children and was fruitfull but when her husband was exiled her flowers were stopped for a long time but when these things happened her body became manlike and rough and had a beard and her voice was great and shrill The very same thing happened to Namysia the wife of Gorgippus in Thasus Those virgins that from the beginning have not their monethly fluxe and yet neverthelesse enjoy their perfect health they must necessarily be hot and dry or rather of a manly heat and drynesse that they may so disperse and dissipate by transpiration as men doe the excrements that are gathered but verily all such are barren CHAP. LII What accidents follow the suppression or stopping of the monthly fluxe or flowers WHen the flowers or monethly fluxe are stopped diseases affect the womb and from thence passe into all the whole body For thereof commeth suffocation of the womb headache swouning beating of the heart and swelling of the breasts and secret parts inflammation of the wombe an abscesse ulcer cancer a feaver nauseousnesse vomitings difficult and slow concoction the dropsie strangury the full wombe pressing upon the orifice of the bladder blacke and bloody urine by reason that portion of the blood sweateth out into the bladder In many women the stopped matter of the monethly fluxe is excluded by vomiting urine and the hoemorrhoides in some it groweth into varices In my wife when shee was a maide the menstruall matter was excluded and purged by the nostrills The wife of Peter Feure of Casteaudun was purged of her menstruall matter by the dugges every moneth and in such abundance that scarce three or foure cloaths were able to dry it and sucke it up In those that have not the fluxe monethly to evacuate this plenitude by some part or place of the body there often followes difficulty of breathing melancholy madnesse the gout an ill disposition of the whole body dissolution of the strength of the whole body want of appetite a consumption the falling sickenesse an apoplexie Those whose blood is laudable yet not so abundant doe receive no other discommodity by the suppression of the flowers unlesse it be that the wombe burnes or itcheth with the desire of copulation by reason that the wombe is distended with hot and itching blood especially if they lead a sedentary life Those women that have beene accustomed to beare children are not so grieved and evill at ease when their flowers are stopped by any chance contrary to nature as those women which did never conceive because they have beene used to be filled and the vessels by reason of their customary repletion and distention are more large and capacious when the courses flow the appetite is partly dejected for that nature being then wholly applied to expulsion cannot throughly concoct or digest the face waxeth pale and without its lively colour because that the heat with the spirits go from without inwards so to helpe and aide the expulsive faculty CHAP. LIII Of provoking the flowers or courses THe suppression of the flowers is a plethorick disease and therefore must be cured by evacuation which must be done by opening the veine called Saphena which is at the ankle but first let the basilike veine of the arme be opened especially if the body bee plethoricke lest that there should a greater attraction be made into the wombe and by such attraction or flowing in there should come a greater obstruction When the veines of the wombe are distended with so great a swelling that they may be seen it will be very profitable to apply horse-leeches to the necke thereof pessaries for women may be used but fumigations of aromaticke things are more meet for maides because they are bashfull and shamefaced Unguents liniments emplasters cataplasmes that serve for that matter are to bee prescribed and applied to the secret parts ligatures and frictions of the thighes and legges are not to bee omitted fomentations and sternutatories are to be used and cupping glasses are to bee applied to the groines walking dancing riding often and wanton copulation with her husband and such like exercises provoke the flowers Of plants the flowers of St. Johns wort the rootes of fennell and asparagus bruscus or butchers broom of parsley brooke-lime basill balme betony garlicke onions crista marina costmary the rinde or barke of cassia fistula calamint origanum pennyroyall mugwort thyme hissope sage marjoram rosemary horehound rue savine spurge saffron agaricke the flowers of elder bay berries the berries of Ivie scammony Cantharides pyrethrum or pellitory of Spaine suphorbium The aromaticke things are amomum cynamon squinanth nutmegs calamus aromaticus cyperus ginger cloves galangall pepper cubibes amber muske spiknard and such like of all which let fomentations fumigations baths broaths boles potions pills syrupes apozemes and opiates be made as the Physitians shall thinke good The apozeme that followeth is proved to be very effectuall â„ž flo flor dictam an pii pimpinel m ss omnium capillar an p i. artemis thymi marjor origan an m ss rad rub major petroselin faenicul an â„¥ i ss rad paeon. bistort an Ê’ ss cicerum rub sem paeon. faenicul an Ê’ ss make thereof a decoction in a sufficient quantity of water adding thereto cinamon Ê’ iii. in one pinte of the decoction dissolve after it is strained of the syrupe of mugwort and of hissope an â„¥ ii diarrhod abbat Ê’ i. let it bee strained through a bagge with Ê’ ii of the kernells of dates and let her take â„¥ iiii in the morning Let pessaries bee made with galbanum ammoniacum and such like mollifying things beaten into a masse in a mortar with a hot pestell and made into the forme of a pessary and then let them be mixed with oile of Jasmine euphorbium an oxegall the juice of mugwort and other such
like wherein there is power to provoke the flowers as with scammony in powder let them be as bigge as ones thumbe sixe fingers long and rowled in lawne or some such like thinne linnen cloath of the same things nodula's may bee made Also pessaries may be prepared with hony boyled adding thereto convenient powders as of scammony pellitory and such like Neither ought these to stay long in the necke of the wombe lest they should exulcerate and they must be pulled backe by a threed that must bee put through them and then the orifice of the womb must be fomented with white wine of the decoction of pennyroyall or mother-wort But it is to be noted that if the suppression of the flowers happeneth through the default of the stopped orifice of the womb or by inflammation these maladies must first bee cured before wee come unto those things that of their proper strength and vertue provoke the flowers as for example if such things be made and given when the wombe is enflamed the blood being drawne into the grieved place and the humours sharpened and the body of the wombe heated the inflammation will be encreased So if there be any superfluous flesh if there be any Callus of a wound or ulcer or if there be any membrane shutting the orifice of the wombe and so stopping the fluxe of the flowers they must first bee consumed and taken away before any of those things bee administred But the oportunity of taking and applying of things must be taken from the time wherein the sicke woman was wont to be purged before the stopping or if she never had the flowers in the decrease of the moone for so we shall have custome nature and the externall efficient cause to helpe art When these medicines are used the women are not to bee put into bathes or hot houses as many doe except the malady proceed from the density of the vessels and the grossenesse and clamminesse of the blood For sweats hinder the menstruall fluxe by diverting and turning the matter another way CHAP. LIIII The signes of the approaching of the menstruall fluxe WHen the monethly fluxe first approacheth the dugges itch and become more swollen and hard than they were wont the woman is more desirous of copulation by reason of the ebullition of the provoked blood and the acrimony of the blood that remaineth her voice becommeth bigger her secret parts itch burne swell and waxe red If they stay long shee hath paine in her loynes and head nauseousnesse and vomiting troubleth the stomacke notwithstanding if those matters which flow together in the wombe either of their owne nature or by corruption be cold they loath the act of generation by reason that the wombe waxeth feeble through sluggishnesse and watery humours filling the same and it floweth by the secret parts very softly Those maides that are marriageable although they have the menstruall fluxe very well yet they are troubled with head ache nauseousnesse and often vomiting want of appetite longing an ill habite of body difficulty of breathing trembling of the heart swouning melancholy fearfull dreames watching with sadnesse and heavinesse because that the genitall parts burning itching they imagine the act of generation whereby it commeth to passe that the seminall matter either remaining in the testicles in great abundance or else powred into the hollownesse of the womb by the tickling of the genitalls is corrupted and acquireth a venemous quality and causeth such like accidents as happens in the suffocation of the wombe Maides that live in the country are not so troubled with those diseases because there is no such lying in wait for their maiden-heads and also they live sparingly and hardly and spend their time in continuall labour You may see many maides so full of juice that it runneth in great abundance as if they were not menstruall into their dugges and is there converted into milke which they have in as great quantity as nurses as we read it recorded by Hippocrates If a woman which is neither great with child nor hath born children hath milke she wants the menstruall fluxes whereby you may understand that that conclusion is not good which affirmeth that a woman which hath milke in her breasts either to be delivered of childe or to be great with childe for Cardanus writeth that hee knew one Antony Buzus at Genua who being thirty yeeres of age had so much milk in his breasts as was sufficient to nurse a child for the breeding and efficient cause of milke proceeds not onely from the engrafted faculty of the glandulous substance but much rather from the action of the mans seed for proofe whereof you may see many men that have very much milk in their breasts and many women that almost have no milke unlesse they receive mans seed Also women that are strong and lusty like unto men which the Latines call Viragines that is to say whose seed commeth unto a manly nature when the flowers are stopped concoct the blood and therefore when it wanteth passage forth by the likenesse of the substance it is drawne into the duggs and becommeth perfect milk those that have the flowers plentifully and continually for the space of foure or five daies are better purged and with more happy successe than those that have them for a longer time CHAP. LV. What accidents follow immoderate fluxes of the flowers or courses IF the menstruall flux floweth immoderately there also followes many accidents for the cocoction is frustrated the appetite overthrown then followes coldnesse throughout all the body exolution of all the faculties an ill habite of all the body leannesse the dropsie a hecticke feaver convulsion swouning and often sodaine death if any have them too exceeding immoderately the blood is sharpe and burning and also stinking the sicke woman is troubled with a continuall feaver and her tongue will bee dry ulcers arise in the gummes and all the whole mouth In women the flowers doe flow by the veines and arteries which rise out of the spermaticke vessels and are ended in the bottome and sides of the wombe but in virgins and in women great with childe whose children are sound and healthfull by the branches of the hypogastrick veine and artery which are spred and dispersed over the necke of the wombe The cause of this immoderate flux is in the quantity or quality of the blood in both the fault is unreasonable copulation especially with a man that hath a yard of a monstrous greatnesse and the dissolution of the retentive faculty of the vessels oftentimes also the flowers flow immoderately by reason of a painfull a difficult birth of the child or the after-birth being pulled by violence from the cotyledons of the wombe or by reason that the veines and arteries of the necke of the wombe are torne by the comming forth of the infant with great travell and many times by the use of sharpe medicines
and exulcerating pessaries Often times also nature avoides all the juice of the whole body critically by the wombe after a great disease which fluxe is not rashly or sodainely to be stopped That menstruall blood that floweth from the wombe is more grosse blacke and clotty but that which commeth from the necke of the wombe is more cleere liquid and red CHAP. LVI Of stopping the immoderate flowing of the flowers or courses YOu must make choice of such meats and drinkes as have power to incrassate the blood for as the flowers are provoked with meats that are hot and of subtle parts so they are stopped by such meates as are cooling thickening astringent and stipticke as are barly waters sodden rice the extreme parts of beasts as of oxen calves sheep either fryed or sodden with sorrell purslaine plantaine shepheards purse sumach the buds of brambles berberries and such like It is supposed that a harts horne burned washed and taken in astringent water will stoppe all immoderate fluxes likewise sanguis draconis terra sigillata bolus armenus lapis haematites corall beaten into most subtle powder and drunke in steeled water also pappe made with milk wherein steele hath often times been quenched and the floure of wheat barly beanes or rice is very effectuall for the same Quinces cervices medlars cornelian berries or cherries may likewise be eaten at the second course Juleps are to be used of steeled waters with the syrupe of dry roses pomegranates sorrell myrtles quinces or old conserves of red roses but wine is to bee avoided but if the strength be so extenuated that they require it you must choose grosse and astringent wine tempered with steeled water exercises are to be shunned especially venereous exercises anger is to bee avoided a cold aire is to be chosen which if it be not so naturally must bee made so by sprinkeling cold things on the ground especially if the summer or heat bee then in his full strength sound sleeping stayes all evacuations except sweating The opening of a veine in the arme cupping glasses fastened on the breasts bands and painfull frictions of the upper parts are greatly commended in this malady But if you perceive that the cause of this accident lieth in a cholerick ill juice mixed with the blood the body must bee purged with medicines that purge choler and water as Rubarbe Myrobalanes Tamarinds Sebestens and the purging syrupe of roses CHAP. LVII Of locall medicines to bee used against the immoderate flowing of the Courses ALso unguents are made to stay the immoderate fluxe of the tearmes and likewise injections and pessaries This or such like may bee the forme of an unguent ℞ ol mastich myrt an ʒii nucum cupres olibani myrtil an ʒii succi rosar rubr ℥ i. pulv mastichin ℥ ii boli armen terrae sigillat an ʒss cerae quantum sufficit fiat unguentum An injection may be thus made ℞ aq plantag rosar rubrar bursae pastor centinodii an lb ss corticis querni nucum cupressi gallar non maturar an ʒii berberis sumach balaust alumin. roch an ʒi make thereof a decoction and inject it with a syringe blunt pointed into the wombe lest if it should be sharpe it might hurt the sides of the necke of the wombe also snailes beaten with their shells and applied to the navell are very profitable Quinces roasted under the coals and incorporated with the powder of myrtills and bole armenick and put into the necke of the wombe are marvellous effectuall for this matter The forme of a pessary may be thus ℞ gallar immaturar combust in aceto extinctar ʒii ammo ʒss sang dracon pul rad symphyt sumach mastich succi acaciae cornu cer ust colophon myrrhae scoriae ferri an ʒi caphur ℈ ii mixe them and incorporate them all together with the juice of knot-grasse syngreen night-shade henbane water lillies plantaine of each as much as is sufficient and make thereof a pessary Cooling things as oxycrate unguentum rosatum and such like are with great profit used to the region of the loines thighes and genitall parts but if this immoderate flux doe come by erosion so that the matter thereof continually exulcerateth the necke of the wombe let the place be anointed with the milke of a shee Asse with barly water or binding and astringent mucelages as of psilium quinces gumme trugacanth arabicke and such like CHAP. LVIII Of womens fluxes or the Whites BEsides the forenamed fluxe which by the law of nature happeneth to women monethly there is also another called a womans fluxe because it is onely proper and peculiar to them this sometimes wearieth the woman with a long and continuall distillation from the wombe or through the wombe comming from the whole body without paine no otherwise than when the whole superfluous filth of the body is purged by the reines or urine sometimes it returneth at uncertaine seasons and sometimes with pain and exulcerating the places of the wombe it differeth from the menstruall fluxe because that this for the space of a few dayes as it shall seeme convenient to nature casteth forth laudable blood but this womans fluxe yeeldeth impure ill juice sometimes sanious sometimes serous and livide otherwhiles white and thicke like unto barly creame proceeding from flegmaticke blood this last kind thereof is most frequent Therefore wee see women that are flegmaticke and of a soft and loose habite of body to be often troubled with this disease and therefore they will say among themselves that they have the whites And as the matter is divers so it will staine their smockes with a different colour Truely if it bee perfectly red and sanguine it is to be thought that it commeth by erosion or the exolution of the substance of the vessels of the wombe or of the necke thereof therefore it commeth very seldome of blood and not at all except the woman be either great with childe or cease to bee menstruall for some other cause for then in stead of the monethly fluxe there floweth a certaine whayish excrement which staineth her cloaths with the colour of water wherein flesh is washed Also it very seldome proceeds of a melancholy humour and then for the most part it causeth a cancer in the wombe But often times the purulent and bloody matter of an ulcer lying hidden in the wombe deceiveth the unskilfull Chirurgian or Physitian but it is not so hard to know these diseases one from the other for the matter that floweth from an ulcer because as it is said it is purulent it is also lesser grosser stinking and more white But those that have ulcers in those places especially in the necke of the wombe cannot have copulation with a man without paine CHAP. LIX Of the causes of the Whites SOmetimes the cause of the whites consisteth in the proper weaknesse of the wombe or else in the uncleannesse thereof and sometimes by the
Camell their haire long and yellow the taile of a Lion there is scarce any creature more fierce or wild for it can never be tamed unlesse it be taken from the dam. The Salvages use their Hides against the cold and their hornes as an Antidote against poyson The same author affirmes that whilest he sayled in the red sea hee saw a monster in the hands of certaine Indian merchants which in bignesse and shape of his limbs was not unlike a Tiger yet had the face of a man but a very flat nose besides his fore feet were like a mans hands but the hinde like the feet of a Tiger hee had no taile he was of a dun colour to conclude in head eares necke and face it resembled a man but in the blackish and curled haire a More for the other parts they were like a Tiger they called it Thanacth The figure of a beast called Thanacth This following monster is so strange that it will scarce bee believed but by those that have seene it it is bred in America and by the Salvages called Haiit of the bignesse of a Monkey with a great belly almost touching the ground and the head and face of a child being taken it mournes and sighes like to a man that is troubled and perplext it is of an ashe colour hath the feet divided into three clawes foure fingers long and sharper than those of a Lion it climbes trees and lives there more frequently than upon the ground the taile is no longer than the breadth of three fingers It is strange and almost monstrous that these kinde of creatures have never bin seene to feed upon or eat any thing for the salvages have kept them long in their houses to make triall thereof wherefore they thinke them to live by the aire The figure of a beast called Haiit I have taken this following monster out of Leo's African history it is very deformed being round after the manner of a Tortoise two yellow lines crossing each other at right angles divide his backe at every end of which he hath one eye and also one eare so that such a creature may see on every side with his foure eyes as also heare by his so many eares yet hath hee but one mouth and one belly to containe his meat but his round body is encompassed with many feet by whose helpe he can go any way he please without turning of his body his taile is something long and very hairy at the end The inhabitants affirme that his blood is more effectuall in healing of wounds than any balsome It is strange that the Rhinoceros should be a born enemy to the Elephant wherfore he whets his horne which growes upon his nose upon the rockes and so prepares himselfe for fight wherein he chiefly assailes the belly as that which he knowes to be the softest he is as long as an Elephant but his legs are much shorter he is of the colour of box yet somewhat spotted Pompey was the first that shewed one at Rome The effigies of a Rhinoceros The figure of a Chameleon Africa produceth the Chameleon yet is it more frequent in India he is in shape and greatnesse like a Lizard but that his legs are straight and higher his sides are joyned to the belly as in fish his backe stands up after the same manner his nose stands out not much unlike a swines his taile is long and endeth sharpe and hee foulds it up in a round like a serpent his nailes are crooked his pace slow like as the Tortoise his body rough hee never shuts his eyes neither doth hee looke about by the moving of the apple but by the turning of the whole eye The nature of his colour is very wonderfull for he changeth it now and then in his eyes and taile and whole body beside and hee alwaies assimulates that which he is next to unlesse it be red or white His skin is very thinne and his body cleare therefore the one of these two either the colour of the neighbouring things in so great subtlety of his cleare skinne easily shines as in a glasse or else various humors diversly stirred up in him according to the variety of his affections represent divers colours in his skinne as a Turky-cocke doth in those flethy excrescences under his throat and upon his head hee is pale when he is dead Mathiolus writes that the right eye taken from a living Chameleon takes away the white spots which are upon the horny coat of the eye his body being beaten and mixed with Goats milke and rubbed upon any part fetcheth off haires his gall discusseth the Cataracts of the eye CHAP. XXIII Of coelestiall Monsters PEradventure it hath not bin strange that monsters have beene generated upon the earth and in the Sea but for monsters to appeare in heaven and in the upper region of the aire exceeds all admiration Yet have wee often read it written by the antients that the face of heaven hath beene deformed by bearded tailed and haired Comets by meteors representing burning Torches and lamps pillars darts shields troups of clouds hostilely assailing each other Dragons two Moones Sunnes and the like monsters and prodigies Antiquity hath not seene any thing more prodigious than that Commet which appeared with bloody haire in Uvestine upon the ninth day of October 1528. for it was so horrible and fearefull a spectacle that divers died with feare and many fell into grievous diseases going from the East to the South it endured no longer than one hower and a quarter in the toppe thereof was seene a bending arme holding a great sword in a threatning hand at the end thereof appeared three starres but that over which the point of the sword directly hanged was more bright and cleare than the rest on each side of this Comet were seene many speares swords and other kinds of weapons died with blood which were intermixt with mens heads having long and terrible haire and beards as you may see in the following figure The figure of a fearefull Comet Also there have beene seene great and thicke barres of Iron to have fallen from heaven which have presently beene turned into swords and rapiers At Sugolia in the borders of Hungaria a stone fell from heaven with a great noise the seventh day of September anno Dom. 1514. it weighed two hundred and fifty pound the Citizens hanged it up with a great iron chaine put through it in the midst of the Church of their City and used to shew it as a miracle to travellers of better note that past that way Pliny reports that the clashing of armour and the sound of a trumpet were heard from heaven often before and after the Cimbrian warre The same author also writes that in the third Consul-ship of Marius the Amarines and Tudortines saw the heavenly armies comming from East and West and so joyning those being vanquished which came from the East Which samething
was seene in Lusalia at a towne called Jubea two houres after mid-night anno Dom. 1535. But in anno Dom. 1550. upon the nineteenth day of July in Saxony not farre from Wittenberg there appeared in the aire a great stagge incompassed with two armed hosts making a great noise in their conflict and at the same instant it rained blood in great abundance the sun seemed to be cloven into two pieces and the one of them to fall upon the earth A little before the taking of Constantinople from the Christians there appeared a great army in the aire appointed to fight attended on with a great company of dogs and other wild beasts Julius Obsequius reports that in anno Dom. 458. it rained flesh in Italy in greater and lesser pieces part of which were devoured by the birds before they fell upon the earth that which fell upon the earth kept long unpurrefyed and unchanged in colour and smell Anno Dom. 989. Otho the third being Emperour it rained corne in Italy Anno Dom. 180. it rained milke and oyle in great abundance and fruit-bearing trees brought forth corne Lycosthenes tells that in the time of Charles the fift whilest Maidenberg was besieged three sunnes first appeared about seven a clocke in the morning and then were seene for a whole day whereof the middlemost was the brightest the two others were reddish and of a bloody colour but in the night time there appeared three moones The same appeared in Bavaria anno Dom. 1554. But if so prodigious and strange things happen in the heavens besides the common order of nature shall wee thinke it incredible that the like may happen in the earth Anno Dom. 542. the whole earth quaked mount Aetna cast forth flames and sparkes of fire with which many houses of the neighbouring villages were burnt Anno Dom. 1531. in Portugall there was an earthquake for eight dayes and it quaked seven or eight times each day so that in Lisbone alone it cast downe a thousand and fifty houses and more than sixe hundred were spoiled Ferrara lately was almost wholly demolisht by a fearefull earthquake Above all which ever have been heard is that prodigie which happened in the time of Pliny at the death of Nero the Emperour in the Marucine field the whole Olive-field of Vectius Marcellus a Romane Knight going over the high way and the fields which were against it comming into the place thereof Why should I mention the miracles of waters from whose depth and streames fires and great flames have oft broke forth They tell out of St. Augustine that the fire of the sacrifice which for those seventy yeeres of the Babylonian captivity endured under the water was extinguished Antiochus selling the priest-hood to Jason What miracle is this that the fire should live in the water above its force and naturall efficacy and that the water should forget the extinguishing faculty Verily Philosophers truely affirme that the elements which are understood to bee contrary and to fight in variety among themselves are mutually joyned and tyed together by a marvellous confederacy The End of the Twenty fift Booke OF THE FACULTIES OF SIMPLE MEDICINES AS ALSO OF THEIR COMPOSItion and Use THE TWENTY SIXTH BOOK THE PREFACE AMongst the causes which we terme healthfull and other remedies which pertain to the health of man and the expelling of Diseases Medicines easily challenge the prime place which as it is delivered by Solomon God hath produced out of the earth and they are not to be abhorred by a wise man for there is nothing in the world which sconer and as by a miracle asswageth the horride torments of diseases Therefore Herophilus called them fittingly administred The hands of the Gods And hence it was that such Physitians as excelled in the knowledge of Medicines have amongst the Antients acquired an opinion of Divinity It cannot by words bee expressed what power they have in healing Wherefore the knowledge of them is very necessary not only for the prevention but also for the driving away of Diseases CHAP. I. What a Medicine is and how it differeth from nourishment WEE define a medicine to bee That which hath power to change the body according to one or more qualities and that such as cannot bee changed into our nature contrary whereto we terme that nourishment which may be converted into the substance of our bodies But we define them by the word power because they have not an absolute nature but as by relation and depending upon the condition of the bodies by whom they are taken For that which is medicine to one is meat to another and that which is meat to this is medicine to that Thus for example Hellebore is nourishment to the Quaile but a medicine to man Hemlocke is nourishment to a Sterling but poison to a Goose the Ferula is food to an Asse but poison to other cattell Now this diversity is to be attributed to the different natures of creatures It is recorded in history that the same by long use may happen in men They report that a maide was presented to Alexander the great who nourished with Napellus and other poisons had by long use made them familiar to her so that the very breath she breathed was deadly to the by-standers Therefore it ought to seeme no marvaile if it at any time happen that medicines turne into the nature and nourishment of our bodies for we commonly may see birds and swine feed upon serpents and toads without any harme and lastly Serpenti Ciconia pullos Nutrit per devia rura lacerta Illi eadem sumptis quaerunt animalia pennis The Storke with Serpents and with Lizards caught In waylesse places nourisheth her brood And they the same pursue when as they 're taught To use their wing to get their wish't for food CHAP. II. The differences of Medicines in their matter and substance EVen as the concealed glory of worldly riches lyeth hid in the bowels of the earth and depths of the sea and waters as gold silver and all sorts of metals gemmes and pretious stones furnisht with admirable vertues so we may behold the superficies of this earth clothed with almost an infinite variety of trees shrubs and hearbs where wee may contemplate and wonder at the innumerable diversities of roots leaves flowers fruits gummes their smells pleasant tasts and colours but much more at their vertues This same mother Earth as with her breasts nourisheth marvellous distinct kindes of living creatures various in their springing encrease and strength Wherein the immense goodnesse of God the great Architect and framer of all things doth most clearely appeare towards man as who hath subjected to our government as a patrimony so ample and plentifull provision of nature for our delight in nourishment and necessity of healing Therefore the antient Phisitians have rightly delivered that all sorts of medicines may bee abundantly had from living creatures plants the earth water and aire Medicines
twelve ounces of oyle flow from an ounce of Turpentine This kind of oyle is effectuall against the Palsie Convulsions punctures of the nerves and wounds of all the nervous parts But you shall thus extract oyle out of waxe take one pound of waxe melt it and put it into a glasse Retort set in sand or ashes as wee mentioned a little before in drawing of oyle of Turpentine then destill it by encreasing the fire by degrees There distills nothing forth of waxe besides an oyly substance and a little Phlegma yet portion of this oyly substance presently concreats into a certaine butter-like matter which therefore would be distilled over againe you may draw â„¥ vj or viij of oyle from one pound of waxe This oyle is effectuall against Contusions and also very good against cold affects CHAP. XV. Of extracting of oyles out of the harder sorts of Gummes as myrrhe mastich frankincense and the like SOme there be who extract these kinds of oyles with the Retort set in ashes or sand as we mentioned in the former Chapter of oyles of more liquid gums adding for every pound of gumme two pints of Aqua vitae and two or three ounces of oyle of Turpentine then let them infuse for eight or ten dayes in Balneo Mariae or else in horse dung then they set it to distill in a Retort Now this is the true manner of making of oyles of Myrrhe Take Myrrhe made into fine pouder and therewith fill hard Egges in stead of their yoalkes being taken out then place the Egges upon a gridiron or such like grate in some moist place as a cellar and set under them a Leaden earthen panne the Myrrhe will dissolve into an oilely water which being presently put into a glasse and well stopped with an equall quantitie of rectified aqua vitae and so set for three or foure monthes in hot horse dung which past the vessell shall be taken forth and so stopped that the conteined liquor may be poured into an Alembecke for there will certaine grosse setling by this meanes remaine in the bottome then set your Alembecke in Balneo and so draw off the aqua vitae phlegmaticke liquor and there will remaine in the bottome a pure cleare oile whereto you may give a curious colour by mixing therewith some Alkanet and a smell by droping thereinto a little oyle of Sage Cinnamon or cloves Now let us shew the composition and manner of making of balsames by giving you one or two examples the first of which is taken out of Vesalius his Chirurgery and is this â„ž terebinth opt lb. j. ol laurini â„¥ iiij galbani â„¥ iij. gum elem â„¥ iiij ss thuris Myrrhae gum hederae centaur majoris ligni aloës an â„¥ iij. galangae caryophyll consolidae majoris Cinamoni nucis moschat zedoaniae zinzib dictamni albi an â„¥ j. olei vermium terrestrium â„¥ ij aq vitae lb. vj. The manner of making it is this let all these things be beaten and made small and so iâ—fused for three dayes space in aqua vitae then distilled in a Retort just as wee said you must distill oyle of Turpentine and waxe There will flow hence three sorts of liquors the first watrish and cleare the other thinne and of pure golden colour the third of the colour of a Carbuncle which is the true Balsame The first liquor is effectuall against the weakenesse of the stomacke comming of a cold cause for that it cuts flegme and discusses â—â—atulencies the second helpes fresh and hot bleeeing wounds as also the palsie The third is chiefly effectuall against these same effects The composition of the following Balsamum is out of Fallopius and is this â„ž terebinth clarae lb. ij olei de semine lini lb. j. resinae pini â„¥ vj thuris myrrhae aloes mastiches sarcocollae an â„¥ iij. macis ligni Aloes an â„¥ ij croci â„¥ ss Let them all be put in a glasse Retort set in ashes and so distilled First there will come forth a cleere water then presently after a reddish oyle most proâ—â—table for wounds Now you must know that by this meanes we may easily distill all Axungia's fatts parts of creatures woods all kinds of barkes and seeds if so bee that they be first macerated as they ought to bee yet so that there will come forth more watry than oyly humidity Now for that wee have formerly frequently mentioned Thus or frankinsense I have heere thought good out of Thevets Cosmography to give you the description of the tree from which it flowes The frankincense tree saith hee growes naturally in Arabia resembles a pine yeelding a moisture that is presently hardened and it concreates into whitish cleare graines fatty within which cast into the fire take flame Now frankincense is adulte rated with pine-rosin and Gumme which is the cause that you shall seldome finde that with us as it is here described you may finde out the deceit as thus for that neither Rosin nor any other gumme takes flame for Râ—sin goes away in smoake but frankincese presently burnes The smell also beâ—ayes the counterfeite for it yeelds no gratefull smell as frankincense doth The Arabians wound the tree that so the liquor may the more readily flow forth whereof they make great gaine It fills up hollow Vlcers and cicatrizes them wherefore it enters as a cheefe ingredient into artificiall balsame frâ—nâ—… alone made into powder and applyed stanches the blood that flowes out or wounds Mathiolus faith that it being mixed with Fullers earth and oyle of Roses is a singular remedy against the inflammation of the breasts of women lately delivered of childe CHAP. XVI The making of oyle of Vitriall TAke ten pounds of Vitrioll which being made into powder put it into an earthen pot and set it upon hot coales untill it be calcined which is when as it becomes reddish after some five or sixe houres when as it shall bee throughly cold breake the pot and let the vitrioll be againe made into powder that so it may be calcined againe and you shall doe thus so often and long untill it shall be perfectly calcined which is when as it shall be exactly red then let it be made into powder and put into an earthen Retort like that wherein aqua fortis is usually drawne adding for every pound of your calcined vitrioll of tile shreds or powdered bricke 1 quarter then put the Retort furnished with its receiver into a fornace of Reverberation alwayes keeping a strong fire and that for the space of 48 houres more or lesse according to the manner and plenty of the distilling liquor You shall know the distillation is finished when as the receiver shall begin to recover his native perspicuity being not now filled with vaporouse spirits wherewith as long as the humor distills it is replenished and lookes white Now for the receiver there are 2 things to be observed The first is that it bee great and very capacious
of the wound is received of the Chirurgion according to the civill Law It is recorded in the workes of ancient Physitions that wounds may bee called great for three respects The first is by reason of the greatnesse of the dissolved unitie or resolution of Continuity and such are these wounds which made by a violent stroake with a backe-sword have cut off the arme or legge or overthwart the breast The second is by reason of the dignitie or worthinesse of the part now this dignity dependeth on the excellencie of the action therefore thus any little wound made with a bodkin knife in any part whose substance is noble as in the Braine Heart Liver or any other part whose action and function is necessary to preserve life as in the Weasant Lungs or Bladder is judged great The third is by reason of the greatnesse and ill habit or the abundance of ill humors or debility of all the wounded body so those woundes that are made in nervous parts and old decayed people are sayd to be great But in searching of wounds let the Chirurgion take heede that he be not deceived by his probe For many times it cannot goe into the bottome of the wound but stoppeth and sticketh in the way either because he hath not placed the patient in the same posture wherein he was when he received his hurt or else for that the stroake being made downe right slipt aside to the right or left hand or else from below upwards or from above downewards and therefore hee may expect that the wound is but little and will be cured in a short time when it is like to bee long in curing or else mortall Therefore from the first day it behooveth him to suspend his judgement of the wound untill the ninth for in that time the accidents will shew themselves manifestly whether they be small or great according to the condition of the wound or wounded bodyes and the state of the ayre according to his primitive qualities or venomous corruption But generally the signes whereby we may judge of diseases whether they bee great or small of long or short continuance mortall or not mortall are foure For they are drawne either from the nature and essence of the disease or from the cause or effects thereof or else from the similitude proportion and comparison of those diseases with the season or present constitution of the times Therefore if wee are called to the cure of a greene wound whose nature and danger is no other but a simple solution of Continuity in the musculous flesh we may presently pronounce that wound to be of no danger and that it will soone be cured But if it have an Vlcer annexed unto it that is if it be sanious then we may say it will be more difficult and long in the curing and so we may pronounce of all diseases taking a signe of their essence and nature But of the signes that are taken of the causes let this bee an example A wound that is made with a sharpe pointed and heavie weapon as with an halbeard being stricken with great violence must be accounted great yea and also mortall if the accidents be correspondent But if the patient fall to the ground through the violence of the stroake if a cholericke vomiting follow thereon if his sight faile him together with a giddinesse if blood come forth at his eyes and nosthrills if distraction follow with losse of memory and sense of feeling we may say that all the hope of life remaineth in one small signe which is to be deduced from the effects of the wound But by the comparing it unto the season that then is and diseases that then assault mans body wee may say that all those that are wounded with gunshot are in danger of death as it happened in the schirmishes at the seige of Roan and at the battall of Saint Denis For at that time whether it were by reason of the fault of the heavens or ayre through the evill humors of mans body and the disturbance of them all wounds that were made by gunshot were for the most part mortall So likewise at certaine seasons of the yeare we see the small pockes and measels breake forth in children as it were by a certaine pestilent contagion to the destruction of children onely inferring a most cruell vomit and laske and in such a season the judgement of those diseases is not difficult But you by the following signes may know what parts are wounded If the patient fall downe with the stroake if he lye senselesse as it were asleepe if he voyde his excrements unwittingly if he be taken with giddinesse if blood come out at his eares mouth and nose and if he vomit choller you may understand that the scull is fractured or pearced through by the defect in his understanding and discourse You also may know when the scull is fractured by the judgement of your externall senses as if by feeling it with your finger you finde it elevated or depressed beyond the naturall limits if by striking it with the end of a probe when the Pericranium or nervous filme that investeth the scull is cut crosse wise and so divided there from it yeeld a base and unperfect sound like unto a pot sheard that is broken or rather like unto an earthen pitcher that hath a cleft or rent therein But we may say that death is at hand if his reason and understanding faile him if he be speechlesse if his sight forsake him if he would tumble headlong out of his bed being not at all able to moove the other parts of his body if he have a continuall feaver if his tongue be blacke with drienesse if the edges of the wound bee blacke or dry and cast forth no sanious matter if they resemble the colour of salted flesh if he have an apoplexie phrensie convulsion or palsie with an involuntarie excretion or absolute supprâ—ssion of the Vrine and excrements You may know that a man hath his throate that is his weason and winde pipe cut First by the sight of his wound and next by the abolishment of the function or office thereof both wayes for the patient can neither speake nor swallow any meate or drinke and the parts that are cut asunder divide themselves by retraction upwards or downewards one from another whereof commeth sodaine or present death You may know that a wound hath peirced into the brest or concavity of the body if the ayre come forth at the wound making a certaine whizzing noyse if the patient breathe with great difficulty if he feele a great heavinesse or weight on or about the midriffe whereby it may be gathered that a great quantity of blood lyeth on the place or midriffe and so causeth him to feele a weight or heavinesse which by little and little will bee cast up by vomiting But a little after a feaver commeth and the breath is unsavory and stinking
by reason that the putrefying blood is turned into sanies the patient cannot lye but on his backe and he hath an often desire to vomit but if hee escape death his wound will degenerate into a Fistula and at length will consume him by little and little We may know that the Lungs are wounded by the foaming and spumous blood comming out both at the wound and cast up by vomiting hee is vexed with a greevous shortnesse of breath and with a paine in his sides We may perceive the Heart to be wounded by the aboundance of blood that commeth out at the wound by the trembling of all the whole body by the faint and small pulse palenesse of the face cold sweate with often swounding coldnesse of the extreame parts and suddaine death When the midriffe which the Latines call Diaphragma is wounded the patient feeleth a great weight in that place he raveth and talketh idlely he is troubled with shortnesse of winde a cough and fit of greevous paine and drawing of the entralls upwards Wherefore when all these accidents appeare we may certainely pronounce that death is at hand Death appeareth sodainely by a wound of the hollow Veine or the great Arterie by reason of the great and violent evacuation of blood and spirits whereby the functions of the Heart and Lungs are stopped and hindred The marrow of the backebone being pierced the patient is assaulted with a Palsie or convulsion very suddainely and sence and motion faileth in the parts beneath it the excrements of the bladder are either evacuated against the patients will or else are altogether stopped When the Liver is wounded much blood commeth out at the wound and pricking paine disperseth it selfe even unto the sword-like gristle which hath its situation at the Lower end of the brest bone called Sternon the blood that falleth from thence downe into the intestines doth oftentimes inferre most maligne accidents yea and sometimes death When the stomacke is wounded the meate and drink come out at the wound there followeth a vomiting of pure choler then commeth sweating and coldnesse of the extreame parts and therefore we ought to prognosticate death to follow such a wound When the milt or spleene is wounded blacke and grosse blood cometh out at the wound the patient will be very thirsty with paine on the left side and the blood breakes forth into the belly and there putrifying causeth most maligne and greevous accidents and often times death to follow When the guts are wounded the whole body is griped and pained the excrements come out at the wound whereat also often times the guts breake forth with great violence When the reines or Kidnyes are wounded the patient will have great paine in making his Vrine and the blood commeth out together therewith the paine commeth downe even unto the groine yard and testicles When the bladder and Vreters are wounded the paine goeth even unto the entralls the parts all about and belonging to the groine are distended the Vrine is bloody that is made and the same also commeth often times out at the wound When the wombe is wounded the blood commeth out at the privities and all other accidents appeare like as when the bladder is wounded When the sinewes are pricked or cut halfe asunder there is great paine in the affected place and there followeth a suddaine inflammation fluxe abscesse feaver convulsion and oftentimes a gangreene or mortification of the part whereof commeth death unlesse it be speedily prevented Having declared the signes and tokens of wounded parts it now remaineth that we set downe other signes of certaine kindes of death that are not common or naturall whereabout when there is great strife and contention made it oftentimes is determined and ended by the judgement of the discreete Physition or Chirurgion Therefore if it chance that a nurse either through drunkennesse or negligence lyes upon her infant lying in bed with her and so stifles or smothers it to death If your judgement be required whether the infant dyed through the default or negligence of the nurse or through some violent or suddaine diseases that lay hidden and lurking in the body thereof You shall finde out the truth of the matter by these signes following For if the infant were in good health before if he were not froward or crying if his mouth and nosethrills now being dead be moystned or bedewed with a certaine foame if his face be not pale but of a Violet or purple colour if when the body is opened the Lungs be found swolne and puffed up as it were with a certaine vaporous foame and all the other entralls found it is a token that the infant was stifled smothered or strangled by some outward violence If the body or dead corpes of a man be found lying in a field or house alone and you be called by a magistrate to deliver your opinion whether the man were slaine by lightning or some other violent death you may by the following signes finde out the certainety hereof For every body that is blasted or striken with lightning doth cast forth or breathe out an unholsome stinking or sulphureous smell so that the birdes or fowles of the ayre nor dogges will not once touch it much lesse prey or feede on it the part that was stricken often times sound and without any wound but if you search it well you shall finde the bones under the skinne to be bruised broken or shivered in peeces But if the lightening hath pierced into the body which making a wound therein according to the judgement of Pliny the wounded part is farre colder than all the rest of the body For lightning driveth the most thinne and fiery ayre before it and striketh it into the body with great violence by the force whereof the heate that was in the part is soone dispersed wasted and consumed Lightening doth alwayes leave some impression or signe of some fire either by ustion or blacknesse for no lightning is without fire Moreover whereas all other living creatures when they are striken with lightening fall on the contrary side onely man falleth on the affected side if hee be not turned with violence toward the coast or region from whence the lightening came If a man bee striken with lightening while he is asleepe hee will be found with eyes open contrarywise if hee be striken while hee is awake his eyes will be closed as Plinie writeth Philip Commines writeth that those bodyes that are stricken with lightning are not subject to corruption as others are Therefore in ancient time it was their custome neither to burne nor bury them for the brimstone which the lightning bringeth with it was unto them in stead of salt for that by the drynesse and fiery heate thereof it did preserve them from putrefaction Also it may be enquired in judgement Whether any that is dead and wounded received these wounds alive or
wrapped them in Cotton cloathes glewed together with a certaine gumme then their kinsemen placed them thus ordered in a wooden Coffinne carved like to a man This was the sacred and accustomed rite of embalming and burying dead bodyes amongst the Aegyptians which were of the richer sort Our Countrie-men the French stirred up with the like desire embalme the bodyes of their Kings and Nobles with spices and sweete oyntments Which custome they may seeme piously and christianly to have taken from the Old and New Testament and the ancient and laudible custome of the Iewes for you may reade in the New Testament that Ioseph bought a fine linnen cloath and Nicodemus brought a mixture of myrrhe and Aloes about 100. pound weight that they might embalme and bury the body of Iesus Christ our Saviour for a signe and argument of the renovation and future integrity which they hoped for by the resurrection of the dead Which thing the Iewes had received by tradition from their ancestors For Ioseph in the old Testament commaunded his Physitions they should embalme the dead body of his father with spices But the body which is to be embalmed with spices for very long continuance must first of all be embowelled keeping the heart apart that it may bee embalmed and kept as the kinsfolkes shall thinke fit Also the braine the scull being divided with a saw shall be taken out Then shall you make deepe incisions alongst the armes thighes legges backe loynes and buttockes especially where the greater Veines and Arteries runne first that by this meanes the blood may be pressed forth which otherwise would putrifie and give occasion and beginning to putrefaction to the rest of the body and then that there may be space to put in the aromaticke powders the whole body shall be washed over with a spunge dipped in Aqua vitae and strong vinegar wherein shall be boyled wormewood aloes coloquintida common salt and Alume Then these incisions and all the passages and open places of the body and the three bellyes shall be stuffed with the following spices grossely powdered R. pul rosar chamaem melil balsami menthae aneâ—hi salviae lavend rorismar majoran thymi absinthij cyperi calami aromat gentianae ireos florent assae odoratae caryophyll nucis moschat cinamoni styracis calamitae benjoini myrrhae aloes santal omnium quod sufficit Let the incisions be sowed up and the open spaces that nothing fall out then forth with let the whole body be anointed with Turpentine dissolved with oyle of roses and Chamomile adding if you shall thinke it fit some Chymicall oyles of spices and then let it be againe strewed over with the forementioned powder then wrap it in a linnen cloath and then in ceare-cloathes Lastly let it be put in a Coffin of Lead sure soudred and filled up with dry sweete hearbes But if there be no plenty of the forementioned spices as it usuall happens in beseiged townes the Chirurgion shall be contented with the powder of quenched lime common ashes made of Oake wood For thus the body being over and above washed in strong vinegar or Lie shall be kept a long time if so be that a great and dissolving heate doe not beare sway or if it be not put in a hot and moyst place And this condition of time and place is the cause why the dead bodyes of Princes and Kings though embalmed with Art and cost within the space of sixe or seaven dayes in which they are kept to bee shewed to the people after their embalming doe cast forth so greevous a sent that none can endure it so that they are forced to be put in a leaden Coffinne For the ayre which encompasseth them groweth so hot by reason of the multitude of people flowing to the spectacle and the burning of lights night and day that the small portion of the native heate which remaineth being dissipated they easily putrefie especially when as they are not first moystened macerated in the liquor of aromaticke things as the Aegyptians anciently used to doe steeping them in brine for 70 dayes as I formerly told you out of Herodotus I put in minde hereby use that so the embalming may become the more dureable to steepe the bodyes being embowelled and pricked all over with sharpe bodkinnes that so the liquor hindring putrefaction may penetrate the deeper into them in a woodden tubbe filled with strong vinegar of the decoction of aromaticke and bitter things as Aloes Rue Wormewood and Coloquintida and there keepe them for twenty dayes pouring thereinto eleven or twelve pinâ—s of Aqua vitae Then taking it forth and setting it on the feete I keepe it in a cleare and dry place I have at home the body of one that was hanged which I begged of the Shriffe embalmed after this manner which remaines sound for more than 25 yeeres so that you may tell all the muscles of the right side which I have cut up even to their heads and plucked them from those that are next them for distinctions sake that so I may view them with my eyes and handle them with my hands as often as I please that by renuing my memory I may worke more certainely and surely when as I have any more curious operation to be performed the left side remaines whole and the Lungs Heart Diaphragma stomacke spleene kidneyes beard haires yea and the nailes which being pared I have often observed to grow againe to their former bignesse And let this be the bound of this our immense labour and by Gods favour our rest to whom Almighty all powerfull immortall and invisible be ascribed all honour and glory for ever and ever Amen Labor improbus omnia vincit The end of the Treatise of reports and embalming the dead THE APOLOGIE AND TREATISE CONTAINING THE VOYAGES MADE INTO DIVERS PLACES BY AMBROSE PARE of Laval in Maine Counsellor and cheefe Chirurgion to the King THE TVVENTI NINTH BOOKE TRuely I had not put my hand to the penne to write on such a thing were it not that some have impudently injured taxed and more through particular hatred disgraced me than for zeale or love they beare to the publicke good which was concerning my manner of tying the Veines and Arteries writing thus as followeth Malè igitur nimiùm arrogdnter inconsultus temerarius quidam vasorum ustionem post emortui membri resectionem a veteribus omnibus plurimùm commendatam semper probatam damnare ausus est novum quendam deligandi vasa modum contra veteres omnes medicos sine ratione experientia judicio docere cupiens nec animadvertit majora multo pericula ex ipsa vasorum deligatione quam acu partemsanam profunde transfigendo administrari vult imminere quà m ex ipsa ustione Nam si acu nervosam aliquam partem vel nervum ipsum pupugerit dum ita novo inusitato modo venam absurde conatur constringere nova inflammatio necessariò
ulcered and all the bones cariez'd and rotten prayed me for the honor of God to cut off his Legge by reason of the great paine which he could no longer endure After his body was prepared I caused his legge to be cut off fowre fingers below the rotula of the knee by Daniel Powlet one of my servants to teach him and to imbolden him in such workes and there he readily tyed the vessells to stay the bleeding without application of hot irons in the presence of Iames Guillemeaâ— ordinary Chirurgion to the King and Iohn Charbonell master Barber Chirurgion of Paris and during the cure was visited by Master Laffile and Master Courtin Doctors Regents in the facultie of Medicine at Paris The said operation was made in the house of Iohn Gohell Inkeeper dwelling at the signe of the white horse in the Greve I will not here forget to say that the Lady Princesse of Montpeâ—sier knowing that he was poore and in my hands gave him money to pay for his chamber and diet He was well cured God be praysed and is returned home to his house with a wooden Leg. Another History A Gangreene happened to halfe of the Legge to one named Nicholas Mesnager aged threescore and sixteene yeares dwelling in S. Honores street at the signe of the Basket which happened to him through an inward cause so that wee were constrained to cut off his Legge to save his life and it was taken off by Anthony Renaud master Barber Chirurgion of Paris the 16. day of December 1583. in the presence of Master Le Fort and Master La Noüe sworne Chirurgions of Paris and the blood was stanched by the Ligature of the vessells and hee is at this present cured and in health walking with a woodden Leg. Another History A Waterman at the Port of Nesle dwelling neare Monsieur de Mas Postmaster named Iohn Boussereau in whose hands a Musket brake asunder which broke the bones of his head and rent and tore the other parts in such sort that it was needfull and necessary to make amputation of the hand two fingers above the wrist which was done by Iames Guillemeau then Chirurgion in ordinary to the king who dwelt at that time with me The operation likewise being redily done and the blood stancht by the Ligature of the vessells without burning irons hee is at this present living Another History A Merchant Grocer dwelling in St Denis street at the signe of the great Tournois named the Iudge who fell upon his head where was made a wound neare the temporall muscle where he had an artery opened from whence issued forth blood with great impetâ—osity in so much that common remedies would not serve the turne I was called thither where I found Master Rasse Master Cointeret Master Viard sworne Chirurgions of Paris to stay the blood where presently I tooke a needle and thread and tyed the arterie and it bled no more after that and was quickly cured Master Rousselet can witnesse it not long since Deacon of your Facultie who was in the cure with us Another History A Sergeant of the Chastler dwelling neare S. Andrew des Arts who had a stroake of a sword upon the throate in the Clackes medow which cut asunder the jugular veine externe as soone as he was hurt he put his handkercher upon the wound and came to looke mee at my house and when hee tooke away his handkercher the blood leaped out with great impetuosity I suddainly tyed the veine toward the roote he by this meanes was stanched and cured thankes be to God And if one had followed your manner of stanching blood by cauteries I leave it to be supposed whether he had beene cured I thinke hee had beene dead in the hands of the operator If I would recite all those whose vessells were tyed to stay the blood which have beene cured I should not have ended this long time so that me thinkes there are Histories enough recited to make you beleeve the blood of veines and arteries is surely stanched without applying any actuall cauteries DV BARTVS He that doth strive against experience Daignes not to talke of any learned science NOw my little Master seeing that you reproach me that I have not written all the operations of Chirurgery in my workes which the Ancients writ of I should be very sorry for it for then indeede might you justly call me Carnifex I have left them because they are too cruell and am willing to follow the modernes who have moderated such cruelty which notwithstanding you have followed step by step as appeareth by the operations here written extracted from your booke which you have drawne here and there from certaine ancient Authors such as follow and such as you have never practised nor seene The first operation TO inveterate fluxions of the eyes Migrimes Paulus Aegineta as also Albucasis command to make Arteriotomie see here the words of the same Aeginete You marke the Arteries which are behind the eares then divide them in cutting to the very bone and make a great incision the breadth of two fingers which is the will also of Aetius that the incision be made tranverse cutting or incising the length of two fingers even till that the Artery be found as you command to bee done in your booke but I holding the opinion of Galen who commands to dresse the diseased quickly safely and with the least paine that is possible I teach the young Chirurgion the meanes to remedy such evills in opening the Arteries behind the eares and those of the Temples with one onely incision as a letting blood and not to make a great incision and cut out worke for a long time The second operation TO fluxions which are made a long time upon the eyes Paul Aeginete and Albucasis command to make incision which they call Periscythismos or Augiologie of the Greekes and see heere the words of Paul In this operation first the head is shaved then taking heede of touching the temporall muscles a transverse incision must bee made beginning at the left Temple and finishing at the right which you have put in your booke word for word without changing any thing which sheweth openly you are a right wound-maker as may be sâ—ene in the Chapter which you call the Crowne cut which is made halfe round under the Coronall suture from one temple to the another even to the bone Now I doe not teach such a cruell kind of remedy but instruct the operator by reason authority and notable proofe of a sure and certaine way to remedy such affections without butchering men in this kind The third IN the cure of the Empyema Paul Aeginete Albucasis and Celsus commanded to apply some 13. others 15. Cauterles to give issue to the matter contained in the breast as the said Celsus in the aforesaid place appointeth for Asthmatick people which is a thing out of all reason with respect to their honour be it spoken
Physitian was a certaine while at Thurin to deale with him and was often called to visite the hurt people where he alwayes found me and I consulted with him and some other Chirurgions and when wee had resolved to doe any serious worke of Chirurgery t was Ambrose Pare that put his hand thereto where I did it promptly and with dexterity and with a great assurance in so much that the sayd Physition admired me to see me so ready in the operation of Chirurgery seeing the small age which I had One day discoursing with the sayd Lord Marshall he sayd to him Signor tu hai un Chirurgico giovane de anni ma egli 〈◊〉 vecckio di sapere e di esperientia Guarda lâ— bene perche egli ti fara servicio honore That is to say Thou hast a young Chirurgion of age but he is old in knowledg and experience preserve him well for he will doe thee service and honour But the old man knew not that I had dwelt three yeares in the Hospitall of Paris there to dresse the diseased In the end Monsieur Marshall dyed with his hepaticall fluxe Being dead the King sent Monsieur the Marshall of Annebaeâ—t to be in this place who did me this honour to pray me to dwell with him and that he would use me as well or better than Monsieur the Marshall Mountain which I would not doe for the greefe I had for the losse of my master who loved me intimately and I him in the like manner and so I came backe to Paris The Voyage of Marolle and of low Brritany 1543. I Went to the Camp of Marolle with the deceased Monsieur de Rohan where King Francis was in person and I was Chirurgion of the company of the sayd Monsieur de Rohan Now the King was advertized by Monsieur de Estampes governour of Brittany that the English had hoyste Sayle to land in Low Brittany and prayed him that he would send Monsieur de Rohan and Monsieur de Laval for succour because they were the Lords of that Countrey and for their sakes those of that Country would beate backe the enemy and keepe them from landing Having received this advertisement his Majesty dispatched to send the sayd Lords for the releefe of their Countrey and to each was given as much power as to the Governour in so much that they were all three the Kings Lievetenants They tooke willingly this charge upon them and speedily went away in Poste and lead me with them to Landreneau there where we found every one in armes the Alarum bells sounding on every side yea five or sixe leagues about the Harbors that is to say Brest Conquet Crozon Le Fou Doulac Laudanec each of them well furnisht with Artillery as Cannons Demy-cannons Culverins Sakers Serpentines Falcons Harque buzes in breefe there was nothing wanting in Artillery or souldiers aswell Brittanes as French to hinder that the English made no landing as they had resolved at their parting from England The enemies Army came unto the very mouth of the Cannon and when we perceived them that they would land they were saluted with Cannon shot and we discovered our men of warre together with our Artillery they fled to Sea againe where I was glad to see their vessells hoise saile againe which was in a great number and in good order and seemed like a Forest which marched upon the Sea I saw a thing also whereat I marveiled much which was that the bullets of great peeces made great rebounds and grazed upon the water as upon the ground Now to make the matter short the English did us no harme and returned whole and sound into England and left us in peace We stayd in that Countrey in garrison till we were assured that their army was dispersed In the meane time our horsement exercised their feates of activity as to run at the ring fight in duell and others so that there was still something to imploy me withall Monsieur de Estampes to make sport and pleasure to the sayd Monsieur de Rohan and Laval and other gentlemen caused diverse Countrey wenches to come to the feasts to sing songs in the Low Brittan tongue where their harmony was like the croaking of Frogges while they are in love Moreover made them dance the Brittany Triory without mooving feete or buttockes hee made them heare and see much good Otherwhiles they caused the Wrastlers of the Cittyes and Townes to come where there was a Prize for the best and the sport was seldome ended but that one or other had a legge or an arme broken or the shoulder or hippe displaced there was a little man of Low Britany of a square body and well set who held a long time the credit of the field and by his skill and strength threw five or sixe to the ground there came to him a great schoole master who was sayd to be one of the best wrastlers of all Brittany he entred into the lists having taken off his long jacket in hose and doublet and being neere the little man he seemed as if he had beene tyed to his girdle Notwithstanding when each of them tooke hold of the collar they were a long time without doing any thing and they thought they would remaine equall in force and skill but the little man cast himselfe with an ambling leape under this great Pedant and tooke him on his shoulder and cast him on his Kidneyes spread abroad like a frogge and then all the company laught at the skill and strength of this little fellow This great Dativo had a great spight for being cast by so little a man he rose againe in choler and would have his revenge They tooke hold againe of each others collar and were againe a good while at their hold without falling to ground in the end this great man let himselfe fall upon the little and in falling put his elbow upon the pitch of his stomacke and burst his heart and kild him starke dead And knowing he had given him his deathes blow tooke againe his long cassocke and went away with his tayle betweene his legges and hid himselfe seeing that the little man came not againe to himselfe either for Wine Vinegar or any other thing that was presented unto him I drew neere to him and felt his pulse which did not beate at all then I sayd he was dead then the Brittanes who assisted the wrastling sayd aloud in their jabbering that is not in the sport And some sayd that the sayd Pedagoge was accustomed to doe so and that but a yeere passed he had done the like in a wrastling I would needes open the body to know the cause of this sodaine death where I found much blood in the Thorax and in the inferiour belly and I strived to finde out any apeâ—tion in the place from whence might issue so great a quantity of blood which I could not doe for all the dilligence I could make
whom hee hoped to draw double his expence and that he would goe once againe to Paris to visite the Parisiens and make himselfe King of all the kingdome of France Monsieur de Guise with the Princes Captaines and Souldiers and generally all the Cittizens of the Citty having understood the intention of the Emperor which was to extirpate us all they advised of all they had to doe And since it was not permitted to the souldiers nor Cittizens no nor to the Princes nor Lords themselves to eate either fresh fish or Venison as likewise some Partridges Woodcockes Larkes Plovers for feare least they had gathered some pestilentiall ayre which might give us any contagion but that they should content themselves with the ammunition fare that is to say with Bisquite Beefe poudered Cowes Lard and gammons of Bacon Likewise fish as Greenefish Salmon Sturgeon Anchovies Pilchers and Herrings also Pease Beanes Rise Garlike Onions Prunes Cheese Butter Oyle Salt Pepper Ginger Nutmegges and other Spiceries to put into pyes cheefely to horseflesh which without that would have had a very ill taste divers Citizens having gardens in the Citty sowed therein great Raddishes Turnippes Carrots and Leekes which they kept well and full deare against the extremity of hunger Now all these ammunition victualls were distributed by weight measure and justice according to the quality of the person because we knew not how long the seige would last For having understood from the mouth of the Emperor that he would never part from before Mets till he had taken it by force or famine the victualls were lessened for that which was wont to be distributed to three was now shared amongst foure and defence made they should not sell what remained after their dinner but t was permitted to give it to the wenches that followed the Campe. And rose alwayes from table with an appetite for feare they should be subject to take Physicke And before we would yeeld our selves to the mercy of our enemies had resolved to eate our Asses Mules Horses Dogges Cats and Ratts vea our bootes and other skinnes which we could soften and frie. All the beseiged did generally resolve to defend themselves with all sorts of instruments of warre that is to say to ranke and charge the Artillery at the entry of the breach with bullets stones Cart nayles barres and chaines of iron Also all kinds and differences of artificiall fire as Boeites Bariquadoes Granadoes Potts Lances torches squibbes burning faggots Moreover scalding water melted lead powder of unquenched lime to blind their eyes Also they were resolved to have made holes through and through their houses there to lodge musketiers there to batter in the flanke and hasten them to goe or else make them lye for altogether Also there was order given to the women to unpave the streetes and to cast them out at their windowes billets tables tressles formes and stooles which would have troubled their braines moreover there was a little further a strong Court of Guard fild with carts and pallisadoes pipes and hogs heads fild with earth for barriquadoes to serve to interlay with faulcons faulconets field peeces harquibuzes muskets and pistolls and wilde fire which would have broken legges and thighes insomuch that they had beene beaten in head in flancke and in tayle and where they had forced this Court of Guard there was others at the crossing of the streets each distant an hundred paces who have beene as bad companions as the first and would not have beene without making a great many Widdowes and Orphans And if fortune would have beene so much against us as to have broken our Courts of gard there was yet seaven great Bastallions ordered in square and triangle to combate altogether each one accompanied with a Prince to give them boldnesse and encourage them to fight even till the last gaspe and to dye altogether Moreover it was resolved that each one should carry his treasure rings and jewells and their household stuffe of the best to burne them in the great place and to put them into ashes rather than the enemy should prevaile and make tropheyes of their spoyles likewise there was people appointed to put fire to the munition and to beate out the heads of the Wine caskes others to put the fire in each house to burne our enemies and us together the Citizens had accorded it thus rather than to see the bloody knife upon their throate and their Wives and Daughters violated and to be taken by force by the cruell and inhumane Spaniards Now we had certaine prisoners which Monsieur de Guise sent away upon their faith to whom was secretly imparted our last resolution wil and desperate mindes who being arrived in their Campe doe not deferre the publishing which bridled the great impetuosity and will of the souldiers to enter any more into the Citty to cut our throates and to enrich themselves of our pillage The Emperor having understood this deliberation of the great warriour the Duke of Guise put water in his wine and restrained his great choller and furie saying He could not enter into the Citty without making a great slaughter and butchery and spill much blood aswell of the defendants as of the assaillants and that they should be dead together and in the end could have nothing else but a few ashes and that afterward it might be spoken of that as of the destruction of Ierusalem already made by Titus and Vespasian The Emperor then having understood our last resolution and seeing their little prevailing by their battery and underming and the great plague which was in his whole army and the indisposition of the time and the want of victualls and money and that his souldiers forsooke him and went away in great companies concluded in the end to retire themselves accompanied with the Cavallery of his Vantgard with the greatest part of his Artillery and the Battalia The Marquesse of Brandeborg was the last which uncampt maintained by certaine bands of Spaniards Bohemians and his Germane companies and there remained one day and a halfe after to the great greefe of Monsieur de Guise who caused foure peeces of Artillery to be brought out of the Citty which he caused to be discharged at him on one side and the other to hasten them to be gone which he did full quickely with all his Troopes He being a quarter of a league from Mets was taken with a feare least our Cavallery should fall upon him in the Rere which caused him to put fire to his munition powder and leave certaine peeces of Artillery and much baggage which hee could not carry because the Vantgard and the Battalia and great Cannons had too much broken the way Our horsemen would by all meanes have gone out of the Citty to have fallen upon their breech But Monsieur de Guise would never permit them but on the contrary we should rather make plaine their way and make them bridges of gold and silver and let them goe being
Martigues where I prayd him that he would take order that I might remaine neare him to dresse him which he agreed to most willingly and had as much desire I should remaine with him as I my selfe Soone after the Commissioners who had charge to elect the prisoners entred into the Castle the seaventeenth day of Iuly one thousand five hundred fifty three where they made Messieurs the Duke of Boüillon the Marquesse of Villars the Baron of Culan Monsieur du Pont commissary of the Artillery and Monsieur de Martigues and I to be taken through the request that he made to them and all other Gentlemen which they could perceive were able to pay any ransome and the most part of the Souldiers and the cheefe of the Companies having such and so many prisoners as they would Afterward the Spanish Souldiers entred by the Breach without any resistance for ours esteemed they would hold their faith and composition that they should have their lives saved They entred in with a great fury to kill pillage and rifle all they retained some hoping to have ransome they tyed their stones with Arquebuse cords which was cast over a Pike which two held upon their shoulders then pulled the said cord with a great violence and derision as if they would ring a Bell telling them that they must put themselves to the ransome and tell of what houses they were and if they saw they could have no profit made them cruelly dye betweene their hands or presently after their genitall parts would have â—alne into a Gangreene and totall mortification but they kild them all with their Daggers and cut their throats See now their great cruelty and persidiousnesse let him trust to it that will Now to returne to my purpose being lead from the Castle to the Citty with Monsieur de Martigues there was a Gentleman of the Duke of Savoyes who asked mee if Monsieur de Martigues wound was curable I answered not who presently went and told the Duke of Savoy now I thought he would send Physitions and Chirurgions to visit and dresse my said Monsieur de Martigues in the meane time I thought with my selfe whether I ought to make it nice and not to acknowledge my selfe a Chirurgion for feare least they should retaine mee to dresse their wounded and in the end they would know I was the Kings Chirurgion and that they would make me pay a great ransome On the other side I feared if I should not make my selfe knowne to bee a Chirurgion and to have carefully dressed Monsieur de Martigues they would cut my throate so that I tooke a resolution to make it appeare to them he would not dye for want of good dressing and looking to Soone after see their arrives divers gentlemen accompanied with the Physition and Chirurgion to the Emperour and those of the said Duke of Savoy with sixe other Chirurgions following the Army to see the hurt of the said Lord of Martigues and to know of mee how I had dressed him and with what medicines The Emperours Physition bid me declare the essence of the wound and how I had drest it Now all the assistance had a very attentive eare to know if the wound were mortall or not I began to make a discourse that Monsieur de Martigues looking over the wall to perceive them that did undermine it received a shot from an Arquebuse quite through the body presently I was called to dresse him I saw hee cast blood out of his mouth and his wounds Moreover he had a great difficultie of breathing and cast out winde by the said wounds with a whistling in so much that it would blow out a Candle and he said he had a most sharpe pricking paine at the entrance of the Bullet I doe beleeve and thinke it might bee some little peeces of bones which prickt the Lungs When they made their Systole and Diastole I put my finger into him where I found the entrance of the Bullet to have broken the fourth Rib in the middle and scales of bones which the said Bullet had thrust in and the outgoing of it had likewise broken the fift Rib with peeces of bones which had beene driven from within outward I drew out some but not all because they were very deepe and adherent I put in each wound a Tent having the head very large tyed with a thread least by the inspiration it might bee drawne into the capacity of the Thorax which hath beene knowne by experience to the detriment of the poore wounded for being fallen in it cannot be taken out which is the cause that engenders putrifaction a thing contrary to nature The said Tents were annointed with a medicine compos'd of yolks of Egges Venice Turpentine with a little oyle of Roses My intention for putting the Tents was to stay the flux of blood and to hinder that the outward ayre did not enter into the breast which might have cooled the Lungs and by consequent the heart The said Tents were also put to the end that issue might bee given for the blood that was spilt within the Thorax I put upon the wound great Emplasters of Diacalcitheos in which I had relented oyle of Roses and Vinigar to the avoyding of inflammation then I put great stupes of Oxycrate and bound him up but not hard to the end he might have easie respiration that done I drew from him five porrengers of blood from the Basilicke veine of the right arme to the end to make revulsion of the blood which runs from the wounds into the Thorax having first taken indication from the wounded part and cheefely his forces considering his youth and his sanguine temper Hee presently after went to stoole and by his urine and seege cast great quantity of blood And as for the paine which he said he felt at the entrance of the Bullet which was as if he had beene pricked with a bodkin that was because the Lungs by their motion beate against the splinters of the broken Rib. Now the Lungs are covered with a coate comming from the membrane called Pleura interweaved with nerves of the sixt conjugation from the braine which was cause of the extreame paine he felt likewise he he had a great difficultie of breathing which proceeded from the blood which was spilt in the capacitie of the Thorax and upon the Diaphragme the principall instrument of respiration and from the dilaceration of the muscles which are betweene each Rib which helpe also to make the expiration and the inspiration and likewise because the Lungs were torne and wounded by the Bullet which hath caused him ever since to spit blacke and putrid blood in coughing The Feaver seazed him soone after he was hurt with faintings and swoonings It seemed to mee that the said feaver proceeded from the putredinous vapours arising from the blood which is out of his proper vessells which hath fallen downe and will yet flow downe The wound of the Lungs is growne great and will grow more
great because it is in perpetuall motion both fleeping and waking and is dilated and comprest to let in the aire to the heart and cast fuliginous vapours out by the unnaturall heate is made inflammation then the expulsive vertue is constrained to cast out by cough whatsoever is obnoxious unto it for the Lungs cannot be purged but by coughing by coughing the wound is dilated and growes greater from whence the blood issues out in great aboundance which blood is drawne from the heart by the veine arteriall to give them nourishment and to the heart by the vena cava his meate was barly broth stewed prunes sometimes panado his drinke was Ptisan He could not lye but upon his backe which shewed he had a great quantity of blood spilt within the capacity of the Thorax and being spread or spilled along the spondills doth not so much presse the Lungs as it doth being laid on the sides or sitting What shall I say more but that the said Lord Martigues since the time hee was hurt hath not reposed one houre onely and hath alwayes cast out bloody urines and stooles These things then Messieres considered one can make no other prognosticke but that he will dye in a few dayes which is to my great greefe Having ended my discourse I drest him as I was wont having discovered his wounds the Physitions and other assistants presently knew the truth of what I had said The said Physitions having felt his pulse and knowne his forces to be almost spent and abolished concluded with mee that in a few dayes he would dye and at the same instant went all toward the Lord of Savoy where they all said that the said Lord Martigues would dye in a short time he answered it were possible if hee were well drest he might escape Then they all with one voyce said hee had beene very well drest and sollicited with all things necessary for the curing of his wounds and could not be better and that it was impossible to cure him and that his wound was mortall of necessity The Monsieur de Savoy shewed himselfe to bee very much discontented and wept and asked them againe if for certaine they all held him deplored and remedilesse they all answered yes Then a certaine Spanish impostor offered himselfe who promised on his life that he would cure him and if he failed to cure him they should cut him in an hundred peeces but he would not have any Physitions Chirurgions or Apothecaries with him And at the same instant the sayd Lord of Savoy told the Physitions and Chirurgions they should not in any wise goe any more to see the sayd Lord of Martigues Also he sent a Gentleman to me to forbid me upon paine of life not to touch any more the said Lord of Martigues which I promised not to doe wherefore I was very glad seeing he should not dye in my hands and commanded the said impostor to dresse the said Lord of Martigues And that he should have no other Physitions nor Chirurgions but him he came presently to the said Lord of Martigues who told him Senor Cavallero el senor Dugue me ha mandado que viniesse a curar vostra herida yo os juro á Dios que antes de acho dias yo os haga subir a Cavallo con la lansa en puno contalque no ago que yo qúos togue Comereis y bibereis todas comidas que fueren de vostro gusto y yo hare la dieta pro V. m. y desto os de veu aseguirar sobre de mi yo he sanado mun hos que tenian magores heridas que la Vostra That is to say Lord Cavalleere Monsieur the Duke of Savoy hath commanded me to come dresse thy wound I sweare to thee by God that before eight dayes I will make thee mount on horsebacke with thy Lance in thy hand provided that no man may touch thee but my selfe thou shalt eate and drinke any thing thou hast a minde to I will performe thy diet for thee and of this thou maist be assured upon my promise I have cured divers who have had greater wounds than thine and the Lord replyed God give you the grace to doe it He demanded of the sayd Lord a shirt and tore it in little ragges which hee put a crosse muttering and murmuring certaine words over the wound and having drest him permitted him to eate and drinke what he would telling him hee would observe a dyet for him which he did eating but six prunes and sixe bits of bread at a meale and drinking but beere Notwithstanding two dayes after the sayd Lord of Martigues dyed and my Spaniard seeing of him in the agony eclipst himselfe and got away without bidding farewell to any body and I beleeve if he had beene taken he had bin hang'd for his false promises which he had made to Monsieur the Duke of Savoy and to divers other gentlemen He dyed about tenne of the clocke in the morning and after dinner the sayd Lord of Savoy sent Physitions and Chirurgions and his Apothecary with a great quantity of Drogues to embalme him they came accompanied with divers gentlemen and Captaines of the Army The Emperors Chirurgion came neere to me and prayed me kindly to open the body which I refused telling him I was not worthy to carry his plaster boxe after him he prayed me againe which then I did for his sake if it so liked him I would yet againe have excused my selfe that seeing he was not willing to embalme him that he would give this charge to another Chirurgion of the company he made me yet answere that he would it should be I and if I would not doe it I might hereafter repent it knowing this his affection for feare he should not doe me any displeasure I tooke the rasor and presented it to all in particular telling them I was not well practised to doe such operations which they all refused The body being placed upon a table truely I purposed to shew them that I was an Anatomist declaring to them diverse things which should be heere too long to recite I began to tell all the company that I was sure the bullet had broken two ribs and that it had past through the Lungs and that they should finde the wound much enlarged because they are in perpetuall motion sleeping or waking and by this motion the wound was the more dilacerated Also that there was great quantity of blood spilt in the capacity of the brest and upon the midriffe and splinters of the broken ribbes which were beaten in at the entrance of the bullet and the issuing forth of it had carried out Indeed all which I had told them was found true in the dead body One of the Physitions asked me which way the blood might passe to be cast out by Vrine being contained in the Thorax I answeared him that there was a manifest conduit which is the Vena Aâ—ygos who having nourisht the ribbes the rest
of the blood descends under the Diaphragme and on the left side is conjoyned to the emulgent veine which is the way by which the matter in pleuresies and in Empiema doe manifestly empty themselves by urine and stoole As it is likewise seene the pure milke of the brests of women newly brought to bed to descend by the Mammillary Veines and to be evacuated downewards by the necke of the wombe without being mixt with the blood And such a thing is done as it were by a miracle of nature by her expulsive and sequesting vertue which is seene by experience of two glasse vessells called Mount-wine let the one be filled with water and the other with Claret wine and let them be put the one upon the other that is to say that which shall bee filled with water upon that which shall be filled with wine and you shall apparently see the wine mount up to the top of the vessell quite through the water and the water descend atraverse the wine and goe to the bottome of the vessell without mixture of both and if such a thing be done so exteriorly and openly to the sense of our eye by things without life you must beleeve the same in our understanding That nature can make matter and blood to passe having beene out of their vessells yea through the bones without being mingled with the good blood Our discourse ended I embalmed the body and put it into a Coffinne after that the Emperors Chirurgion tooke me apart and told me if I would remaine with him that he would use me very well and that he would cloath me anew also that I should ride on horsebacke I thanked him very kindly for the honour he did me and told him that I had no desire to doe service to strangers and enemies to my Countrey then he told mee I was a foole and if he were prisoner as I hee would serve the divell to get his liberty In the end I told him flat that I would not dwell at all with him The Emperors Physition returned toward the sayd Lord of Savoy where he declared the cause of the death of the sayd Lord of Martigues and told him that it was impossible for all the men in the would to have cured him and confirmed againe that I had done what was necessary to be done and prayed him to winne mee to his service and spoke better of me than I deserved Having beene perswaded to take me to his service he gave charge to one of his stewards named Monfieur du Bouchet to tell me if I would dwell in his service that he would use me kindly I answered him that I thank't him most humbly and that I had resolved not to dwell with any stranger This my answer being heard by the Duke of Savoy he was somewhat in choller and sayd hee would send mee to the Gallies Monsieur de Vandeville Governour of Gravelin and Colonell of seaventeene Ensignes of foote prayed him to give me to him to dresse him of an Vlcer which he had in his Leg this six or seaven yeares Monsieur de Savoy told him because I was of worth that he was content and if I ranckled his Leg it would be â—ell done Hee answered that if hee perceaved any thing that hee would cause my throate to be cut Soone after the said Lord of Vaudeville sent for me by fowre Germane Halberdiers which affrighted me much not knowing whither they led mee they spake no more French than I high Dutch being arrived at his lodging he told mee I was welcome and that I was his and as soone as I should have cured him of that Vlcer in his Leg that he would give me leave to be gone without taking any ransome of me I told him I was not able to pay any ransome Then he made his Physition and Chirurgions in ordinary to shew mee his ulcerated Leg having seene and considered it we went apart into a Chamber where I began to tell them that the said Vlcer was annuall not being simple but complicated that is to say of a round figure and scaly having the lips hard and callous hollow and sordid accompanied with a great varicous veine which did perpetually feede it besides a great tumor and a phlegmonous distemper very painefull through the whole Leg in a body of cholericke complexion as the haire of his face and beard demonstrated The method to cure it if cured it could be was to begin with universall things that is with purgation and bleeding and with this order of dyet that hee should not use any wine at all nor any salt meates or of great nourishment chiefely these which did heat the blood afterward the cure must begun with making divers scarifications about the Vlcer and totally cutting away the callous edges or lips and giving a long or a triangular figure for the round will very hardly cure as the Ancients have left it in writing which is seene by experience That done the filth must be mundified as also the corrupted flesh which should be done with Vnguentum Aegyptiacum and upon it a bolster dipt in juice of Plantaine and Nightshade and Oxycrate and roule the Leg beginning at the foote and finishing at the knee not forgetting a little bolster upon the Varicous veine to the end no superfluities should flow to the Vlcer Moreover that he should take rest in his bed which is commanded by Hippocrates who saith that those who have soare Legs should not use much standing or sitting but lying along And after these things done and the Vlcer well mundified a plate of Lead rubbed with quickesilver should be applyed See then the meanes by which the said Lord Vaudeville might be cured of the said Vlcer all which they found good Then the Physition left mee with the Chirurgion and went to the Lord Vaudeville to tell him that he did assure him I would cure him and told him all that I had resolved to doe for the cure of his Vlcer whereof hee was very joyfull He made mee to bee called to him and asked me if I was of the opinion that his Vlcer could be cured and I told him yes provided he would be obedient to doe what he ought He made me a promise hee would performe all things which I would appoint and as soone as his Vlcer should be cured he would give me liberty to returne without paying any ransome Then I beseech't him to come to a better composition with me telling him that the time would be too long to bee in liberty if I stayd till hee was perfectly well and that I hoped within fifteene dayes the Vlcer should bee diminished more than one halfe and it should bee without paine and that his Physitions and Chirurgions would finish the rest of the cure very easily To which hee agreed and then I tooke a peece of paper and cut it the largenesse of the Vlcer which I gave him and kept as much my selfe I prayd him to keepe promise when he should
remedies as yet I have had no experience Others prescribe a dram of the seeds of Agnus castus to be drunke with wine and butter Others the powder of river-crabs burnt and drunke in wine Or â„ž gentianaeÊ’ii astacorum flaviatilium in fumo combust in pollinem redact Ê’iii terrae sigill â„¥ ss misce give Ê’i of this same powder in the decoction of river crabs let them drink thereof oft at sundry times Many have cast themselves into the sea neither have they thence had any helpe against madnesse as Ferrand Pozet the Cardinall testifieth in his booke of poysons wherefore you must not relie upon that remedie but rather you must have recourse to such things as are set downe in the books of Physicians and approved by certaine and manifold experience But seeing that no poyson can kill unlesse it be taken or admitted into the body we must not fear any harme by sprinkling our bodies with the sanies of a mad dogge viper toad or any other such like venemous creature if so bee that it be presently wiped or washed cleane away CHAP. XV. What cure must be used to such as feare the water but yet are able to know themselves in a glasse SUch as have not their animal faculty as yet orecome by the malignity of the raging venome must have strong purgations given them Wherefore if in any case Antimonie bee usefull then is it in this as that which causeth sweats looseth the belly and procures vomiting For it is a part of extreme and dangerous madnesse to hope to overcome the cruel malignity of this poyson already admitted into the bowels by gentle purging medicines Assuredly such and so great danger is never overcome without danger Bathes also conduce which may disperse and draw forth the poyson by causing sweats Also many and frequent treacle potions are good to retund the venome and strengthen the bowels also it will be fitting to give them water and all other liquid things which they so much abhorre in a cup with a cover Alwaies let such as are poisoned or bitten or stung by a mad dog or other venemous beast keep themselves in some warme and light place that the poyson which by coldnesse is forced in may be the readilier drawne out by the means of heat and the spirits bee recreated by the brightnesse of the aire and therefore move from the center to the circumference of the body and let the roome be perfumed with sweet things To eat very hot and salt things presently at the beginning as onions leeks all spiced meats and strong wine not allâ—ied seems not to be besides reason because such things by their spirituous heat hinder the diffusion of the poyson over the body and strengthen the filled entrailes There be some also that would have them to feed upon grosse and viscous meats which by obstructing the vessels may hinder the passage of the poyson to the heart and other parts and by the same reason it will be better to fill themselves with meate to satietie than otherwise because the malignity of humours is encreased by hunger than which nothing can be more harmfull to venemous wounds Yet within a short while after as within five or sixe dayes they must returne to a mediocritie and use all things temperate boiled meats rather than roasted and that in a decoction of opening things so to move urine Lastly they must keep such a diet as melancholike persons ought to do neither shall they let bloud lest so the poyson should bee further drawne into the veines but it is good that the patients body be soluble from the very first Let their drinke be wine indifferently allayed with water oxymel simplex or the syrupe of the juice of Citron with boiled water or else this following Julep â„ž succilimonum malorum citri an â„¥ ss suc gran acid â„¥ ii aquae acetosae min. ros an â„¥ i. aq font coct quantum sufficit fiat Julep ut artis est Sleep is to be avoided untill the force of the poyson is abated for by sleep the humours flow back into the bowells All things that resist poyson must bee given any way whatsoever as lemons oranges angelica rootes gentian tormentill burnet vervine carduus benedictus borage buglosse and the like Let all things that are afterwards set before the patient be meats of good juice such as are veale kid mutton partridge pullets capons and the like CHAP. XVI Of the biting of a Viper or Adder and the symptomes and cure thereof THe remedies that were formerly mentioned against the bitings of madde dogges the same may bee used against all venemous bites and stings yet neverthelesse each poyson hath his peculiar antidote Vipers or Adders as we vulgarly terme them have in their gummes or the spaces betwene their teeth little bladders filled with a virulent sanies which is pressed out into the part that they bite with their teeth There forthwith ariseth a pricking paine the part at the first is much swollen and then the whole body unlesse it be hindred grosse and bloody filth sweats out of the wound little blisters rise round about it as if it were burnt the wound gnawes and as it were feeds upon the flesh great inflammation possesseth the liver and the gummes and the whole body becomes very dry becomming of a yellowish or pale colour with thirst unquenchable the bellie is griped by fits a cholericke vomiting molesteth them the stomacke is troubled with a hicketting the patients are taken with often sownings with cold sweate the forerunner of death unlesse you provide by fit medicines for the noble parts before the poyson shall invade them Mathiolus tells that he saw a countrie-man who as he was mowing a meadow by chance cut an Adder in two with his sithe which when he thought it was dead he tooke the one halfe whereon the head remained without any feare in his hand but the enraged creature turning about her head cruelly bit him by one of his fingers which finger as men usually doe especially when as they thinke of no such thing hee put into his mouth and sucked out the blood and poyson and presently fell downe dead When as Charles the ninth was at Montpelier I went into the shop of one Farges an Apothecary who then made a solemne dispensation of Treacle where not satisfying my selfe with the looking upon the vipers which were there in a glasse ready for the composition I thought to take one of them in my hands but whilest that I too curiously and securely handled her teeth which were in her upper jaw covered with a skinne as it were a case to keepe the poyson in the beast catched hold of the very end of my fore-finger and bit me in the space which is betweene the naile and the flesh whence presently there arose great pain both by reason of the part endued with most exquisite sense as also by the malignity of the poyson
forthwith I exceeding straitly bound my finger above the wound that so I might presse forth the blood and poyson lest they should diffuse themselves further over the body I dissolved old treacle in aqua vitae wherein I dipped and moistened cotton and so put it to the wound and within a few dayes I throughly recovered by this onely medicine You may use in stead of Treacle Mithridate and sundry other things which by reason of their heat are powerfull drawers as a squill rosted in hot embers garlicke and leeks beaten and applyed barly floure tempered with vinegar hony and goats dung and so applyed like a pultis Some thinke it sufficient forthwith to wash and foment the wound with vinegar salt and a little hony Galen writes that the poyson inflicted by the bite of a viper may bee drawne forth by applying to the wound the head of a viper but othersome apply the whole viper beaten to mash CHAP. XVII Of the Serpent called Haemorrhous THE Serpent Haemorrhous is so called because by his biting hee causeth blood to droppe out of all the passages of the wounded bodie hee is of a small bodie of the bignesse of a viper with else burning with a certaine fierie brightnesse and a most beautifull skinne The backe of him as Avicen writes is spotted with manie blacke and white spots his necke little and his taile verie small the part which he bites forthwith growes blackish by reason of the extinction of the native heat which is extinguished by such poison which is contrarie thereto in its whole substance Then followes a paine of the stomacke and heart these parts being touched with the pestiferous qualitie of the poison These paines are seconded by vomiting the orifice of the ventricle being relaxed by a Diarrhaea the retentive facultie of all the parts of the bellie being weakened and the veines which are spred through the guts not being able to retaine the blood conteined in them For the blood is seen to flow out as in streams from the nose mouth eares fundament privities corners of the eies rootes of the naile and gums which putrefie the teeth falling out of them Moreover there happens a difficultie of breathing and stoppage of the urine with a deadlie convulsion The cure is forthwith to scarifie and burne the bitten part or else to cut it quite off if that it may be done without danger of life and then to use powerfullie drawing Antidores The figure of the serpent Haemorrhous CHAP. XVIII Of the Serpent called Seps THe Serpent Seps is so called because it causeth the part which it bites forthwith to putrefie by reason of the cruell malignitie of its poyson It is not much unlike the Haemorrhous but that it curles or twines up the taile in divers circles Pausanias writes that this serpent is of an ash-colour a broad head small necke bigge bellie writhen taile and as he goes hee runs aside like a crabbe But his skin is variegated and spotted with severall colours like to Tapistrie By the crueltie of his causticke and putrefying venome hee burnes the part which he hath bit with most bitter paine he causeth the shedding of the haires and as Aëtius addeth the wound at the first casteth forth manifest blood but within a little while after stinking filth The putrefyed affected parts waxe white and the bodie all over becomes of the colour of that scurfe which is termed Alphos so that by the wickednesse of this putrefactive poison not onely the spirits are resolved but also the whole bodie consumed as by fire a pestilent carbuncle and other putride tumours arising from a hot and humide or suffocating constitution of the aire Now for the remedies they must be such as are formerly prescribed against the bitings of a viper The Figure of the Serpent Seps CHAP. XIX Of the Basiliske or Cockatrice THe Basiliske far exceeds all kinds of Serpents in the curstness of its poyson Therefore it is affirmed by Nicander that into what place soever he comes other venemous creatures do forthwith flie thence for that none of them can so much as endure his hissing for he is thought to kill all things even with this not with his biting and touch only besides if any of them hasten to get anie meate or drinke and perceive that the Basiliske is not farre from thence he flies back and neglects the getting of nourishment necessarie for life Galen writes that the Basilisk is a yellowish serpent with a sharpe head and three risings distinguished with white spots and rising up in forme of a crowne by reason whereof hee is stiled the King of Serpents Certainely the violence of his poyson in killing men is so great that he is therefore thought to kill men and other creatures by his sight onely Solinus affirmes that the body of a dead Basiliske hath wondrous faculties Wherefore the inhabitants of Pergamum in ancient times gave a mightie price for one to hang upon the joistes of the temple of Apollo so to drive away the Spiders and Birds lest they should there weave their webs or the other build their nests in that sacred place Verily no ravenous creature will touch their carkasse but if constrained by hunger they doe touch it then they forthwith fall downe dead in the same place and this happens not onely by eating their body but also by devouring the bodies of such beasts as are killed by their bitings They kill the trees and shrubs by which they passe not onely by their touch but even with their breath Amongst the westerne Aethiopians is the fountaine Nigris neer which there is a serpent called Catablepas small in bodie and slow having a great head which it scarce can carrie but that it lies alwaies upon the ground otherwise it would kill abundance of people for it forthwith kills all that see the eyes thereof the Basiliske hath the same force he is bred in the province of Cyrene of the length of some twelve fingers with a white spot in his head resembling a crowne he chaseth away all serpents with his hisse Weasels are the destruction of such monsters thus it pleased nature that nothing should be without its equall they assaile them in their dennes being easily knowne by the barrennesse or consumption of the soile These kill them also by their sent and they die and the fight of nature is ended thus nature to the magnanimous Lion lest there should be nothing which he might fear hath opposed the weake creature the Cocke by whose crowing onely he is terrefied and put to flight Erasistratus writes that a golden yellownesse affects the bitten part of such as are hurt by a Basiliske but a blacknesse and tumour possesseth the rest of the body all the flesh of the muscles within a while after falling away piece-meale An antidote against this must be made of a dramme of Castoreum dissolved in wine and drunken or else in